More Pdfs

NUMBER 14
Builder
Insight
TE C H N I CAL B U LLE TI N
Heat Recovery Ventilation

Important Considerations for Builders and Designers
Overview Builder Insight is a series of bulletins
and companion videos designed to
Incorporating a heat recovery ventilator (HRV) or energy recovery provide practical information on
ventilator (ERV) into the ventilation system is an effective means new technologies, research results,
good building practices and emerging
of meeting ventilation code requirements, reducing energy technical issues in residential
construction to Licensed Residential
consumption and achieving a healthy indoor environment. Builders and others in the industry.
HRVs simultaneously supply and exhaust equal quantities of This bulletin was co-funded by
BC Hydro Power Smart, Canada
air to and from a house while Mortgage and Housing Corporation,
transferring heat between the
City of Vancouver and Natural Resources
Canada. RDH Building Science Inc.
two air streams. prepared this bulletin.
This reduces the energy consumption

associated with heating or cooling
ventilation air, while also enhancing
indoor air quality and thermal comfort.
This bulletin focuses specifically on
HRV design for new Part 9 houses. For
additional details – including builder Table of Contents
checklists, information about ERVs
Benefits of Heat Recovery
(which transfer both heat and moisture between the two air streams), and
Ventilation.. ....................................1
system retrofits – refer to the HPO-published Heat Recovery Ventilation Guide
for Houses. Another potential source of information is HPO’s Heat Recovery Ventilation System Design in
Ventilation Guide for Multi-Unit Residential Buildings, which is focused on larger Four Steps..................................... 2
buildings and includes details for both centralized and compartmentalized
Design Checklist............................ 8
ventilation systems.
Commissioning............................. 9
Benefits of Heat Recovery Ventilation Occupant Handover.. ..................... 9
HRV systems provide continuous, balanced, and energy efficient year-round Key Points.. .................................. 10
ventilation to houses. During the heating season, an HRV preheats incoming
For More Information.. ................. 10
outdoor air with exhaust air by passing both air streams through a heat
exchanger, as illustrated in Fig. 1. In air-conditioned homes in the summer,
the incoming outdoor air is pre-cooled when the outdoor temperature is higher than indoors.
The system brings in an equal amount of supply and exhaust air, creating a balanced system
that neutralizes the pressure in the house.
The new provisions of BCBC Section 9.32 (effective Dec. 19, 2014) ensure indoor air quality
benefits regardless of the system used. There are, however, a number of benefits that are
specific to HRV systems, including:
• Mechanical ventilation systems with separate supply and exhaust fans can become more
easily unbalanced, and either pressurize or depressurize the building. HRVs are designed
to provide balanced airflow, which results in enhanced indoor air quality and improved
building envelope durability.
• HRV systems reduce drafts that can cause thermal discomfort by pre-conditioning
outdoor ventilation air. The higher the efficiency of the HRV, the closer the incoming
outdoor air is to the indoor temperature.
• HRVs save energy by recovering heat from the exhaust air stream in the winter, and
reversing the process in the summer.
Figure 1: Schematic showing heating

season HRV operation.
Ventilation System Design

Gaining a better understanding of the ventilation system
design process will facilitate early planning and verification Overview of the Design Process
during design and installation, which is critical to ensuring the
system operates as intended. A poorly designed or installed Step 1: Code-required ventilation
system will not provide the right amount of ventilation airflow, rate calculation
may be too noisy for the occupants and may not save energy. Step 2: System configuration
Improperly installed systems can also be more difficult to selection
operate and maintain and can cause other unintended problems.
Step 3: HRV selection
The design process can be separated into four main steps,
outlined in the inset. A good start towards getting a well-installed Step 4: Layout and sizing of
the ventilation system
system is to select installers who have taken ventilation installer
training, such as those offered by HRAI1 Canada or TECA2.
1
The Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Institute of Canada (HRAI) provides guidelines and training; more information is available at www.hrai.ca
2
The Thermal Environmental Comfort Association (TECA) provides publications and courses; more information is available at www.teca.ca
2 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

Step 1: Code-required Ventilation Rate Calculation
Minimum continuous ventilation capacity requirements are based on BCBC Section 9.32, which
also references CSA F326-M91, Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems.
The system is sized with equal supply and exhaust, using the higher of the total calculated
supply and exhaust ventilation capacities. The HPO-published Heat Recovery Ventilation Guide
for Houses provides an example of a ventilation rate calculation.
Step 2: System Configuration Selection

BCBC 9.32.3.4 includes ventilation system requirements for five potential system configurations.
The two that integrate HRVs are described below.
1. Standalone HRV system: In this configuration, the unit is fully ducted to each room and the
A good start exterior, with separate ductwork for both supply and exhaust distribution. Fully ducted
towards getting a systems are typically distinct from the space heating or cooling system. The ducting can
well-installed either be trunk-and-branch, or home-run, as shown in Figures 2 to 5.
system is to select
Balancing for a trunk-and-branch system is usually achieved with manually adjusted
installers who have
balancing dampers, although adjustable diffusers may also be used to fine-tune airflow at
taken ventilation
the outlet. For a home-run system, balancing is relatively simple because each duct is only
installer training.
connected to one diffuser or diffuser box. Fine-tuning of airflow can be achieved by adjusting
the nozzle of the supply diffuser. A mixing box is required between the home-run ducts and
the HRV unit to consolidate the air entering and leaving the main supply and return openings
(seen in Fig. 5).
Figure 2: HRV system with trunk and branch system. Figure 3: HRV system with home-run ducting system.

Figure 4: HRV installation with trunk-and-branch Figure 5: Mixing box (HRV not shown), with
ducting. Insulated ducts are to/from outside. home-run ducting (HDPE with smooth interior
surface). Image courtesy of NZ Builders.
2. HRV combined with a forced-air heating system: In this configuration, the forced-air system,
typically a furnace, provides the air distribution. The HRV supplies outdoor air into the
return side of the furnace ductwork and draws ducted exhaust air directly from spaces in
the house, as shown in Fig. 6. Section 9.32 requires at least general exhaust to be ducted
directly to the HRV. There may also be separate bathroom and kitchen exhaust fans.
These systems typically use a trunk-and-branch ducting system, and can work effectively
if properly designed and balanced. Balancing is usually achieved via manually adjusted
balancing dampers, although adjustable diffusers may also be used for the branches.
A well designed or installed system

will provide the right amount of
ventilation airflow and may save
energy.
Figure 6: Forced-air system with integrated HRV.

Step 3: HRV Selection
Not all HRVs are created equal. Having a basic understanding of the key HRV unit selection
variables will go a long way toward ensuring the unit that is ultimately installed meets
expectations. Appropriate airflow capacity and high-rated heat recovery efficiency are two
of the most important selection criteria. The table below can be used to identify these and
other important parameters for a particular project. A careful review of equipment submittals
and any substitution requests is recommended to ensure the project requirements are met.
P E R FO R M A N C E PA R A M ETERS
Capacity • Airflow rate (L/s [CFM]) should match or slightly exceed the specification of the design conditions.
A good rule of thumb is to select an HRV with a ventilation capacity that is at least 40% greater
than the code-required continuous ventilation rate, to allow boost capacity for kitchens and
bathrooms and a low setting for low occupancy.
Heat Recovery
• Units vary widely in their heat recovery efficiency (from less than 50% to greater than 90%), and
Efficiency
should be selected at the highest possible efficiency that meets the project budget.
• The Sensible Heat Recovery Efficiency (SRE) is the standardized value used to predict and compare
HRV efficiencies. In Canada, HRVs are tested to standard conditions outlined in CSA-C439 to allow
for comparison between products. The Home Ventilating Institute maintains a certified products
directory that lists efficiency and other performance parameters (www.hvi.org/proddirectory/
index.cfm).
Sound Performance • A quiet unit is critical for house applications (there should be no audible noise at air outlets). System
installation practices also have a significant impact on vibration and sound transfer. Installing
units with vibration-isolation mounting; properly sizing ducts, grilles and diffusers; and using short
lengths of flexible ducting to connect the ducts to the four ports of the HRV, will minimize sound
transfer throughout the system.
Control Options • Units can have varying levels of control at both the unit and at remote manual locations. Examples
include manual timed controllers in bathrooms and kitchens that increase the unit operation from
low to high mode, and automatic humidistat controls at the unit.
• Control options should be chosen carefully to give occupants the desired level of control, while also
ensuring that the overall system operates as intended (maintaining comfort, indoor air quality and
appropriate humidity levels).
Frost Prevention • Frost prevention is required in most of Canada, except B.C.’s Lower Mainland (Climate Zone 4 in BCBC).
• Defrost is typically achieved automatically by the HRV by recirculating internal (exhaust) air across
the core. Some units are designed just to exhaust air (stopping intake of the cold, outdoor air);
however, this causes an imbalance between supply and exhaust air that is less desirable. Defrost
can also be achieved by preheating outdoor air before it reaches the HRV, although this method
can use considerable energy, decrease the efficiency of the heat exchange, and add cost to the
design and installation.
ENERGY STAR qualified HRVs have been tested by a third party to ensure that they meet a set
of specifications that promote increased heat recovery and efficient fan operation. For a list
of ENERGY STAR qualified HRVs and ERVs, visit www.nrcan.gc.ca.

Step 4: Layout and Sizing of the Ventilation System
The system sizing and layout will vary significantly based on the size of the house, the number
and types of rooms, and other building-specific characteristics. The layout and sizing process
typically involves the following steps:
• Locate the ventilation system equipment: This involves choosing the appropriate locations
for the HRV, all indoor supply diffusers and return grilles, and outdoor air intakes and
exhaust(s).
Locate the HRV within the heated space, accessible for filter cleaning and other
maintenance, and near an exterior wall, so that the outdoor air duct run is short. This
duct will require thermal insulation to prevent condensation.
Locate interior supply diffusers so that the airflow is distributed through each room.
Diffusers should be mounted in the ceiling, or high up in partition walls within 300 mm
(12”) of the ceiling, so that the supply air sweeps across the entire room before it exits
the room.
Locate exhaust grilles in bathrooms, kitchens, laundry rooms and walk-in closets, in the
ceiling or high in a partition wall within 300 mm (12”) of the ceiling, and away from entry
doors so that air moves under the door and across the entire room. The size, type and
location of grilles and diffusers can impact occupant comfort. Undersized grilles restrict
airflow and may be noisy.
Layout and sizing of the

ventilation system typically
involves several steps.
Figure 7: Good and bad HRV locations. Avoid

unconditioned spaces, and spaces such as
bedroom closets, where noise might be an issue.

Figure 9: Duct sealing: It is important to seal
all seams and joints with a durable aluminum
foil tape or a liquid sealer or mastic, to ensure
Figure 8: Sample detail of duct penetrating the that the ductwork supplies and exhausts the
building’s air barrier. quantities of air per the design.
• Lay out the ductwork: The ductwork should be sized and laid out to minimize airflow
resistance or friction. This can be accomplished by using the shortest path between the
exhaust or supply grille and the HRV, and choosing duct materials with the smoothest
interior surface (e.g., sheet steel or medical grade HDPE).
Minimize the number of turns in the ducts, and where they are unavoidable, make them
as gradual as possible.
Keep ductwork inside the conditioned space of the house wherever possible. When ducts
are located in unconditioned spaces, they must be insulated to the same level as the
exterior walls (BCBC 9.36.3.2). Where ducts penetrate the air barrier, ensure that they are
air sealed to the air barrier in a way that will last the life of the building. A sample detail
of a duct penetration is shown in Fig. 8 above.
• Size the ductwork: The size of the ductwork required will depend on the layout and the
volume of air that flows through each duct. Round, oval, or rectangular ductwork can be
used, although round is more common in smaller applications such as household HRVs.
Size the ductwork using the simplified methods outlined in BCBC Table 9.32.3.8 or
Vancouver Building Bylaw (VBBL) Table 9.32.3.8.
• Confirm HRV fan capacity is adequate: Once the duct layout and sizing is complete, the
capacity of the fans within the HRV must be checked to ensure that they can overcome
the total static pressure of the ventilation system.
• Check combustion appliance and soil-gas safety: Exposure to potentially harmful gases is a
concern in houses that have naturally aspirated combustion appliances, attached garages,
and/or other potential sources. While HRVs are intended to provide a balanced ventilation
system, they are not make-up air systems for unbalanced exhaust or for non-sealed
combustion appliances, nor are they soil gas prevention/remediation systems. Make-up
air may be required for large-capacity exhaust equipment if the house has appliances
subject to backdrafting or if the house is located in an area that is classified as a concern
for radon.

Design Checklist
The checklist below can be used as a tool prior to beginning design, as well as a simple way
for the builder to verify that key considerations have been addressed by the design and
installation contractors. Proper installation techniques are as important as good design
practice. Installation should be monitored throughout the construction process, and at
construction completion.
H RV SYSTEM D ES I G N C H E C K L IST
HRV unit manufacturer & model:
HRV rated performance at 0°C (32°F) and -25C (-13F), per CAN/CSA C439:
Net airflow, L/S (CFM):
Power consumption rating(watts):
Use this checklist Sensible Heat Recovery Efficiency (SRE):
as a tool prior to
HRV capacity, L/S at 100 pa (CFM at 0.4 ESP per TECA guideline):
design, and also
to verify that key Design airflow, continuous mode, L/S (CFM):
considerations have Design airflow, boost mode, L/S (CFM):
been addressed.
Unit location is specified on plans: Y/N
Unit is located inside thermal envelope: Y/N
Filter can be easily replaced: Y/N
Outdoor supply and exhaust vents are marked on plans: Y/N

Min 1.8 m (6‘) between outdoor supply and exhaust: Y/N
Outdoor air supply duct (from outside) length & diameter:
Outdoor air supply duct (from outside) insulation type & R-value:
Exhaust duct (to outside) length & diameter:
Exhaust duct (to outside) insulation type & R-value:
Dedicated low-volume ductwork (or) forced-air heating ducts?

Plans specify all ductwork inside thermal envelope: Y/N
If envelope penetrated, penetration details are marked on plans: Y/N
If ductwork runs outside, specify insulation value & type:
Plans show outdoor air supply to all bedrooms and primary living areas: Y/N
Plans show exhaust from all bathrooms, kitchens and laundry areas: Y/N
Boost-mode controller is provided in each bathroom: Y/N
If not, secondary exhaust fan is provided in each bathroom: Y/N

Commissioning
It is critical to verify that the system is operating as intended as part of the start-up process.
Of primary importance is to ensure that the HRV installer balances the ventilation system as
part of the start-up in order to ensure that:
• The amount of air entering the house is the same as the amount of air leaving the house;
• The appropriate outdoor supply airflow reaches each space; and
• An appropriate amount of exhaust air is drawn from the kitchen and bathrooms.
An airflow measuring checklist is provided in HPO’s Heat Recovery Ventilation Guide for
Houses to assist with this commissioning process.
Occupant Handover
One of the biggest factors in occupant satisfaction with ventilation systems is the occupants’
own understanding of how to operate and maintain their system. The builder’s representative
or service contractor can facilitate this understanding and explain any owner responsibilities.
In addition, the owner should be provided with product data, warranty information, the HRV
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual, and training particular to the unit. Information
should be included for local service providers and suppliers for serviceable components.
New owners need to be aware of the following key points related to a new HRV system:
• Although windows can be opened at any time of the year, they will not necessarily enhance
indoor air quality and in many cases will lead to increased heating and cooling costs.
• The HRV is intended to operate (at least at low speed) on a continuous basis to remove
moisture and pollutants generated by normal human activities and to maintain good
indoor air quality.
• Shutting off the HRV for prolonged periods can lead to a buildup of indoor air pollutants
and humidity, and can also potentially void warranties on the system.
• In cases where the HRV is interconnected with the furnace system, the furnace fan
should be set to operate continuously as well.
The following are basic operational topics that should be covered with all new owners:
• Basic operating modes: Units can be specified with a range of operating modes, including
automatic or manual high/low operation. The owner should understand what operational
options are available for the system, and what they can control.
• Programming the humidistat (if applicable).
• Scheduling (if applicable).
• Maintenance: HRV systems are intended to operate 24/7 and, like all mechanical equipment,
will require ongoing preventive maintenance. Owners may undertake simpler
maintenance tasks, and should be trained accordingly. An annual servicing by a mechanical
contractor accredited by HRAI or TECA is recommended for all systems.
Operation and maintenance information for homeowners is provided in HPO’s Maintenance
Matters – Maintaining Your Heat Recovery Ventilation System. It includes a checklist of
maintenance tasks and suggested frequency. The list can be photocopied and attached to
the unit, and/or used by the primary servicer to schedule and record maintenance tasks that
will keep the unit(s) operating in prime condition.

Key Points
• Incorporating a heat recovery ventilator (HRV) or energy recovery ventilator (ERV) into a
HRV systems home’s ventilation system is an effective means of meeting code ventilation requirements
provide continuous, and achieving a healthy indoor environment, while also reducing energy consumption.
balanced, and • Early planning and careful design are critical to ensuring the system works as intended.
energy efficient Duct layout and sizing, diffuser layout and sizing, as well as HRV unit selection and
year-round
installation methods will all impact user satisfaction, energy efficiency, and overall
ventilation to
performance of the system.
houses.
• Commissioning is critical to ensure that the system operates as intended after installation,
while ongoing maintenance and cleaning will ensure the system continues to operate
properly.
For More Information

• BC Building and Safety Standards Branch Information Bulletin No.B14-05:
9.32 Ventilation, available at: www.housing.gov.bc.ca
• Heat Recovery Ventilation Guide for Houses, Homeowner Protection Office, available at
www.hpo.bc.ca
• Heat Recovery Ventilation Guide for Multi-Unit Residential Buildings, Homeowner
Protection Office, available at www.hpo.bc.ca
• Maintenance Matters – Maintaining Your Heat Recovery Ventilation System, Homeowner
Protection Office, available at www.hpo.bc.ca
• 2012 BC Building Code, sections 9.32 (Ventilation) and 9.36 (Energy Efficiency), available
at www.bccodes.ca.
• Quality First Ventilation Guidelines: A Simplified Guide to Section 9.32-Ventilation of the
2012 BC Building Code, produced by TECA. Available at: www.teca.ca
Disclaimer
The greatest care has been taken to confirm the accuracy of the information
contained herein. However, the authors, funder and publisher assume no Technical Research
liability for any damage, injury or expense that may be incurred or suffered as & Education
a result of the use of this publication including products, building techniques 1701- 4555 Kingsway
or practices. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those Burnaby, BC V5H 4V8
of any individual contributor or BC Housing. It is always advisable to seek Phone: 778 452 6454
specific information on the use of products in any application or detail from Toll-free: 1 866 465 6873
manufacturers or suppliers of the products and consultants with appropriate
www.bchousing.org
qualifications and experience. Email: technicalresearch
Materials and products depicted in figures are shown as examples and do @bchousing.org
not represent an endorsement of any specific brands or products, and it is
acknowledged that many product options exist.
03/16
B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14
Technical report, IDE0621, January 2006
Analysis of an Energy Recovery Ventilator
Master Thesis in Mechatronical Engineering
Anders Hilmersson & Ulf Paulsson
School of Information Science, Computer and Electrical Engineering

Halmstad University
Analysis of an Energy Recovery Ventilator
Master Thesis in Mechatronical Engineering
School of Information Science, Computer and Electrical Engineering

Halmstad University
Box 823, S-301 18 Halmstad, Sweden
January 2006
Description of cover page picture: 3D model of ReHydrator from Air to Air Solutions.
Reprinted with permission from Air to Air Solutions
Preface
This Master Thesis was made in collaboration with Air to Air Solutions at the School of Infor-
mation Science, Computer and Electrical Engineering at Halmstad University and completes the
Master degree in Mechatronical Engineering.
We would especially like to thank Johan Siverklev at Air to Air Solutions for his enthusiasm
and help to answer all our questions during the project. We also like to thank our supervisor, Ulf
Holmberg at Halmstad University for his help and support.
Anders Hilmerson Ulf Paulsson
Halmstad University, January 19, 2006
I
Abstract
Energy recovering techniques for air conditioning has increased in recent years and new prod-
ucts have been introduced to the market where the Membrane-based Energy Recovery Ventilator
(ERV) is one promising product. The aim of this study was to evaluate a new type of membrane
material for an ERV and give an analysis of the need for digital control of the air flow rate to
improve efficiency.
A prototype counter-flow ERV was used in the test to validate the performance under different
flow conditions. The result was promising for the tested membrane material with high moisture
and heat transfer. The optimisation of the flow rate was found to be superfluous, since the relation
between the energy transferred by the ERV and the air flow rate was almost linear.
II
III
Contents
1 Introduction 1
1.1 Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Definition of the problem and objective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Related work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 Theoretical Background of ERVs 5

2.1 Principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3 Different membrane-based ERVs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.4 ReHydrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2.5 Energy savings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3 Experimental setup 15
3.1 Test cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2 Tested ERV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.3 Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4 Graphical User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.5 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.6 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4 Expected results 19
5 Results and discussion 21

5.1 Test results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.2 Test results compared with NTU-theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.3 Sources of errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.4 Design considerations for an ERV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6 Conclusions 27
References 29
Appendix 31
A Psychometric chart 31
IV
List of Figures
1.1 Cooling air in a building. Left: Conv. cooling, Right: Cooling comb. with an ERV. 1
2.1 Simplified principle of a counter-flow ERV in a warm and humid region. . . . . . 5
2.2 Simplified psychometric chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.3 ERV-cores. Left: The core in the ReHydrator, Reprinted with permission from
Air to Air Solutions Right: The core of the tested ERV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.4 Theoretical example of cooling the air. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.5 The theoretical example presented in the psychometric chart. . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1 Test equipment; test cell and mounted ERV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2 Tested ERV with blowers and sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
4.1 Expected behaviour of ReHydrator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
5.1 Temperature and humidity plot with the corresponding efficiency plot. . . . . . . 21
5.2 Mass flow rate during the test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.3 Enthalpy efficiency and the amount of enthalpy transferred. . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
5.4 Plots of how the mass flow rate are influencing the enthalpy efficiency and trans-
ferred enthalpy in the ERV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
5.5 Theoretical efficiency based on NTU compared with test result. . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.6 Bulging phenomena in the ERV due to pressure differences between the air-
streams, Reprinted with permission from Air to Air Solutions. . . . . . . . . . . . 24
V
1 INTRODUCTION
1 Introduction
1.1 Background
Air-conditioning is used in many commercial buildings and houses today and the energy required
for the air conditioning system can be very high in extreme conditions. Reducing the energy re-
quired for an air-conditiong system and still maintain the same air-quality is a gain both for the
user and the environment. There are different energy saving techniques on the market today,
which can be combined with the traditional air-conditioning system. Widely used techniques are
heat exchangers, heat pumps and desiccant wheels. A relatively new technique introduced to the
market is the Membrane-based Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV), which has drawn much atten-
tion lately since it offers long time use, stable continuous operation and low energy consumption
[1].
An ERV works as a usual heat exchanger with the major difference that the metal plates sep-
arating the air streams are changed to thin membranes able to transfer both heat and humidity.
This will increase the energy savings for an air conditioned building even more, since the thermal
load of the system will decrease when the air is dehumified by the ERV. Instead of exhausting the
inside air directly to the outside, as in the case of conventional air-conditioning, the energy in the
air streams are now exchanged in the ERV. A simple comparison between conventional cooling
of a building and cooling combined with an ERV is presented in Fig. 1.1.
Figure 1.1: Cooling air in a building. Left: Conventional cooling, Right: Cooling combined with an ERV.
This study was proposed by Air to Air Solutions1 (A2A), which has recently patented a new
type of membrane-based ERV named ReHydrator and wanted an controller for that product.
1
Company in Sweden that develop energy saving equipment
1
ANALYSIS OF AN ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR
The first part of this controller will be made in this study where the important properties for the
control of the ReHydrator are going to be identified.
1.2 Definition of the problem and objective

1.2.1 Problem
A2A wants an investigation of how the air flow rates are influencing the efficiency of the ERV
and the amount of enthalpy2 exchanged by the ERV. The total enthalpy exchanged in the ERV
depends on many different parameters, where the air flow rate and the membrane material are
important factors. There is probably an optimal flow rate where the enthalpy exchange rate is
maximised in the ERV according to the operating conditions and the membrane material.
1.2.2 Objective
The objective of this study is to evaluate whether it is possible to maximise the enthalpy ex-
changed in the ERV by controlling the air flow rate of the air-streams of different environmental
changes. Experimental studies will be made to test the performance of the new type of membrane
material, PTFE3 , that will be used in the ReHydrator.
1.3 Related work

Membrane-based ERVs are relatively new products on the market due to the development of new
membrane materials capable of transferring both humidity and heat in an efficient way. It is hard
to find relevant studies covering the important properties of an ERV because of the newly devel-
oped technique. Most of the related work in the area of membrane-based ERVs are presented by
the Hong Kong Polytechnic University and especially by L.Z. Zhang.
Niu & Zhang present studies of the effectiveness for heat and moisture transfer in a membrane-
based ERV. They conclude that the heat transfer is not sensible to the choice of membrane ma-
terial or operating conditions but the humidity transfer has a strong coupling to these parameters
[2, 3]. They show that the sensible heat efficiency is mainly determined by the Number of Trans-
fer Units (NTU) and the latent heat efficiency is a function of N T UL , the number of transfer units
for moisture. These two measurements can be used to build a theoretical model of the sensible
and latent heat transfer in the ERV. Two correlation coefficients are proposed to describe the cou-
pling between the sensible and latent heat. The sensible and latent efficiencies are also heavily
influenced by the mass flow rate in the ERV, where the efficiencies decrease with increasing mass
flow rate. They also state that a porous hydrophilic membrane with a linear sorption curve, able
to transfer both humidity and heat will give the best performance.
Zhang & Jiang present a study about the important properties of the air flow through ERV that
further improve the efficiency. The authors state that the membrane area is not efficiently used
in a cross-flow ERV [1]. A counter-flow ERV utilises a larger fraction of the membrane area and
thereby increases the efficiency of the unit. Another important factor is the geometry of the flow
2
Energy measurement of the air depending of the temperature and humidity
3
PolyTetraFlourEthylene
2
1 INTRODUCTION
channels of the ERV to create high turbulence in the air streams. Many different techniques are
used and a promising technique is covered in [4] where cross-corrugated membranes are used.
M.S. Nasif et. al. present a study where Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) analysis is used
to examine the heat and moisture transfer in an ERV [5]. The result shows that the CFD analysis
highly agree with the theoretical model presented by Niu & Zhang.
The energy savings by using an ERV can be significant in many operating conditions and a
study made in Hong Kong showed that 58% of the total energy consumption for air-conditioning
a building could be saved [6]. This can be compared to an ordinary heat exchanger where only
10% of the energy would be saved, the more humid the weather, the more superior is the ERV
compared to the heat exchanger. The performance of four different energy saving techniques
are studied in [7] where the membrane-based ERV gave the highest energy savings of the units
compared.
An analysis of a counter-flow, membrane-based ERV with a new type of hydrophilic material,

PTFE, for the membrane core is presented in this study. It is interesting to investigate if this
material is suited to be used in an ERV and what the efficiency will be for the heat and moisture
transfer. This study will also present an analysis of whether a mass flow rate controller can
increase the amount of energy transferred in the ERV. The theoretical model of the tested ERV is
based on Niu & Zhangs mathematical theory.
3
4
2 THEORETICAL BACKGROUND OF ERVS
2 Theoretical Background of ERVs

An ERV is a heat and humidity exchanger, where the two incoming air-streams are fresh outside
air (feed) and stale room exhaust air (sweep). The ERV use the energy difference between the
two air streams and no external energy is supplied to the unit. Since the ERV is a passive com-
ponent, it requires a differential of heat and humidity between the air-streams to have something
to exchange. The only thing that separates the air-streams is a thin membrane layer which is
vapour-permeable, so both heat and humidity are able to pass through the membrane when they
flow through the unit. In the winter, heat and humidity will be recovered from the exhaust air and
in the summer, heat and moisture in the incoming air will be transferred to the exhaust air-stream
to cool and dehumidify the incoming air.
2.1 Principle of operation

The fundamental physics behind the theory of an ERV is that warm air may contain more water
than cold air and that temperature differences between air-streams wants to level out to the same
temperature. When, for example, cold exhaust air travels through the ERV, it is warmed up by the
warm outside air. The exhaust air has now been heated to approximately the same temperature as
the outside air, which makes it possible to hold more water. The moisture will now pass through
the membrane to the dryer air that can hold more water. Since air struggles to be saturated
with water, moisture will diffuse through the membrane. The incoming air will be chilled to
approximately the same temperature as the inside air because it emits its heat to the outgoing air.
The incoming air will now be drier and colder when it reaches the cooling unit in the room. A
simplified principle of this behaviour can be seen in Fig. 2.1.
Figure 2.1: Simplified principle of a counter-flow ERV in a warm and humid region.
2.1.1 Heat and mass transfer

Heat transfer is the energy transported from one air stream to another due to temperature dif-
ferences, also known as the sensible heat [8]. The heat transfer increases with the temperature
difference and the ability of the membrane to make the transfer.
The heat transfer occurs in three steps.
5
1. Convective heat transfer on the hot side

2. Heat conduction through the membrane
3. Convective heat transfer on the cold side
The physics of the mass transfer are similar to the physics of the heat transfer. Mass transfer
is the energy transported from an air stream to another due to differences in the humidity. The
mass transfer increases with the humidity difference and the ability of the membrane to make the
transfer. The amount of energy due to humidity difference is defined as the latent heat. The mass
transfer analogy is the same as the heat transfer case.
1. Convective mass transfer on the humid side
2. Mass diffusion through the membrane
3. Convective mass transfer on the dry side
2.1.2 Enthalpy
Since both sensible and latent heat are exchanged in an ERV, the interesting measurement is a
combination of both these measurements. This combined measurement is the sum of the internal
energy of air, which is also known as the enthalpy. The specific enthalpy of the air can be
calculated as [1]:
h = 1.005t + ω(2501 + 1.68t) (2.1)
Where h = specific enthalpy [ kg(ofkJdry air) ], t = temperature [C], ω = absolute humidity [ kg(ofkgdry air) ].
The following definitions and equations are based on the same mass flow rate of the feed and
sweep channels (ṁf = ṁs ).
∆t = |tf i − tf o | = |tso − tsi |
∆ttot = |tf i − tsi |
∆ω = |ωf i − ωf o | = |ωso − ωsi |
∆ωtot = |ωf i − ωsi |
∆h = |hf i − hf o | = |hso − hsi |
∆htot = |hf i − hsi |
Where ∆t, ∆ω, ∆h is the difference in temperature, humidity and enthalpy between inlet and
outlet of one air stream. ∆ttot , ∆ωtot , ∆htot is the total temperature, humidity and enthalpy dif-
ference between the inlets of the ERV. The subscripts are f = feed, s = sweep, i = inlet, o =
outlet.
The enthalpy transferred in the ERV is proportional to the mass flow rate and the differential
of enthalpy between the inlet and outlet air. Since all energy is conserved and only exchanged
between the air streams, the total enthalpy of feed and sweep air streams are equal. The total
transferred enthalpy is [1]:
H = ṁ∆h (2.2)
Where H = total enthalpy transferred [ kJ
s
], ṁ = mass flow rate [ kg
s
].
6
2.1.3 Efficiency
The sensible efficiency is the amount of transferred heat in the ERV in relation to the heat differ-
ence between the inlets and is calculated as:
∆t
εS = (2.3)
∆ttot
The latent efficiency is the amount of transferred humidity in the ERV in relation to the
humidity difference between the inlets and is calculated as:
∆ω
εL = (2.4)
∆ωtot
The enthalpy efficiency of the ERV is the fraction of the total enthalpy going through the unit
which is exchanged between the air streams. The enthalpy efficiency is calculated as:
∆h
εtot = (2.5)
∆htot
Where εtot = the enthalpy efficiency [0 − 1]. The efficiency value of 1 is when all enthalpy is
exchanged and re-transferred. An efficiency value of 0 is when none of the enthalpy is exchanged.
2.1.4 Theoretical efficiency of an ERV

It is hard to construct an exact theoretical model of the membrane-based ERV, but a study made
by Zhang & Niu showed that the efficiency of the ERV can be approximated with help of the
dimensionless Number of Transfer Units (N T U ). N T U reflect the sensible heat exchanged in
the ERV and is calculated as [3]:
Atot U
NTU = (2.6)
ṁcpa
Where Atot = total area of the membranes [m2 ], U = total heat transfer coefficient [ mkW
2 K ], cpa =
kJ
specific heat [ kgK ].
The total heat transfer coefficient U is calculated as:

−1
1 δ 1
U= + + (2.7)
uf λ us
Where uf , us are the convective heat transfer coefficients for feed and sweep channel [ mkW
2 K ]. δ is
kW
the membrane thickness [m] and λ is the thermal conductivity of the membrane [ m·K ].
The sensible efficiency for unmixed cross flow can be expressed as:
exp(−N T U 0.78 ) − 1

εS = 1 − exp (2.8)
N T U −0.22
The number of transfer units for the latent heat is similar to the definition of sensible heat;
Atot UL
N T UL = (2.9)
ṁ
7
Where UL is the total mass transfer coefficient [ mkg2 s ].
And the corresponding latent heat efficiency for unmixed cross flow is defined as:
exp(−N T UL0.78 ) − 1

εL = 1 − exp (2.10)
N T UL−0.22
N T UL can also be calculated as N T UL = β · N T U and β is the ratio of total number of transfer

units for latent to sensible heat.
The enthalpy efficiency can be calculated as a combination of εS and εL as:
εS + εL H ∗
εtot = (2.11)
1 + H∗
where H ∗ is the ratio of latent to sensible energy difference between the inlets of two air-
streams and it is approximated to:
∆ωtot
H ∗ ≈ 2501 (2.12)
∆ttot
Niu & Zhang states that the sensible efficiency of an operational ERV is only affected by the
mass flow rate, which is the only dynamic factor [2]. Increasing mass flow rate would decrease
the number of transfer units for heat and thereby decrease the sensible efficiency. The latent
efficiency is more complex coupled to the operational conditions of the ERV. Unlike the thermal
diffusive resistance, the moisture diffusive resistance is not a constant and that will influence
β. The moisture diffusive resistance is depending on the membrane material, temperature and
humidity difference. A membrane material with a linear sorption curve will give the highest
latent efficiency and have the same ability to transfer heat and moisture regardless the temperature
and humidity conditions [3].
2.1.5 Psychometric chart
A psychometric chart is a graphical representation of the air properties at a given pressure. The
simplified psychometric chart in Fig. 2.2 represent the air properties at the pressure of sea level.
As shown in Fig. 2.2, the y-axis of a psychometric chart is represented by the absolute humidity
and the x-axis is represented by the temperature. High temperature means increased ability of the
air to contain more humidity before it is saturated with water. The enthalpy of the air is increased
with both increasing temperature and humidity as shown in Equation (2.1).
The relative humidity (RH) is the amount of water contents in air before it is saturated with
water, and this can be seen in Fig. 2.2 at four relative humidities. A relative humidity value of
100%, is the maximum amount of water contents in air, which is also known as the dew-point.
A more detailed psychometric chart is presented in Appendix A where more properties of the air
are presented, such as the enthalpy at different temperatures and humidities.
8
Simplified Psychometric chart

30
25
100%
Humidity content [g/kg]

20 saturation
75%
15 50%
25%
10
0
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Temperature [C]
Figure 2.2: Simplified psychometric chart.
2.2 Operating conditions
An ERV can be used in almost any air-conditioned space but the efficiency will differ in different
operating conditions. The ERV is most suited to be used in environments where there is high
differential in the temperature and humidity between the outside and inside air, because of its
ability to recover both humidity and heat. The more humid the weather, the more superior is an
ERV compared to a ordinary heat exchanger (HRV) [7]. The heat exchanger is a better choice
in operating conditions where the latent energy differential is low. The ERV can also be used in
cold climate like the northern countries where the indoor temperature is higher than the outside
temperature a long period of the year. The ERV will then recover a large fraction of the heat and
humidity indoors, instead of exhausting it directly to the outside. A problem that can occur dur-
ing the winter period is that the humidity indoors can be very low and that can make the skin of
the human body very dry and also give problem with static electricity [9]. An ERV would in this
case increase the humidity indoors relative to ordinary air conditioning and a more comforting
climate can thereby be maintained indoors.
A drawback of the ERV would be if there is too high humidity inside the building and you
want to decrease the humidity. That will take longer time when using the ERV since it will
preserve a large fraction of the humidity indoors. A heat exchanger would in this case be a better
choice because it will only exchange the heat in the air and exhaust the humidity to the outside.
An alternative to use a heat exchanger in this extreme case would be to use external blowers that
could supply the building with fresh outside air directly, without any heat or humidity exchange.
The drawback with this method is that no energy is recovered during the time it takes to lower
the humidity inside the building.
9
2.3 Different membrane-based ERVs

There are two major types of membrane based ERVs on the market today; cross flow and counter
flow ERVs, which differ in the directions of the air streams. The operation of the two types is
very similar, where thin vapour permeable membranes stacked in many layers separate the two
incoming air streams. The cross flow ERV is the most common type on the market because it has
a simple construction. However, the membrane area is not efficiently used, since the temperature
and humidity differentials vary across the membranes. Only a small portion of the membrane
area near the inlets of the air streams will have a big differential in the temperature and humidity
[1]. The other type of membrane-based ERV is the counter flow ERV where the direction of the
air streams is going in a counter flow arrangement. This makes the ERV more efficient since
the differential of temperature and humidity are equal over the whole membrane area. This
arrangement will also minimise the possibility of condensation inside the ERV.
2.4 ReHydrator
The ERV used in this study is a simplified prototype of A2A patented membrane-based, counter-
flow ERV called ReHydrator [10, 11]. The novelty about ReHydrator is that it uses membrane-
based tubes instead of laminar membranes and is shown in Fig. 2.3. This tube arrangement is
expected to have higher efficiency than other ERVs on the market today due to the increased
membrane area and expected better air flow characteristics with lower pressure drop[10]. Re-
Hydrator is in the developing phase and the prototype used in this study has stacked laminar
membranes and not the patented tube arrangement. A2A would like to have an intelligent con-
troller to control the air flow in the ReHydrator to increase the efficiency of the unit even more.
The first step to this intelligent controller will be made in this study, where the important proper-
ties of controlling the ReHydrator will be identified.
A2A uses the name ECOAER (Energy Conservation Optimisation using Air to air Evapora-
tive Recirculation) for the cooling process in ReHydrator [10]. In short, ECOAER means cooling
the air in two phases, namely, the evaporative phase and the thermic phase. In the evaporative
phase, the water is extracted while still in gas form. This reduces condensation in the second
phase where the temperature is lowered with the help of a cooling unit. Since the humid air
never changes phase from gas to fluid, the energy consumption of the cooling unit is drastically
reduced.
2.5 Energy savings

Every year, a large amount of energy is consumed for air conditioning buildings. During the hot
and humid period of the year, a vast amount of water is condensed at the cooling coils of the cool-
ing unit, which causes energy loss. An ERV can reduce this energy loss by pre-processing the
air before it reaches the cooling coils. The ERV is designed to be used together with an HVAC4 -
system because the ERV is in need of a differential of humidity and temperature between the
inside and outside air. In hot and humid regions like Hong Kong, over 50% of the energy that
is required for air-conditioning a building could be saved by using an ERV, compared to only
4
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning System
10
Figure 2.3: ERV-cores. Left: The core in the ReHydrator; membrane-based tubes in a counter-flow
arrangement. Right: The core of the tested ERV; stacked membranes in a counter-flow arrangement.
Figure 2.4: Theoretical example of cooling the air from 33◦ C to 25◦ C in a hot and humid region. Left:
Conventional cooling, Right: Cooling combined with an ERV.
10% when using a HRV [6]. ERVs will increase the efficiency of the HVAC-systems since the
ERV will exchange a large fraction of the energy in the air before it is exhausted to the outside air.
When the ERV is used in conjunction with a cooling unit, it dries the supply air and thereby
reduces humidity and the possibility of formation of ice in the cooling unit. Large amount of
ice at the cooling coils can destroy the construction of the unit making it in need of a repair, this
mainly occurs when the HVAC system is poorly dimensioned. Cooling units equipped with frost
guards melt the ice when needed but this irregular temperature and humidity change is energy
consuming. An ERV reduces the need of defrosting cycles, and a uniform temperature and hu-
midity can be maintained.
Figure 2.4 shows an theoretical example of cooling the air from 33◦ C to 25◦ C with and with-
out using an ERV. The black arrow at the cooling unit shows the amount of enthalpy consumed.
Notice the reduced energy required for the cooling unit in the right figure, due to the exchanged
11
Figure 2.5: The theoretical example presented in the psychometric chart. Left: Conventional cooling,
Right: Cooling combined with an ERV.
energy in the ERV. The same theoretical example is presented in Fig. 2.5 where the process is
presented in the psychometric chart. The letters in Fig. 2.5 have the corresponding point in Fig.
2.4 and represent a specific location in the HVAC-system. The process is described below in
Section 2.5.1 and 2.5.2.
2.5.1 Cooling without an ERV

In the conventional cooling case, there is only a cooling unit used to decrease the indoor air tem-
perature. The cooling process starts by decreasing the temperature until the dew-point is reached
(A → B). The temperature continues to decrease but then a large fraction of the energy is con-
sumed for condensing the water in the air (B → C). The cooled air is then mixed with the air
inside the building (C → D).
2.5.2 Cooling with an ERV

If the cooling unit is combined with an ERV, both heat and moisture will be exchanged in the
ERV, lowering the supply air enthalpy to the cooling unit. The ERV is unable to exchange all the
moisture, but 68 is exchanged, and it is also able to exchange 78 of the heat (A → B). The air is
then transferred to the cooling unit and the same progress begins as in the conventional cooling
case (B → C → D → E). The indoor air is then going through the ERV and energy is exchanged,
before it is exhausted to the outside (E → F). By exchanging the moisture and heat with an ERV
in this example, 40% of the total energy required to cool the air from 33◦ C to 25◦ C is saved. The
sensible and latent heat efficiency in the ERV is in this case 87 · 100 = 87% and 86 · 100 = 75%
respectively. This corresponds to a enthalpy efficiency of 79%.
The example above shows one operating condition where an ERV would save a large fraction
12
of the total energy required for the cooling unit. The efficiency and energy saving will differ
from this example in other environments. The energy loss when air conditioning a building is
highly depending on the efficiency of the ERV and the amount of energy saved is depending on
the differential of heat and humidity between the outside and inside air. Higher efficiency and
differential between the air streams would increase the energy saved, by using an ERV.
13
14
3 EXPERIMENTAL SETUP
3 Experimental setup
Figure 3.1: Test equipment; test cell and mounted ERV.
3.1 Test cell
The test cell used for carrying out the experiments is a 1·1·1.3m cell (Fig. 3.1). Walls are made of
double 12mm chipboard with 4.5cm of air insulation. The roof is a single 12mm chipboard for
easy removal. The experiments are conducted by heating and humidifying the inside of the test
cell. This is the fastest way to build up a high differential in temperature and humidity between
the feed and sweep channels.
Figure 3.2: Tested ERV with blowers and sensors. The sensors are: FI=feed inlet, FO=feed outlet,
SI=sweep inlet, SO=sweep outlet
15
3.2 Tested ERV

The ERV used in the tests is a prototype ERV from A2A, shown in Fig. 3.2. It is an membrane-
based, counter-flow ERV, which consists of 15 stacked membrane layers, each of about 18·28cm.
The total membrane area is ≈ 0.76m2 , and the hydrophilic membrane material is about 60µm
thin PTFE polymer. The ERV is equipped with two blowers (Papst RG 125-19/14N), which are
placed on both the sweep and feed channels output to suck air through the unit.
3.3 Microcontroller
A microcontroller board was built in order to control the ERV, and it is based on an Atmel AVR
ATmega16. The microcontroller board is equipped with:
• 4 Sensirion serial interfaces for humidity and temperature sensors
• Dallas 1-wire interface for additional temperature sensors
• RS-232 UART for PC connectivity
• 4 PWM DC fan controllers
• 12 additional I/O interfaces for controlling relays and other pherperials
The microcontroller is connected to a PC through a serial cable. The sampling rate of the system
is about 0.2Hz.
3.4 Graphical User Interface

All data is logged and analysed in MATLAB in real time. The control and monitoring of the test
bench are made from a Graphical User Interface (GUI) built in MATLAB. The GUI have the
following advantages:
• Real time monitoring
• Easy overview
• Fast error detection
The GUI displays all sensor readings, and plots the humidity, temperature and corresponding
points in the psychometric chart.
3.5 Sensors
The sensor information needed for the test bench are temperature, humidity and mass flow rate
of the air streams going through the ERV. The temperature and humidity of the air are measured
at four different locations at the ERV as shown below and in Fig. 3.2.
1. Feed inlet: Incoming fresh air from the outside to the ERV (lab room air)
2. Feed outlet: Outgoing fresh air supply from the ERV to the inside of the test cell
16
3 EXPERIMENTAL SETUP
3. Sweep inlet: Stale room exhaust air going into the ERV (from test cell)
4. Sweep outlet: Exhaust air to the outside (lab room) leaving the ERV
The readings from the sensors are very sensitive to where the actual sensors are located in the
air-streams. To have as little influence as possible from the surrounding, the sensors are placed as
close as possible to the inlets and outlets of the ERV. The sensor used in this study is the SHT71
from Sensirion. It is a digital humidity and temperature sensor with an accuracy of ±3.5%RH
(Relative Humidity) and ±0.5◦ C [12].
It is difficult to measure the flow rate of the air-streams with high accuracy. Accurate mass
flow rate sensors are very expensive and cannot be used in this study. Instead, a simple anemome-
ter from Silva was used to measure an approximate flow through the ERV in the feed and sweep
channels.
3.6 Heater
To create a differential of the temperature and humidity between the outside air and the air inside
the test cell, a 500W fan heater and wet towels are used. About 50◦ C and 70%RH could be
produced in the test cell with this setup.
17
18
4 EXPECTED RESULTS
4 Expected results
As shown in Equation (2.2), the amount of energy transferred in the ERV is in direct relation-
ship to the mass flow rate through the unit. However, at higher mass flow rates, the ability of
the membrane to transfer moisture is reduced [2]. There exist no theoretical model of how the
tested prototype behaves for different flow rates and operating conditions. Computational Fluid
Dynamics (CFD) is one possible analysis tool that can be used to obtain a relationship between
the enthalpy transferred and the mass flow rate. A theoretical model (NTU) of the ERV can
be constructed with the theory presented by Niu & Zhang [3] but this implies accurate material
coefficients, which are not currently available for the used material. Since the CFD analysis tool
is expensive and complex, and the NTU model is hard to construct, experimental data will be
needed for an analysis of the prototype.
The expected relationship between the enthalpy transferred and the mass flow rate is pre-
sented in Equation (4.1) and it is based on A2As ideas of the system. The expected behaviour
is a correlation between the heat and moisture exchange and the mass flow rate going through
the ERV. This is explained by the membrane material properties of the thermal and moisture
resistance. The enthalpy transferred by the ERV is thought to increase until a maximum transfer
rate of the membrane is reached, increasing the flow rate more will only decrease the enthalpy
transferred. If this statement is true, then there will be an optimal flow rate (ṁ = c) for the
air streams maximising the enthalpy exchanged in the ERV. This maximum will probably differ
due to environmental changes such as the humidity and temperature. The expected behaviour is
shown in Fig. 4.1, where the optimal flow rate (c) is shown as the “working area”.
εtot decrease with increasing ṁ

dH
=0 (4.1)
dṁ ṁ=c
dH
≤0
dṁ ṁ>c
19
100
80
Efficiency [%]
60
40 Working area
20
c
0
0 2 4 6 8
Mass flow rate [kg/s] −3
x 10
350
Working area
300
Enthalpy [W]
250
200
150
100
50 c
0
0 2 4 6 8
Mass flow rate [kg/s] −3
x 10
Figure 4.1: Expected behaviour of ReHydrator.
20
5 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
5 Results and discussion

5.1 Test results
All tests made in the study showed the same behaviour of the ERV, so only one of the tests will
be presented in this section. The following test was conducted by heating and humidifying the
test cell while increasing the mass flow rate from 0 to ≈ 10 gs . The mass flow rate is decreased in
the end of the test (see Fig. 5.2).
Temperature Absolute humidity

40 35
38
sweep inlet 30 sweep inlet
36
Abs. hum. [g/kg dry air]

feed outlet 25
34
Temp. [deg. C]
20 feed outlet
32
sweep outlet sweep outlet
30 15
28
10
26
feed inlet 5 feed inlet
24
22 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
time [h] time [h]
Sensible Efficiency Latent Efficiency

100 100
80 80
Sensible Efficiency [%]
Latent Efficiency [%]
60 60
40 40
20 20
0 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
time [h] time [h]
Figure 5.1: Temperature and humidity plot with the corresponding efficiency plot below (εS and εL ).
The efficiency of both sensible and latent energy is calculated as the average of the feed and
sweep channels. The sensible efficiency never drops below 65% while the latent efficiency con-
tinues to decrease with increasing flow rates and this is shown in Fig. 5.1.
21
Mass flow rate

10
mass flow rate [g/s]

6
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
time [h]
Figure 5.2: Mass flow rate during the test.
Enthalpy Efficiency Transferred Enthalpy

100 450
90 400
80 350
Transferred Enthalpy [W]
Enthalpy Efficiency [%]
70
300
60
250
50
200
40
150
30
20 100
10 50
0 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
time [h] time [h]
Figure 5.3: Enthalpy efficiency (εtot Equation (2.5)) and the amount of enthalpy transferred (H Equation
(2.2)).
Figure 5.3 show that the enthalpy efficiency is about 80% in the beginning of the test but the
mass flow rate is however very small. When the mass flow rate is increased to the maximum
flow rate of about 10 gs , the efficiency has decreased to ≈ 55%. The change in mass flow rate
influences the efficiency more at low flow rates. The maximum amount of enthalpy transferred
is about 400W for this test.
The behaviour of the ERV for different mass flow rates is not as the expected result, compare
Fig. 4.1 with Fig. 5.4. The test show no maximum point in the plot of transferred enthalpy with
increasing mass flow rate. The enthalpy efficiency of the ERV is decreased from 80% to 55% and
the total enthalpy exchanged by the ERV is almost linearly increasing with increasing mass flow
rate, see Fig. 5.4. The concept of a “working area” can not be found in the tests and an optimal
flow does not exist for the tested ERV.
22
Enthalpy efficiency vs flow

100
80
Efficiency [%]
60
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Mass flow [g/s]
Enthalpy vs mass flow

450
400
350
300
Enthalpy [W]
250
200
150
100
50
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Mass flow [g/s]
Figure 5.4: Plots of how the mass flow rate are influencing the enthalpy efficiency and transferred enthalpy
in the ERV.
5.2 Test results compared with NTU-theory

The enthalpy efficiency showed in Fig. 5.5 should only be considered as an approximation of
the relationship between mass flow and the efficiency. The sensible efficiency was calculated
from Equation (2.8) and the latent efficiency was calculated from Equation (2.10) and these two
efficiency values were used in Equation (2.11) to calculate the enthalpy efficiency, where U was
approximated to 0.022. The membrane material was assumed to have a linear type membrane
making β constant, and it was approximated to 0.6. The theoretical enthalpy efficiency decreases
with increasing mass flow rate and this behavior agree with the experimental data.
23
Enthalpy efficiency vs flow

100
Data
NTU
80
Efficiency [%]
60
40
20
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Mass flow [g/s]
Enthalpy vs mass flow

500
400
Enthalpy [W]
300
200
100
0
0 2 4 6 8 10
Mass flow [g/s]
Figure 5.5: Theoretical efficiency based on NTU compared with test result.
5.3 Sources of errors

5.3.1 ERV
The tested prototype ERV has stacked membrane layers with 4mm gap between the layers. With
high flow rate the pressure difference in the ERV changes, reducing the gap between the mem-
branes (see Fig. 5.6). This bulging effect makes it harder for the air to pass through the ERV and
that can heavily influence the performance.
Figure 5.6: Bulging phenomena in the ERV due to pressure differences between the air-streams.
5.3.2 Air flow measurement

The air flow was measured with a hand held anemometer which does not give an exact measure-
ment of the mass flow rate but rather a relative estimate. The precision was enough for the tests
performed because the relative measurement was only of importance in the tests.
24
5.4 Design considerations for an ERV

5.4.1 Airflow arrangement
The type of airflow arrangement in an ERV should be designed to utilise as much of the mem-
brane area as possible without making the construction too complex. The ERV should be con-
structed for easy replacement of the membrane-core because the membrane may break or loose
efficiency. The price and size of the ERV is a trade off between complexity and efficiency. A
tube-flow arrangement of the membranes (as the ReHydrator) is regarded to be more efficient but
the membrane-core is harder to manufacture compared to a stacked layer type ERV. If the ERV
can be dimensioned without taking the size into consideration, there is no need for a complex
construction to increase efficiency. The ERV can instead be made larger to compensate for the
efficiency loss due to a more simple construction.
5.4.2 Membrane
The membrane is one of the most important factor of the efficiency of an ERV. The membrane
material should have high ability to transfer both heat and moisture to give high efficiency of
the enthalpy transferred in the ERV. The PTFE-membranes used in the tested prototype show
very promising results for future ERVs. An efficiency value of 80% to 60% for mass flows up
to 8 gs is very good when considering the small size of the ERV. The membrane is only 60µm
making it flimsy and frail and this may cause problems if the HVAC-system has irregular and
unbalanced flows. Therefore, the membrane material should be dimensioned for the amount of
irregular pressure and mass flow rate of the HVAC-system.
5.4.3 Control of air flow rate

The linear relationship between the enthalpy efficiency and the mass flow rate in the test (Fig.
5.4) is more desirable than the expected behaviour of the system (Fig. 4.1). The mass flow rate
does not influence the efficiency as much as the expectation, making the need of a controller for
the ERV superfluous. Even if the ERV would gain performance with a controller, there does not
exist many situations where the mass flow rate of a HVAC-system can be controlled by the ERV.
The amount of fresh air supply usually depends on the size of the building and the amount of
people it is designed for. The ERV should therefore be dimensioned for the amount fresh air
supply in the specified HVAC-system.
5.4.4 Other ERV considerations

A control-unit may still be interesting for other types of functionalities, such as fault detection
and compensation of unbalanced flows in the ERV. Errors that could be detected are holes in
the membranes or low efficiency caused by dirt on the membrane layers. This feature is easily
implemented in a ERV with a simple control-unit.
Compensation of unbalanced flows may be useful in situations where the blowers at the ERV
are the only component supplying air in the HVAC-system. The control-unit can compensate for
the differential between the air-flows and sudden changes of the amount of ventilated air. The
25
highest efficiency is always achieved when the two air-flows are equal. [2]
The ERV should be equipped with blowers on both the inlet and outlet of ERV to minimise
the pressure drop caused by the flow resistance between the membranes. Pressure drop inside
the ERV reduces the efficiency and it may also damage the membranes.
26
6 CONCLUSIONS
6 Conclusions
This work was proposed by Air to Air Solutions and the aim of this study was to evaluate a new
type of membrane-material and to analyse the influence of the mass flow rate on the performance
of an ERV.
A test cell was built in order to do experimental tests on the prototype ERV from Air to
Air Solutions. The prototype was a stacked membrane layer type ERV with a new type of
membrane-material, PTFE. The experimental test was compared with a theoretical model for
membrane-based ERVs and the result showed that the real behavior agreed well with the theo-
retical model.
The PTFE-material used in the prototype showed very promising results. The enthalpy effi-
ciency was 60 to 80% and this is very good when considering the small size of the ERV and the
high flow rates used. The results also showed that the relationship between the mass flow rate
and the amount of enthalpy transferred shows no optimum for the tested ERV. The possibility of
having an optimisation of the enthalpy transferred in the ERV by controlling the mass flow rate
has been examined but with negative results. An expected enthalpy maximum was not found ei-
ther in the experimental nor the theoretical study (NTU) of the tested ERV making optimisation
of the mass flow superfluous. A control-unit may though be used in the ERV for fault detection
and to regulate for unbalanced flows that may destroy the fragile membranes. The experimental
results and the theoretical model presented by earlier research agreed well, making the NTU-
model an interesting analysis tool when evaluating future ERVs.
Future work could be to evaluate the performance of different flow-arrangements of the

membrane-core in an ERV and also to consider the complexity and cost for the different con-
structions. Another area is to do experimental tests on the PTFE membrane to obtain the heat
and moisture transfer coefficients since these parameters can not be obtained from the manufac-
turer. A more proper theoretical model can thereby be constructed using the NTU-theory.
27
28
REFERENCES
References
[1] L. Z. Zhang and Y. Jiang, “Heat and mass transfer in a membrane-based energy recovery
ventilator,” Journal of Membrane Science, vol. 163, pp. 29–38, 1999.
[2] J. L. Niu and L. Z. Zhang, “Membrane-based enthalpy exchanger: material considerations

and clarification of moisture resistance,” Journal of membrane science, vol. 189, pp. 179–
191, 2001.
[3] L. Z. Zhang and J. L. Niu, “Effectiveness correlations for heat and moisture transfer pro-
cesses in an enthalpy exchanger with membrane cores,” JOURNAL OF HEAT TRANSFER,
vol. 124, pp. 922–929, October 2002.
[4] L. Z. Zhang, “Convective mass transport in cross-corrugated membrane exchangers,” Jour-

nal of memebrane science, vol. 260, pp. 75–83, 2005.
[5] M. S. Nasif, G. L. Morrison, and M. Behnia, “Heat and mass transfer in air to air enthalpy
heat exchangers,” in 6th World Conference on Experimental Heat Transfer, Fluid Mechan-
ics and Thermodynamics. University of New South Wales, School of Mechanical and
Manufacturing Engineering, Sydney, Australia, April 2005.
[6] L. Z. Zhang and J. L. Niu, “Energy requirements for conditioning fresh air and the longterm
savings with a membrane-based energy recovery ventilator in hong kong,” Energy, vol. 26,
pp. 119–135, 2001.
[7] L. Z. Zhang, “Energy performance of independent air dehumidification systems with energy
recovery measures,” Energy, vol. XX (Article in press), pp. 1–15, 2005.
[8] W. Kays, M. Crawford, and B. Weigand, Convective Heat and Mass Transfer, 4th ed., ser.
ISBN 0-07-246876-9. McGraw-Hill, 2005.
[9] A. K. Datta, Biological and Bioenvironmental Heat and Mass Transfer. Marcel Dekker
Inc, 2002, vol. ISBN 0824744381.
[10] J. Siverklev, Technical reference for ReHydrator, Air to Air solutions, 2005.
[11] Air to Air solutions, “Device for moisture exchange between gas flows (rehydrator) patent
nr. wo2005033590,” Patent, 2005.
[12] Sensirion, SHT71 Datasheet, v2.04 ed., www.sensirion.com/humidity, May 2005-11-30.
29
30
A
10 11 11 12 12 13 13
5 0 5 0 5 0 5
30
10 34 15
0 0
33
Appendix
95
30
.94
32
.96
.98
30 14
PSYCHROMETRIC CHART 5
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE 760 mm of Mercury 90 31
30 14
85 0
25
29
80 30 28
13
W 5
ET
BU 27
75 LB
26
.92
TE
M 13
PE 0
Psychometric chart
70 RA 25
TU
RE
25 24
-°
C 20 25
65 12
IR
23 5
YA
22
DR
60
OF
12
- °C
21
G
25 0
RE
RK
55
E
20
.90 S
TU
A
JP
PE
ER
-K
19 11
50 5
MP
PY
CIFIC
90%
TE
15 18
AL
20
H
N
VO
20
NT
TIO
45 17
E
A
LUM
11
0
80%
UR
16
T
Em
SA
40
.88
20
%
15
³/kg O
%
25
ENTHALPY - KJ PER KG OF DRY AIR
10
70
5
VAPOR PRESSURE - MM OF MERCURY
14
F DR
35
15 13
Y AIR
%
60
30 10
10 12 0
15
.86
20 11
HUMIDITY RATIO - GRAMS OF MOISTURE PER KILOGRAM OF DRY AIR
25
%
50
15 10 95
10
A
% 10 9
15
%
10 10
40
8
.84
90
5
5 7
5 %
0 30 5 6
.82
85
-5 0 8% 5
0 0
-1 20% 4
0
6%
.80
-5 Y
-1 MIDIT 3 80
5 TIV E HU
-10 RELA 4%
.78
10% 2
DEW POINT - °C
-10
-15
2%
.76
-20 1 75
.74
-40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Linric Company Psychrometric Chart, www.linric.com DRY BULB TEMPERATURE - °C

70
15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
31
PSYCHOMETRIC CHART
AHRI Guideline V (I-P)
2011 Guideline for

Calculating the Efficiency
of Energy Recovery Ventilation
and its Effect on Efficiency
and Sizing of Building
HVAC Systems
IMPORTANT
SAFETY DISCLAIMER
AHRI does not set safety standards and does not certify or guarantee the safety of any products, components or
systems designed, tested, rated, installed or operated in accordance with this standard/guideline. It is strongly
recommended that products be designed, constructed, assembled, installed and operated in accordance with
nationally recognized safety standards and code requirements appropriate for products covered by this
standard/guideline.
AHRI uses its best efforts to develop standards/guidelines employing state-of-the-art and accepted industry
practices. AHRI does not certify or guarantee that any tests conducted under its standards/guidelines will be non-
hazardous or free from risk.
Note:
This guideline supersedes AHRI Guideline V–2003.

For the SI version, see AHRI Guideline V (SI) - 2011
Price $10.00 (M) $20.00 (NM) Copyright 2011, by Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute
Printed in U.S.A. Registered United States Patent and Trademark Office
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
Section 1. Purpose ........................................................................................................................1
Section 2. Scope ...........................................................................................................................1
Section 3. Definitions ...................................................................................................................1
Section 4. Information Requirements ...........................................................................................3
Section 5. General Principles .......................................................................................................5
Section 6. Calculating the Recovery Efficiency Ratio for the Energy Recovery Ventilation
Component ..................................................................................................................5
Section 7. Integrating the Efficiency of the Energy Recovery Component with the
Efficiency of Cooling and Heating Equipment ...........................................................8
Section 8. Calculating the Effect of Energy Recovery Ventilation on Cooling System

Efficiency ....................................................................................................................8
Section 9. Calculating the Effect of Energy Recovery Ventilation on Heating System

Efficiency ....................................................................................................................9
Section 10. Sizing ...........................................................................................................................9
Section 11. Implementation ............................................................................................................9
FIGURE
Figure 1. Generic Configuration of an Air-to-Air Heat Exchanger Used for Energy

Recovery in Ventilation Applications .........................................................................2
APPENDICES
Appendix A. References – Normative ............................................................................................11
Appendix B. References – Informative ..........................................................................................11
Appendix C. Sample Calculations – Informative ...........................................................................13
Appendix D. Comparing Typical Combined Efficiency and Energy Analysis Results in a

Variety of Climates – Informative .............................................................................24
Appendix E. Derivation of Coefficients – Informative ..................................................................25

Appendix F. Rating Conversions – Informative.............................................................................26
TABLE FOR APPENDICES
Table D1. Sample Calculation Results for Five Climates ..........................................................24
FIGURES FOR APPENDICES
Figure C1. Placement of Fans for a Draw-through Arrangement ...............................................17
Figure C2. Placement of Fans for a Blow-through Supply with Draw-Through Exhaust
Arrangement ..............................................................................................................19
AHRI GUIDELINE V (I-P)-2011_________________________________________________
CALCULATING THE EFFICIENCY OF ENERGY

RECOVERY VENTILATION AND ITS EFFECT ON
EFFICIENCY AND SIZING OF BUILDING HVAC SYSTEMS
Section 1. Purpose
1.1 Purpose. The purpose of this guideline is to establish a method of calculating the energy efficiency of applied Energy
Recovery Ventilation components and of heating, ventilating, and/or air-conditioning systems utilizing such components at
selected operating conditions. It also provides guidance on proper sizing of cooling and heating equipment when such energy
recovery components are applied.
1.1.1 Intent. This guideline is intended for the guidance of the industry, including engineers, installers, contractors
and users. It provides a means for calculating the impact of applied energy recovery equipment on the energy
efficiency of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system at a single selected operating condition. The
guideline is not a rating system for Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Equipment, nor does it provide a means of
estimating annual energy use.
1.1.2 Review and Amendment. This guideline is subject to review and amendment as technology advances.
Section 2. Scope
2.1 Scope. This guideline applies to energy recovery ventilation component applications and combinations of energy
recovery components with unitary heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment incorporating mechanical ventilation
with outside air.
2.1.1 This guideline applies only to energy recovery applications utilizing components tested and rated in
accordance with AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P).
2.1.2 Because non-certified data is required for the calculations, the results should not be considered to be
“certified”.
Section 3. Definitions
All terms in this document follow the standard industry definitions in the current edition of ASHRAE Terminology of
Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration and ASHRAE Standard 84, unless otherwise defined in this section.
3.1 Coefficient of Performance (COP). A ratio of the cooling/heating capacity in watts to the power input values in watts
at any given set of Rating Conditions expressed in watts/watts.
3.2 Combined Efficiency (CEF). The efficiency of a system incorporating an ERV component with a unitary packaged air
conditioner, heat pump, etc. Units vary according to the application. CEF is expressed in Btu/(W⋅h).
3.3 Effectiveness. The measured energy recovery Effectiveness not adjusted to account for that portion of the
psychrometric change in the leaving supply air (Figure 1, Station 2) that is the result of leakage of entering exhaust air
(Figure 1, Station 3) rather than exchange of heat or moisture between the airstreams. The equation for determining
Effectiveness is given in AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P), Appendix C.
3.4 Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER). A ratio of the cooling capacity in Btu/h to the power input values in watts at any given
set of Rating Conditions expressed in Btu/(W·h).
3.5 Energy Recovery Ventilation (ERV) Equipment. Units which employ air-to-air heat exchangers to recover energy from
exhaust air for the purpose of pre-conditioning outdoor air prior to supplying the conditioned air to the space, either directly
1
_________________________________________________AHRI GUIDELINE V (I-P)-2011
or as part of an air-conditioning (to include air heating, air cooling, air circulating, air cleaning, humidifying and
dehumidifying) system. Also referred to as the air-to-air heat exchanger (AAHX).
3.5.1 Heat Pipe Heat Exchanger. A device employing tubes charged with a fluid for the purpose of transferring
sensible energy from one air stream to another. Heat transfer takes place through the vaporization of the fluid exposed
to the warmer air stream and condensation of the fluid in the cooler air stream.
3.5.2 Plate Heat Exchanger. A device for the purpose of transferring energy (sensible or total) from one air stream
to another with no moving parts. This exchanger may incorporate parallel, cross or counter flow construction or a
combination of these to achieve the energy transfer.
Station 4 Station 3
Leaving Exhaust Air Entering Exhaust Air
(Exhaust Air) (Return Air)
Entering Supply Air AAHX Leaving Supply Air
(Outdoor Air) (Supply Air)
Station 1 Station 2
Figure 1. Generic Configuration of an Air-to-Air Heat Exchanger Used for Energy

Recovery in Ventilation Applications
3.5.3 Rotary Heat Exchanger. A device incorporating a rotating cylinder or wheel for the purpose of transferring
energy (sensible or total) from one air stream to the other. It incorporates heat transfer material, a drive mechanism, a
casing or frame, and includes any seals, which are provided to retard the bypassing and leakage of air from one air
stream to the other.
3.6 Exhaust Air Transfer Ratio (EATR). The tracer gas concentration difference between the Leaving Supply Airflow and
the Entering Supply airflow divided by the tracer gas concentration difference between the Entering Exhaust Airflow and the
Entering Supply Airflow at the 100% rated airflows, expressed as a percentage. (Note: This guideline assumes that the tracer
gas concentration difference is equal to the leakage of air from the Exhaust Airflow to the Supply Airflow. EATR, a ratio of
the tracer gas, is used in the guideline formulae to represent a ratio of air flow.)
3.7 Fan/Motor Efficiency, η Fan/Motor. The product of the fan efficiency and the motor efficiency including drive losses
(mechanical, electrical and/or electronic as applicable) for each airstream.
3.8 Load Ratio, Y. The percentage of the system load (heating, cooling, humidification and/or dehumidification) met by
the energy recovery component is designated as Y for the purposes of the calculations in this guideline.
3.9 Net Effectiveness. The measured energy recovery Effectiveness adjusted to account for that portion of the
psychrometric change in the leaving supply air (Figure 1, Station 2) that is the result of leakage of entering exhaust air
(Figure 1, Station 3) rather than exchange of heat or moisture between the airstreams. The derivation of Net Effectiveness is
given in AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P), Appendix C.
2
3.10 Net Supply Air Flow, Q net supply . That portion of the leaving supply air (Figure 1, Station 2) that originated as entering
supply air (Figure 1, Station 1). The Net Supply Air Flow is determined by subtracting air transferred from the exhaust side
of the AAHX from the gross air flow measured at the supply air leaving the heat exchanger and is given by the equation:
Q netsupply = Leaving supply air flow ⋅ (1 – EATR) 1
3.11 Outdoor Air Correction Factor (OACF). The entering supply air flow (Figure 1, Station 1) divided by the measured
(gross) leaving supply air flow (Figure 1, Station 2).
3.12 Pressure Drop. The difference in static pressure between the entering air and the leaving air for a given airstream.
3.12.1 Exhaust Pressure Drop. The difference in static pressure between the entering exhaust air (Figure 1, Station
3) and the leaving exhaust air (Figure 1, Station 4).
3.12.2 Supply Pressure Drop. The difference in static pressure between the entering supply air (Figure 1, Station 1)
and the leaving supply air (Figure 1, Station 2).
3.13 Published Rating. A statement of the assigned values of those performance characteristics at stated Rating Conditions,
by which a unit may be chosen for its application. These values apply to all ERV Equipment of like size and type
(identification) produced by the same manufacturer. The term Published Rating includes the rating of all performance
characteristics shown on the unit or published in specifications, advertising or other literature controlled by the manufacturer,
at stated Rating Conditions.
3.13.1 Application Rating. A rating based on tests performed at application Rating Conditions (other than Standard
Rating Conditions).
3.13.2 Standard Rating. A rating based on tests performed at Standard Rating Conditions.
3.14 Rating Conditions. Any set of operating conditions under which a single level of performance results, and which
cause only that level of performance to occur.
3.14.1 Standard Rating Conditions. Rating Conditions used as the basis of comparison for performance
characteristics.
3.15 Recovery Efficiency Ratio (RER). The efficiency of the energy recovery component in recovering energy from the
exhaust airstream is defined as the energy recovered divided by the energy expended in the recovery process. Units vary
according to the application. For Combined Efficiency with EER, the RER is expressed in Btu/(W⋅h). For Combined
Efficiency with COP, the RER is expressed in W/W.
3.16 "Should." "Should" is used to indicate provisions which are not mandatory but which are desirable as good practice.
3.17 Standard Air. Air weighing 0.075 lb/ft3, which approximates dry air at 70 ºF and at a barometric pressure of 29.92 in
Hg.
3.18 Supply Air Flow. The measured (gross) leaving supply air flow (Figure 1, Station 2). Also referred to as the rated air
flow.
Section 4. Information Requirements
4.1 Net Effectiveness. Ratings of Net Effectiveness at application Rating Conditions and air flow rates are required to
perform calculations of efficiency. AHRI certified ratings for Net Effectiveness are available at AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P)
Standard Rating Conditions.
4.2 Blower Power. A value for blower power input is required to perform the Combined Efficiency calculation. If
manufacturer’s data for blower power is not available, it may be calculated from component pressure loss and Fan/Motor
Efficiency in accordance with this section and 6.1.
3
4.2.1 Pressure Drop. Supply and Exhaust Pressure Drop values at application Rating Conditions and air flow rates
are required to perform calculations of efficiency.
4.2.2 Fan/Motor Efficiency. Values for Fan/Motor Efficiency may be required to calculate the RER of the
component as applied. Fan/Motor Efficiency is used with the pressure loss of the energy recovery component to
determine the blower power consumed in the process of recovering energy.
4.2.3 Determining Fan/Motor Efficiency.
4.2.3.1 When motor power is known:
PwrFan
η Fan / Motor =
PwrMotor
PFan ⋅ Q ⋅ K1 2
=
ρ
K 2 ⋅ A ⋅ PwrMotor
ρS
Where:
ρ A/ ρ S = Air density ratio (ratio of the air density to the density of Standard Air)
η Fan/Motor = Fan/Motor Efficiency
K1 = 746 W/HP
K2 = 6356 in H 2 O·ft3/HP·min
P Fan = Total static pressure across the fan, in H 2 O
Pwr Fan = Fan Power, W
Pwr Motor = Motor Power, W
Q = Air flow rate, cfm
4.2.3.2 When the fan curve is available:
 
 PFan ⋅ Q ⋅ K 1 
η Fan / Motor =   ⋅ ηd ⋅ ηm 3
 K ⋅ ρ A ⋅ Pwr 

2 ρS Fan

Where:
ηd = Drive efficiency
ηm = Motor efficiency
Pwr Fan = Fan Power, HP
4.2.3.3 When fan, motor and drive efficiencies are known:
η Fan Motor = η f ⋅ η d ⋅ η m 4
Where:
ηf = Fan efficiency
4.3 Unitary Equipment Efficiency. The EER of the unitary equipment is required to perform calculations of CEF.
Calculations at Standard Rating Conditions may be used to provide an indication of comparative performance. To
characterize actual performance, application Rating Conditions should be used.
4
System selection, fan configuration, energy recovery Effectiveness and outdoor air conditions can impact the applied EER of
the unitary equipment. Changes in air flow rate, fan operating point or coil entering condition of the unitary equipment
should be taken into account in calculating applied EER prior to completing the Combined Efficiency calculation.
Standard Ratings – EER at Standard Rating Conditions should be used when conditions (e.g. coil entering conditions and air
flow rate) for the system match Standard Rating Conditions for the unitary equipment.
Application Ratings – EER at application Rating Conditions should be used if conditions (e.g. coil entering conditions and/or
air flow rate) vary from Standard Rating Conditions for the unitary equipment.
Section 5. General Principles
5.1 General Principle. The general principle of all efficiency calculations is to determine the energy input or cost for a
given useful energy output. In the case of ERV equipment, this is the recovered space conditioning energy divided by the
power used to recover that energy. This can be expressed as a Recovery Efficiency Ratio (RER):
Net conditioning energy recovered

RER = 6
Total electric power consumed
Where the net space conditioning energy can be either heating, humidification, cooling, dehumidification or a combination
thereof and the total electric power consumed includes the power required to move air through both sides of the AAHX as
well as any additional power, such as the wheel drive motor in a Rotary Heat Exchanger.
The power required to move air through the AAHX is a function of the Supply and Exhaust Pressure Drop values through the
AAHX, as well as the Fan/Motor Efficiency of the air-moving device. The power required to rotate a Rotary Heat Exchanger
can be measured directly.
Section 6. Calculating the Recovery Efficiency Ratio for the

Energy Recovery Ventilation Component
6.1 Calculating the RER for the Energy Recovery Device. Consult manufacturer’s data for information on fan power
consumption or pressure loss for the component. The RER is calculated in Equations 7, 8 and/or 9:
= ε net total m min (h1 - h3 )

AAHX net total capacity
RERTotal = 7
Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp
AAHX net sensible capacity ε net sensible m min c p (t1 - t3 )

RERSensible = = 8
AAHX net latent capacity ε net latent m min h fg ( ω1 - ω3 )

RERLatent = = 9
Where:
cp = Specific heat of air, Btu/lb⋅°F
h1 = Total enthalpy of the entering supply air, Btu/lb (Figure 1, Station 1)
h fg = Heat of condensation of water, Btu/lb
h3 = Total enthalpy of the entering exhaust air, Btu/lb (Figure 1, Station 3)
5
 e
m = Mass flow rate of the entering exhaust air, lb/h (Figure 1, Station 3)
 min
m = The lesser of  e and m
m  s , lb/h
 s
m = Mass flow rate of leaving supply air, lb/h (Figure 1, Station 2)
Pwr blwr = Sum of the additional required blower power introduced by adding the energy recovery
component to the system.
Pwr comp = Direct power input to the AAHX component, W
t1 = Dry-bulb temperature of the entering supply air, °F (Figure 1, Station 1)
t 3 = Dry-bulb temperature of the entering exhaust air, °F (Figure 1, Station 3)
ε net = Net Effectiveness (sensible, latent, or total, as applicable), as defined in AHRI Standard
1060 (I-P) and determined in accordance with AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P)
ω1 = Humidity ratio of the entering supply air, lb (water)/lb (dry air) (Figure1, Station 1)
ω3 = Humidity ratio of the entering exhaust air, lb (water)/lb (dry air) (Figure 1, Station 3)
6.2 Determining value of Pwr blwr , sum of the additional required blower power introduced by adding the energy recovery
component to the system. This includes both the supply and the exhaust airstreams.
6.2.1 If blower power is known for the systems with and without the energy recovery component, Pwr blwr can be
calculated as:
Pwr blwr = Pwr bswer + Pwr bewer – Pwr bs - Pwr be 10
Where:
Pwr be = Power input to exhaust fan without energy recovery, W
Pwr blwr = Blower power, W
Pwr bs = Power input to supply fan without energy recovery, W
Pwr bswer = Power input to supply fan with energy recovery, W
Pwr bewer = Power input to exhaust fan with energy recovery, W
6.2.2 If actual fan power is not known for the systems with and without the energy recovery component, the fan
power associated with the additional pressure drop can be approximated by the following formula.
Q ⋅ ∆Psupply   Qblower exhaust ⋅ ∆Pexhaust  11

Pwrblwr =  blower supply + 
 C ⋅ η Fan / Motor supply   C ⋅ η Fan / Motor exhaust 
Where:
3
C = Required unit conversion constant, 8.52 ft ·in H 2 O./min·W
ΔP = Pressure drop of the component for the supply or exhaust airstreams,
in H 2 O
Q blower supply = supply fan airflow, cfm
Q blower exhaust = exhaust fan airflow, cfm
Note: Other alternatives (such as comparison of operating points on a fan curve) that accurately characterize
6
the additional fan power required by the component are acceptable means of obtaining blower power.
6.2.3 Determination of fan airflow as a function of fan location. Q blower supply and Q blower exhaust may be different
from Q supply and Q exhaust , depending on blower location with respect to the energy recovery component. See Figure 1.
If supply blower is located at Station 1, then:
Q blower supply = Q 1 = Q supply x OACF 12
and:
 Qnet sup ply ⋅ OACF 

Q blower supply = Q 1 =   13
 (1 − EATR / 100) 
Where:
Q 1 = Airflow rate at Station 1, cfm
If supply blower is located at Station 2, then:
Q blower_supply = Q 2 = Q supply 14
and:
 Qnet sup ply 

Q blower supply = Q 2 =   15
 (1 − EATR / 100) 
Where:
If exhaust blower is located at station 3, then:
Q exhaust_blower = Q 3 = Q exhaust
Where:
If exhaust blower is located at station 4, then:
Q exhaust_blower = Q 4 = Q exhaust + Q 1 - Q supply 16
and:
 Qnet sup ply ⋅ OACF 

Q exhaust blower = Q 4 = Q exhaust +   17
 (1 − EATR / 100) 
Where:
6.3 Determining value of Pwr comp , direct power input to the AAHX component.
6.3.1 Direct power input for a rotary exchanger is the measured drive motor power.
7
6.3.2 Direct power input to the AAHX component for coil loops is the pump power. This can be obtained from
actual pump power from manufacturers data. If not known, pump power can be estimated:
Q p ⋅ hA ⋅ SG
Pwrcomp ( pump ) = 18
C pump ⋅ η pump / motor
Where:
Qp = Fluid Flow Rate, gpm

hA = head added by pump, ft
SG = Specific Gravity of aqueous solution
C pump = Required unit conversion constant = 5.30 (gal · ft /min)/ W
η pump/motor = η pump · η drive · η motor
3
Note: Specific gravity uses the density of fluid / density of water where density of water is 62.4 lbm/ft .
Section 7. Integrating the Efficiency of the Energy Recovery Component

with the Efficiency of Cooling and Heating Equipment
7.1 CEF can be defined on a comparable basis to existing EER and COP ratings, based on the performance of the
individual components. The basic principle (illustrated here for the cooling case) is:
Net cooling delivered cooling1 + cooling 2 + cooling n −1 + cooling n

CEF = = 19
Total electric power consumed power1 + power2 + powern −1 + powern
When an AAHX is combined with a unitary air conditioner, the AAHX provides a portion of the system cooling capacity and
the vapor compression cycle of the unitary air conditioner provides the rest. Consistent with the basic principle,
Net cooling capacity

EER = 20
Total electric power consumption
The cooling system Combined Efficiency (CEF cooling ) of a unitary air conditioner with an AAHX cooling component can be
defined as:
net cooling capacity AAHX + net cooling capacity unitary

CEFcooling = 21
electric power consumption AAHX + electric power consumption unitary
The heating system Combined Efficiency (CEF heating ) of a unitary air conditioner with an AAHX heating component can be
defined as:
net heating capacity AAHX + net heating capacity unitary

CEFheating = 22
electric power consumption AAHX + electric power consumption unitary
Section 8. Calculating the Effect of Energy Recovery Ventilation on

Cooling System Efficiency
8.1 Calculating the Effect of the ERV on Cooling System CEF. The CEF cooling may alternately be calculated from the
RER, Btu/(W⋅h), of the AAHX (RER AAHX ) and the EER of the packaged equipment (EER Unitary ) according to the following
expression:
8
1
CEFcooling = 23
Yc / RER AAHX + (1 - Yc ) / EER Unitary
Where:
net cooling capacity AAHX

Yc =
net cooling capacity system
8.2 Note that RER, Btu/(W⋅h), can be calculated on the basis of total energy recovery, latent recovery or sensible recovery
Effectiveness. The selection of the RER basis will depend on the analysis being conducted: use total for cooling and
dehumidification, latent for dehumidification only and sensible for cooling without dehumidification.
Section 9. Calculating the Effect of Energy Recovery Ventilation on

Heating System Efficiency
9.1 Calculating the Effect of ERV on Heating System CEF. The CEF heating is calculated from the RER, W/W, of the
AAHX (RER AAHX ) and the COP of the packaged equipment (COP Unitary ) according to the following expression:
1
CEF = 24
AAHX + (1 - Y ) / COP
heating Y / RER
h h Unitary
Where:
net heating capacity AAHX

YH = (from Section 4.4)
net heating capacity system
9.2 Note that RER can be calculated on the basis of sensible recovery, latent recovery or total energy recovery
Effectiveness. The selection of the RER basis will depend on the analysis being conducted: use sensible for heating only,
latent for humidification and total for heating and humidification.
Section 10. Sizing
10.1 Sizing. In evaluating the impact of energy recovery on CEF, it is important to recalculate the system size based on the
load reduction provided by the energy recovery component at design conditions. Comparisons of systems with and without
energy recovery should take this into account.
10.2 Methods. Equipment should be sized with load reduction provided by energy recovery at design conditions. If not
already accounted for in equipment selection, HVAC equipment should be reselected in accordance with 10.3.
10.3 HVAC Equipment Load Reduction Factor. An estimate of the reduction in equipment size is provided by the capacity
of the energy recovery component at design conditions and the load ratio Y, according to the expression:
 Required 
   Equipment capacity 
 equipment   
 capacity with  = (1 − Y )  without energy  25
   recovery 
 energy recovery   
 
Section 11. Implementation
9
11.1 Conditions. This guideline may be used to compare efficiencies of different systems at a set of standard conditions or
for a specific set of conditions reflecting a specific application. The user should note that, like unitary EER values for
Standard Rating Conditions, RER values for Standard Rating Conditions (for example, AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P) Standard
Rating Conditions and a value for fan efficiency) can provide a rational comparison of different energy recovery components.
Note that the RER for the energy recovery component as applied can vary with climate or conditions. This is due to the fact
that the energy recovered is dependent on the difference between outdoor air and exhaust air conditions and thus varies
widely, while the energy used (Pressure Drop · Fan/Motor Efficiency) is more consistent for a given air flow rate.
11.2 Blower Power. The blower power calculations presented in the guideline are for the sole purpose of determining the
incremental parasitic losses due to the addition of the energy recovery component to the airstreams. They do not describe the
air-moving efficiency of a ventilation system in supplying outside air; nor do they describe the fan efficiency of unitary
systems, which is included in unitary energy efficiency ratings. Fan placement, cabinet design and related system effects,
while they can impact the efficiency of air delivery, are not addressed in this guideline.
11.3 Applications. While the guideline provides a method of determining efficiency of the energy recovery and of systems
incorporating energy recovery, it is not intended to be used to set minimum equipment efficiencies for heating or cooling
equipment in general. It is only applicable where outside air is being introduced into the system; the benefit of energy
recovery to the Combined Efficiency is directly dependent on the amount of outdoor air provided and the indoor and outdoor
conditions.
11.4 Calculated Results. The guideline provides a methodology for determining RER and CEF for a single point at
specified design conditions. If it is desired to evaluate the seasonal impact of energy recovery, it is necessary to perform the
guideline calculations for a series of representative conditions or, preferably, perform an energy analysis. See Appendix D
for example results comparing CEF and energy analysis calculations for a variety of climates.
11.5 Accuracy. The accuracy of the calculations is limited by the cumulative tolerances in testing and reporting of Standard
and Application Ratings, estimates of Fan/Motor Efficiency, etc.
11.6 Sensible Heat Ratio. Care should be exercised in selecting energy recovery components and cooling equipment to
provide adequate moisture removal for humidity control in cooling. Combinations of equipment that result in a sensible heat
ratio matching the load will provide improved humidity control over those that do not.
11.7 Additional Guidance. Other guidelines or standards, such as local codes and ASHRAE Standard 90.1, may contain
specific requirements for energy recovery.
10
APPENDIX A. REFERENCES – NORMATIVE

A1 Listed here are all standards, handbooks and other publications essential to the formation and implementation of the
standard. All references in this appendix are considered as part of this standard.
A1.1 ANSI/AHRI Standard 1061 (SI)-2011, Performance Rating Air-To-Air Heat Exchangers For Energy
Recovery Ventilation Equipment, 2011, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson
Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
APPENDIX B. REFERENCES – INFORMATIVE

B1 Listed here are standards, handbooks and other publications which may provide useful information and background,
but are not considered essential. References in this appendix are not considered part of the guideline.
B1.1 AHRI Standard 330-98, Water Source Heat Pumps, 1998, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration
Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
B1.2 ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240-2008, Unitary Air Conditioning and Air Source Heat Pump Equipment, 2008
Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201,
U.S.A.
B1.3 ANSI/AHRI Standard 310/380-2004, Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps (CSA-C744-93)
(ANSI/AHRI 310/380-93), 2004, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite
500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
B1.4 ANSI/AHRI Standard 340/360-2007 with Addendum 1,Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning
and Heat Pump Equipment, 2007, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard,
Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
B1.5 ANSI/AHRI Standard 390-2001, Single Package Vertical Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps, 2001, Air-
Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
B1.6 ANSI/AHRI Standard 430-2009, Central Station Air Handling Units, 2009, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and
Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
B1.7 ANSI/AHRI Standard 1060 (I-P)-2011, Performance Rating Air-To-Air Heat Exchangers For Energy
Recovery Ventilation Equipment, 2011, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, 2111 Wilson
Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A.
B1.8 ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 84-1991, Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers, 1991, American Society
of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329, U.S.A.
B1.9 ANSI/AHRI/ASHRAE/ISO 13256-1, Water-Source Heat Pumps – Testing and Rating for Performance –
Part I: Water-to Air and Brine-to-Air Heat Pumps, 1998, Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration
Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc./International Organization
for Standardization, 2111 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 500, Arlington, VA 22201, U.S.A./1791 Tullie Circle N.E.,
Atlanta, GA 30329, U.S.A./Case Postale 56, CH-1211, Geneva 21 Switzerland.
B1.10 ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2010, Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential
Buildings, 2010, American National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers, Inc./Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New
York, NY 10036 U.S.A/1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329, U.S.A./120 Wall Street, Floor7 17, New York,
NY 10005
B1.11 ASHRAE Handbook, Fundamentals, 2009, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
11
Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329, U.S.A.
B1.12 ASHRAE Handbook, Systems and Equipment, 2008, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329, U.S.A.
B1.13 ASHRAE Terminology of Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration, Second Edition, 1991,
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta,
GA 30329, U.S.A.
B1.14 System Energy Efficiency Ratio, Establishing the Recovery Efficiency Ratio for Air-to-Air Energy Recovery
Heat Exchangers and Their Effect on HVAC System Energy Efficiency, 2002, Arthur D. Little, Inc., Acorn Park,
Cambridge, MA 02140, U.S.A.
12
APPENDIX C. SAMPLE CALCULATIONS – INFORMATIVE

C1 Cooling example, enthalpy recovery and EER:
Where:
ε net total = 0.70 (70%)

Q = 1000 cfm
C = 8.52 ft3 in H 2 O./min·W
Δp = 1 in H 2 O Exhaust and Supply Pressure Drop
h1- h3 = 13.447 Btu/lb outdoor air at 95oF dry-bulb/78 oF wet-bulb, return air at 75oF dry-bulb/63
o
F wet-bulb
ρ Air = 0.075 lb/ft3
η Fan/Motor = 0.84 motor efficiency x 0.50 fan efficiency = 0.42
Pwr comp = 50 W for an enthalpy wheel ( = 0 for a plate or heat pipe heat exchanger)
From Equation 7, RER Total is given by:
ε net total m
 min (h1 - h 3 )
RERTotal = C1
Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp
Since actual Fan power is not known, Pwr blwr for supply and exhaust can be estimated by using equation 11. Note that if the
component’s OACF is greater then 1.0 then this will not include fan energy associated with the cross flow. See Example C4
for components with OACF greater than 1.
ε net total ⋅ Qmin ⋅ ρ air ⋅ (h1 − h3 )

RERTotal =
 Qblower supply ⋅ ∆p supply   Q 
  +  blower exhaust ⋅ ∆p exhaust  + Pwrcomp
 C ⋅ η Fan / Motorsupply   C ⋅ η Fan / Motor 
  exhaust 
 ft 3   lb   min   Btu 
0.70 ⋅ 1000  ⋅  0.075 3  ⋅  60  ⋅ 13.447 
 min   ft   h   lb 
=
  ft 3     ft 3  
 1000  ⋅ (1 in H2O )   1000  ⋅ (1 in H2O ) 
  min     min  
   +   + 50 W
ft ⋅ in H2O 
3
 ft ⋅ in H2O 
3

  8.52  ⋅ (0.42 )    8.52
   ⋅ (0.42 ) 
 ⋅   ⋅ 
  min W     min W  
 Btu   Btu 
 42,358   42,358 
 h   h 
= =
558.91 W + 50 W 608.90 W
RERTotal = 69.57 Btu/(W·h )
13
For a direct expansion system with EER=10 and where the ERV component (AAHX) is handling 30% of the system load at
design conditions, the CEF cooling is given by Equation 23:
1
=
CEFcooling
Yc
+
(1 − Yc )
RER AAHX EER Unitary
1
= C2
0.3 + 0.7
69.58 10
CEFcooling = 13.46 Btu /( W ⋅ h )
C2 Cooling example, sensible recovery and EER:
Where:
ε net sensible = 0.70 (70%)

Q = 1000 cfm
C = 8.52 ft3 in H 2 O./min·W
Δp = 1 in H 2 O. Exhaust and Supply Pressure Drop
t1- t3 = 20oF (outdoor air at 50 oF, return air at 70oF)
cp = Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/lb⋅ oF
Pwr comp = 0 W for a plate or heat pipe heat exchanger (would be greater than 0 for an enthalpy
wheel)
From Equation 8, RER sensible is given by:
ε net  min c p (t 1 - t 3 )
m
= RER sensible =
sensible
RERsensible
Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp
C3
Since actual Fan power is not known Pwr blwr for supply and exhaust can be estimated by equation 11. Note that if the
ε net sensible ⋅ (Q ⋅ ρ Air ) ⋅ c p ⋅ (t 1 - t 3 )

RER sensible =
 Qsupply ⋅ ∆p supply   Q 
  +  exhaust ⋅ ∆p exhaust  + Pwrcomp
 C ⋅ η Fan / Motorsupply   C ⋅ η Fan / Motor 
  exhaust 
 ft 3   lb   min   Btu 
0.70 ⋅ 1000  ⋅  0.075 3  ⋅  60  ⋅  0.24  ⋅ (20° F )
 min   ft   h   lb ⋅ ° F 
=
  ft 3     ft 3  

   1000  ⋅ (1 in H O )     1000  ⋅ (1 in H 2O )  
min     min 
2
  

   +
     + 0W
⋅ 2O  ⋅ 2O 
3 3
 ⋅ (0.42)    8.52  ⋅ (0.42) 
ft in H ft in H
  8.52
  min⋅ W   
   min ⋅ W 


14
15,120 Btu / h
=
558.9 W
RERsensible = 27.1 Btu /(W ⋅ h)
For a direct expansion system with EER=10 and where the ERV component (AAHX) is handling 30% of the system load at
design conditions, the CEF cooling is given by Equation 23:
1
=
CEFcooling
Yc
+
(1 − Yc )
RER AAHX EER Unitary
1
= C4
0.3 + 0.7
27.1 10
CEFcooling = 12.34 Btu /( W ⋅ h )
C3 Heating example, sensible recovery and COP:
Where:
ε net sensible = 0.70 (70%)

Q = 1000 cfm
C = 8.52 ft3 in H 2 O./min·W
Z = 1 W/3.413 Btu/h
Δp = 1 in H 2 O. Exhaust and Supply Pressure Drop
t1- t3 = 20oF (outdoor air at 50 oF, return air at 70oF)
COP = 2.93 (for the heat pump)
cp = Specific heat of dry air = 0.24 Btu/lb⋅ oF
Pwr comp = 0 W for a plate or heat pipe heat exchanger (would be greater than 0 for an
enthalpy wheel)
ε net sensible m
 min c p (t1 - t 3 )
RERsensible = C5
Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp
Since actual Fan power is not known Pwr blwr for supply and exhaust can be estimated by Equation 11. Note that if the
 
 
 
 ε net sensible ⋅ (Q ⋅ ρ Air ) ⋅ c p ⋅ (t1 - t 3 )  ⋅ (Z )
RERsensible =
  Q      
  supply ⋅ ∆psupply  +  Qexhaust ⋅ ∆pexhaust  + Pwrcomp 
  C ⋅η Fan / Motorsupply   C ⋅η Fan / Motorexhaust  
     
15
 
 
 
 
  ft 3   lb   min   BTU  
 0 . 70 ⋅ 
 1000  ⋅  0.075 3  ⋅  60  ⋅  0.24  ⋅ (20° F )  
 min   ft   h   lb ⋅ ° F  1W 
= ⋅ 
   ft 3     ft 3     3.413 Btu / h 
   1000  ⋅ (1 in H O )     1000  ⋅ (1 in H 2O )   
min     min 
2
   +
 
       + 0 W 
⋅ 2O  ⋅ 2O 
3 3
 ⋅ (0.42 )    8.52  ⋅ (0.42) 
ft in H ft in H
   8.52    
   min ⋅ W     min ⋅ W   
 
 15,120 Btu / h   1W 
=   ⋅  
 558.9 W   3.413 Btu / h 
RERSensible = 7.92
For a heat pump system with COP = 2.93 and where the ERV component (AAHX) is handling 30% of the system load at
design conditions, the CEF heating is given by Equation 24:
1
CEFheating =
Yh
+
(1 − Yh )
RERCOP AAHX COPUnitary
1
= C6
0.3 + 0.7
7.92 2.93
CEFheating = 3.6
C4 Calculating RER Considering Fan Position for Components with OACF greater than 1:
In this example we demonstrate that fan position must be correctly accounted for when calculating RER. We calculate RER
for two cases, both with identical ventilation requirements and the same energy recovery component. However, the first case
uses a draw through blower arrangement (see Figure C1) while the second cases uses a blow-through supply fan and draw-
through exhaust fan arrangement (see Figure C2): the RERs for each case are different.
In both cases:
Qs = 10,000 cfm
Qe = 9,000 cfm
T1 = 95°F Outside Air Temperature
W1 = 0.01714 lb/lb Outside Air Humidity
T3 = 75°F Return Air Temperature
W3 = 0.00926 lb/lb Return Air Humidity
Ε sensible = 74.6%
Ε latent = 70.8%
η Motor = 0.92 motor efficiency · 0.50 fan efficiency
Pwr comp = 575W for the enthalpy wheel in this example
16
Supply Fan Total Static Pressure with energy recovery component = 4.5 in. H 2 O.
Exhaust Fan Total Static Pressure with energy recovery component = 3.0 in. H 2 O.
Δp supply = 1.05 in H 2 O
Δp exhaust = 0.90 in H 2 O
Therefore:
Supply Fan Total Static Pressure without energy recovery component = 3.45 in. H 2 O.
Exhaust Fan Total Static Pressure without energy recovery component = 2.1 in. H 2 O.
For both cases, the first step is to find the recovered energy:
•  lb   ft 3   min  lb
m e =  0.075 3  ⋅  9,000  ⋅  60  = 40,500 C7
 ft   min   h  h
•  lb   ft 3   min  lb
m s =  0.075 3  ⋅ 10,000  ⋅  60  = 47,250 C8
 ft   min   h  h
net sensible AAHX capacity

•
 lb   Btu 
 ⋅ (95° F − 75° F ) = 145,022
Btu
= ε sensible ⋅ m min ⋅ c p ⋅ (t1 - t 3 ) = 0.746 ⋅  40,500  ⋅  0.24 C9
 h  lb  h
net latent capacity AAHX

•
 lb   Btu    lb   Btu C10
= ε latent ⋅ m min ⋅ h fg ⋅ (w1 - w 3 ) = 0.708 ⋅  40,500  ⋅ 1061  ⋅  0.01714 − 0.00925    = 240,038
 h   lb    
lb h
net total capacity AAHX = net sensible capacity AAHX + net latent capacity AAHX = 145,022 + 240,038 = 385,060
(Btu/hr) C11
The next step is to determine the blower power (Pwr blower ). The first case is a draw-through fan arrangement as shown in
Figure C1:
Figure C1. Placement of Fans for a Draw-through Arrangement
17
In this case:
∆P 2-3 = 0.5in. H 2 O.
and:
EATR = 2.3%
OACF = 1.03
 ft 3 
 Qnet supply   10, 000
min  = 10,235 ft
3
Q supply blower = Q 2 =   =  C12
 (1 − EATR / 100 )   (1 − 2.3 / 100 )  min
 
 ft 3 
Q exhaust blower = Q 4  Qnet supply ⋅ OACF  10,000 min ⋅1.03  ft 3 C13
= Qexhaust +   − Q = 9000 +   − 10, 000 = 9542
 (1 − EATR / 100)   (1 − 2.3 / 100) 
net supply
min
 
From fan selection software or fan curve find BHP for each fan, with energy recovery in the system. For this example:
Supply blower operating at 10,235cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 4.5 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 10.87
Exhaust blower operating at 9,542cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 3.0 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 6.98
Determine power input to blower motors with energy recovery in the system; direct drive assumed, with motor operating at
η motor = 92%:
10.87 HP  W 
Pwr bswer = ⋅  745.7  = 8,811 W C14
0.92  HP 
6.98 HP  W 
Pwr bewer = ⋅  745.7  = 5,658 W C15
0.92  HP 
From fan selection software or fan curve find BHP for each fan, without energy recovery in the system. For this example:
Supply blower operating at 10,000cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 3.45 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 8.36
Exhaust blower operating at 9,000cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 2.1 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 4.87
Determine power input to blower motors without energy recovery in the system; direct drive assumed, with motor operating
at η motor = 92%:
8.36 HP  W 
Pwr bs = ⋅  745.7  = 6,776 W C16
0.92  HP 
4.87 HP  W 
Pwr be = ⋅  745.7  = 3,947 W C17
0.92  HP 
Find the additional blower power needed when energy recovery component is added to the system, using Equation 10:
Pwr blwr = 8,811 + 5,658 - 6,776 - 3,974 = 3,745 W C18
18
Calculate RER for the example using draw-through blower arrangement, using Equation 7:
 Btu 
 Net Total Capacity AAHX   385,060
RER Total =  = h  = 89.1Btu /(W ⋅ h)
 C19
 Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp   3745W + 575 W 
 
 
Now we consider the second case, with a blow-through supply fan and draw-through exhaust fan arrangement (see Figure
C2, below):
Figure C2. Placement of Fans for a Blow-through Supply with Draw-Through Exhaust Arrangement
In this case:
∆P 2-3 = 4.0 in.H 2 O
and:
EATR = 0.10%
OACF = 1.09
 ft 3 
 ⋅   10 ,000 ⋅ 1 .09 
Q OACF min ft 3
Q supply blower = Q 1 =  net supply =  = 10,910 C20
 (1 − EATR / 100)   (1 − 0.1 / 100)  min
 
Q exhaust blower = Q 4 = Qexhaust + Q1 − Qnet supply = 9000 + 10 ,910 − 10 ,000 = 9 ,910

ft 3 C21
min
From fan selection software or fan curve find BHP for each fan, with energy recovery in the system. For this example:
Supply blower operating at 10,910 cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 4.5 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 11.78
Exhaust blower operating at 9,910 cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 3.0 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 7.7
19
Determine power input to blower motors with energy recovery in the system; direct drive assumed, with motor operating at
η motor = 92%:
11.78 HP  W 
Pwr bswer = ⋅  745.7  = 9,548 W C22
0.92  HP 
7.7 HP  W 
Pwr bewer = ⋅  745.7  = 6,241 W C23
0.92  HP 
From fan selection software or fan curve find BHP for each fan, without energy recovery in the system. For this example:
Supply blower operating at 10,000 cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 3.45 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 8.36
Exhaust blower operating at 9,000 cfm @ Total Static Pressure of 2.1 in. H 2 O.: BHP = 4.87
Determine power input to blower motors without energy recovery in the system; direct drive assumed, with motor operating
at η motor = 92%:
8.36 HP  W 
Pwr bs = ⋅  745.7  = 6,776 W C24
0.92  HP 
4.87 HP  W 
Pwr be = ⋅  745.7  = 3,947 W C25
0.92  HP 
Find the additional blower power needed when energy recovery component is added to the system, using Equation 10:
Pwr blwr = 9,548+ 6,241 - 6,776 - 3,947 = 5066W
Calculate RER for the example using a blow-through supply fan and draw-through exhaust fan arrangement, using Equation
7:
 Btu 
 AAHX net Total Capacity   385,060 h 
RER Total =  =  = 68.3Btu (W ⋅ h) C26
 Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp   5066W + 575 W 
 
For this system the arrangement with both fans in the draw-through positions is 30.5% more efficient at recovering cooling
energy at design condition than the arrangements with a blow-through supply fan and draw-through exhaust fan arrangement.
C5 Calculating RER for Coil Run Around Loop
20
Sample of Performance Ratings for two AHRI-410 Certified Coils (“Supply” and “Exhaust”):
Calculation of Effectiveness for the Coil Loop:
For the purposes of this example, net sensible effectiveness can be calculated as follows:
Net Sensible Capacity AAHX

ε net sensible =
m min ⋅ c p ⋅ (t1 − t 3 )
C27
Where:
⋅  ft 3   min   lb  lb
m min = 15,000  ⋅  60  ⋅  0.075 3  = 67,500 C28
 min   h   ft  h
and:
Btu
c p = 0.24 C29
lb ⋅ ° F
Therefore, using the net appropriate sensible capacities from the coil performance ratings above:
Btu
166,670
ε net sensible cooling = h = 51.4% C30
 lb   Btu 
 67,500  ⋅  0.024  ⋅ (95 ° F − 75 ° F )
 h  lb ⋅ ° F 
21
and:
Btu
− 291,1600
ε net sensible heating = h = 51.4% C31
 lb   BTU 
 67,500  ⋅  0.24  ⋅ (35 ° F − 70 ° F )
 h  lb ⋅ ° F 
Calculation of RER for the Coil Loop:
Net Sensible Capacity AAHX

RER Sensible = C32
Pwrblwr + Pwrcomp
The net sensible capacity is known from the coil performance ratings, but Pwr blower and Pwr comp must be calculated.
Calculation of Pwr blwr using Equation 11:
Q = 15,000 cfm
C = 8.52 ft3 in H 2 O./min·W
Δp = 0.52 in H 2 O. Exhaust and Supply Pressure Drop
η Fan/Motor = 0.92 motor efficiency · 0.707 fan efficiency = 0.65
 ft 3    ft 3  
 15,000  ⋅ (0.52in.w.g.)  15,000  ⋅ (0.52in.w.g.)
 Qblower sup ply ⋅ ∆Psup ply   Qblower exhaust ⋅ ∆Pexhaust   min   min 
= +  +  = 2817 W
Pwrblwr =   
 C ⋅ η Fan / Motor sup ply   C ⋅ η Fan / Motor exhaust    8.52 ft ⋅ in.H2O  ⋅ 0.65    8.52 ft ⋅ in.H2O  ⋅ 0.65 
3 3
 ⋅   ⋅ 
  min W     min W  
C33
Calculation of Pwr comp (pump) using Equation 18:
Qp = 66 gpm
hA = Coils 15ft + Pipe loop 15 ft = 30 ft
SG = 1.03
C pump = 5.30 (gal·ft/min)/W
η pump/Motor = 60%
 gal 
Q p ⋅ hA ⋅ SG  66  ⋅ (30 ft ) ⋅ 1.03
=
min  C34
Pwrcomp ( pump ) = = 641.3 W
C pump ⋅ η pump / motor  gal ⋅ ft 
 5.30  ⋅ 0.60
 min⋅ W 
Now RER at Cooling Conditions can be calculated:
 Btu 
166,670 
= 
h  Btu
RER sensible = 47.1 C35
2892 W + 647 W W ⋅h
22
and at Heating Conditions:
Btu  
291,106  1W 
RER COP sensible C36
= h ⋅  = 24.6
2825 W + 647 W  Btu 
 3.413 
 h 
23
APPENDIX D. COMPARING TYPICAL COMBINED

EFFICIENCY AND ENERGY ANALYSIS RESULTS IN A
VARIETY OF CLIMATES – INFORMATIVE
As stated in the purpose, Combined Efficiency for cooling is calculated at a selected operating condition. As such, it is useful
for determining the impact of energy recovery on system efficiency, equipment sizing and peak load at design conditions. It
does not constitute a rating system for energy recovery, nor does it substitute for energy analysis in determining energy
and/or economic savings. A 20% increase in Combined Efficiency for cooling may or may not represent a 20% savings in
energy usage, depending on the climate and the percentage of the total load represented by the outside air. Table D1 below
provides examples of how Combined Efficiency, equipment sizing and savings from energy analysis can vary differently
with climate. These results are illustrative only; note that energy analysis can vary widely with assumptions, component
selection, control strategy, etc. Users are advised to perform an energy analysis for the specific application in order to
evaluate the impact of energy recovery on energy use or economics.
Table D1. Sample Calculation Results for Five Climates

Combined
Efficiency, Annual Cooling Annual Heating Fan Energy Annual Net System Sizing
Location
cooling, Savings ($) Savings ($) Used ($) Savings ($) (1-Y)
Btu/(W⋅h)
Miami 13.35 672 17 129 559 72%
Kansas City 12.78 212 570 129 652 76%
Minneapolis 12.19 82 845 129 798 79%
Tucson 11.84 265 196 129 331 82%
Seattle 10.60 9 455 129 334 91%
Assumptions:
a. Unitary capacity of 10 tons and EER of 10.1 for cooling

b. Gas heat at 80% efficiency
c. Air flow rate of 1200 cfm outside air (approximately 30% outdoor air)
d. Energy recovery enthalpy effectiveness of 75%
e. Energy analysis with commercially available software and bin weather data from TMY-2
f. Office building schedule 8 a.m. to 8 p.m., six days per week, energy costs at $6.52/MMBtu, electricity at $0.079/kWh
24
APPENDIX E. DERIVATION OF COEFFICIENTS –

INFORMATIVE
Use of Coefficient K 2
K 2 is a unit conversion constant in the I-P system. It is commonly used to calculate the static efficiency of blowers. It
expresses in horsepower the power of an ideal blower (operating at 100% efficiency) that is pressurizing and moving a
volume of air which is characterized in units of in w.g. (pressure change) and cubic feet per minute (volume of moving air).
It is defined here as:
K 2 = 6356 in H 2 O.·ft3/HP·min E1
Derivation of Coefficient C
C is a unit conversion constant used to calculate in watts the power required to pressurize a volume of moving air
characterized in units of in H 2 O (pressure change) and cubic feet per minute (volume of moving air). It is related directly to
K2. Given that:
K 2 = 6356 (in H 2 O.·ft3/HP·min)

1 HP = 746 W
Then:
in H 2 O. ⋅ ft 3
6356
in H 2 O. ⋅ ft
3
HP ⋅ min = 8.52 in H 2 O ⋅ ft
3
C = E2
W ⋅ min W W ⋅ min
746
HP
25
APPENDIX F. RATING CONVERSIONS – INFORMATIVE

F1 Listed here are common conversion factors to accommodate mixed units.
F1.1 Efficiency:
COP = EER / 3.413 F1

EER = COP ∙ 3.413 F2
F1.2 Capacity:
kW = Tons ∙ 3515.97 F3
kW = Btu/h / 3413 F4
Btu/h = kW ∙ 3413 F5
Tons = kW/ 3515.97 F6
26
Item #: 422728
Rev Date: 2018-11-03
Installation Manual
VER150
Energy Recovery Ventilator
Your ventilation system should be installed in conformance with the appropriate provincial/state requirements or, in the
absence of such requirements, with the current edition of the National Building Code, and / or ASHRAE’s “Good Engineering
Practices”.
United States
10048 Industrial Blvd., Lenexa, KS, 66215
Tel.: 800.747.1762 • Fax: 800.487.9915
Canada
50 Kanalflakt Way, Bouctouche, NB, E4S 3M5
Tel.: 800.565.3548 • Fax: 877.747.8116
Fantech reserves the right to modify, at any time and without notice, any or all of its products’ features, designs,
components and specifications to maintain their technological leadership position.
Please visit our website www.fantech.net for more detailed technical information.
2
Note Warning/ Information Technical Practical tip

Important information
note
PLEASE READ AND SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS
Before installation careful consideration must be given to how this system will operate if connected to
any other piece of mechanical equipment, i.e. a forced air furnace or air handler operating at a higher
static pressure. After installation, the compatibility of the two pieces of equipment must be confirmed by
measuring the airflow of the Energy Recovery Ventilator using the balancing procedure found in this manual.
It is always important to assess how the operation of any ERV may interact with vented combustion equipment (i.e.
Gas Furnaces, Oil Furnaces, Wood Stoves, etc.)
Products are designed and manufactured to provide reliable performance, but they are not guaranteed to be 100%
free of defects. Even reliable products will experience occasional failures, and this possibility should be recognized
by the user. If these products are used in a life support ventilation system where failure could result in loss or injury,
the user should provide adequate back-up ventilation, supplementary natural ventilation or failure alarm system, or
acknowledge willingness to accept the risk of such loss or injury.
Your ventilation system should be installed in accordance with the local building code that is in effect, in absence
of such requirements, it is recommenced to check with local authorities having jurisdiction in your area prior to
installing this product.
fantech
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DETERMINING YOUR AIRFLOW REQUIREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
INSTALLATION EXAMPLES
Fully dedicated system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Partially dedicated system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Simplified Installation
Option 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Option 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
EXTERIOR DUCTING INSTALLATION

Weatherhood Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Installing the ducting to the weatherhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
INTERIOR DUCTING INSTALLATION

General Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Installing duct to ERV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Supply & Exhaust Air Grilles Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ERV INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
AIRFLOW ADJUSTMENT & BALANCING

General preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Adjusting airflow using integrated balancing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Balancing steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
ERV MAINTENANCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ERV CORE WASHING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
fantech
4
DETERMINING YOUR AIRFLOW REQUIREMENT

Room Count Method
Room classification Number of rooms CFM (L/s) CFM Required
Master bedroom x 10 L/s (20 CFM) =
if yes add 10 L/s (20 CFM)
Basement yes or no if no = 0 =
Bedrooms x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =
Living room x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =
Others x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =

Kitchen x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =
Bathroom x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =
1 CFM = 0.47 L/s Laundry room x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =
1 L/s = 2.13 CFM Utility room x 5 L/s (10 CFM) =
Total Ventilation Requirements (add last column ) =
ASHRAE method
Ventilation Air requirements

Floor area Bedrooms
1 2 3 4 5
Ft2 m2 CFM L/s CFM L/s CFM L/s CFM L/s CFM L/s
<500 <47 30 128 38 18 45 21 53 25 60 28
205-1000 47-93 45 21 53 24 60 28 68 31 75 35
1001-1500 94-139 60 28 68 31 75 35 83 38 90 42
1501-2000 140-186 75 35 83 38 90 42 98 45 105 49
2001-2500 187-232 90 42 98 45 105 49 113 52 120 56
2501-3000 233-279 105 49 113 52 120 56 128 59 135 63
3001-3500 280-325 120 56 128 59 135 63 143 66 150 70
3501-4000 326-372 135 63 143 66 150 70 158 73 165 77
4001-4500 373-418 150 70 158 73 165 77 173 80 180 84
4501-5000 419-465 165 77 173 80 180 84 188 87 195 91
* ASHRAE 62.2-2016 Table 4.1, Ventilation and Acceptable Indoor Air Quality in Low-Rise Residential Buildings.
Bathroom: If the HRV is going to provide the required local exhaust ventilation for each bathroom with each a continuous 20 CFM
(10 L/s), this ventilation rate can be considered as part of the whole-building ventilation rate.
fantech
5
INSTALLATION EXAMPLES
Example only – duct configuration may differ depending on the model. Suggested installation for:
• Hydronic baseboard
FULLY DEDICATED SYSTEM • Infloor heating
BEST FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION • Electric baseboard
• Mini split heat pump
Benefits: Provides the best

fresh air distribution in the
1. Stale air is drawn from key areas of the home requiring local exhaust
(bathroom, kitchen, laundry room).
house; lowest operation cost
since the furnace/air handler
2. Fresh air is distributed directly to habitable rooms in the house
(bedrooms, living room)
unit is not needed.
3. The ERV’s airflow must be balanced after installation using the procedure
found in the section “AIRFLOW BALANCING”
ERV ducting for fully Dedicated System

Stale air from inside
Fresh air from

outside
Fresh air to living areas
Outside
Stale air to
outside
fantech
6
INSTALLATION EXAMPLES (CONT'D) Suggested installation for:

• Central furnace (air
DIRECT CONNECTION of the FRESH air to living area to the RETURN PLENUM
handling unit or central
of the AIR HANDLER (Stale air drawn from key areas of home)
air conditioners)
• When ducting fresh
PARTIALLY DEDICATED SYSTEM (BETTER)
air to living area is not
1. In order to provide proper distribution of the fresh air, it is possible or practical,
recommended that the furnace blower be set to run continuously or i.e. expensive or when
interconnected with ERV. See furnace electrical connection on page the central AHU will
17.
operate year-round.
2. Stale air is drawn from key areas of the home (bathroom, kitchen,
laundry room).
Benefits: Conditions the
3. Fresh air is supplied to the return air plenum of the furnace. fresh air prior to
4. Due to the difference in pressure between the ERV and the equipment distributing it throughout
it is being connected to the ERV’s airflow must be balanced on site, the house
using the procedure found in the section “AIRFLOW BALANCING”
* In the case of a multi-zone system, please contact Fantech customer
service prior to installing any installation type requiring the use of the
furnace interlock"
ERV/ Furnace ducting for Partially Dedicated System
Fresh air from

outside
Motorized Damper
1 m (3' 3")
Outside min.
Fresh air recommended
to living
areas
Cold air
return
Stale air to
* Unit airflow should be balanced while ERV is on
outside
“Normal” speed and furnace blower is running.
Fantech energy recovery ventilators (ERV) that use a supply fan shutdown for frost
prevention do not include an outdoor air motorized damper. If you are using a simplified 24 VAC Transformer
installation, i.e. connecting the ERV supply air duct to a furnace's return air duct, the ERV 24V
must operate continuously. When the ERV is turned off, no warm exhaust air will flow Damper
120V
through the ERV but the furnace's fan will continue to draw in outdoor air directly into the Motor
furnace. If it's cold outside, cold air will be introduced, without re-heating, directly into COM NO
the furnace. ERV Furnace interlock
See page 17.
If the ERV is installed such that the homeowner may turn off the ERV during the winter, we Figure 1
recommend installing a motorized damper between the ERV's supply air and the furnace's
*Transformer and Damper motor not included
return air duct that closes when the ERV is not operating. See wiring diagram (figure 1).
fantech
7
INSTALLATION EXAMPLES (CONT'D)

DIRECT CONNECTION of both the ERV SUPPLY AIR STREAM and EXHAUST AIR STREAM Suggested installation for:
to the FURNACE COLD AIR RETURN • When bathroom and kitchen
already have local exhaust
SIMPLIFIED INSTALLATION (GOOD) system
(RETURN/RETURN METHOD) - OPTION 1 • May be suitable for
retrofitting
1. Furnace blower must operate when ventilation from ERV is required. The
furnace should be set to run continuously or interlocked with ERV. See
furnace electrical connection on page 17. Benefits: Least expensive
2. A minimum separation of 1m (39’’) is recommended between the two
installation type
direct connections.
3. In order to prevent exhausting any fresh air, the ERV’s exhaust air connection
should be upstream of the ERV’s supply air connection when ducting to the
furnace’s cold air return.
4. Due to the difference in pressure between the ERV and the equipment it is
being connected to the ERV’s airflow must be balanced on site, using the
procedure found in the section “AIRFLOW BALANCING”
* In the case of a multi-zone system, please contact Fantech customer
service prior to installing any installation type requiring the use of the
furnace interlock"
ERV/ furnace for Simplified Installation – Option 1
Fresh air from

outside
Outside 1 m (3' 3")

min.
recom-
Motorized mended
Damper
Fresh air to 1 m (3' 3")

min.
living areas
recom-
mended
Stale air to Cold air

* Unit airflow should be balanced while HRV is on
outside return
“Normal” speed and furnace blower is running.
must operate continuously. When the ERV is turned off, no warm exhaust air will flow
Damper
through the ERV but the furnace's fan will continue to draw in outdoor air directly into the 120V
Motor
furnace. If it's cold outside, cold air will be introduced, without re-heating, directly into NO
COM
the furnace.
ERV Furnace interlock
See page 17.
If the ERV is installed such that the homeowner may turn off the ERV during the winter, we
recommend installing a motorized damper between the ERV's supply air and the furnace's Figure 1
return air duct that closes when the ERV is not operating. See wiring diagram (figure 1). *Transformer and Damper motor not included
fantech
8
Installation examples (Cont'd)

DIRECT CONNECTION of the ERV SUPPLY AIR STREAM to the SUPPLY AIR SIDE on the
Suggested installation for:
FURNACE & EXHAUST AIR STREAM to the FURNACE COLD AIR RETURN • When bathroom and
kitchen already have local
exhaust system
SIMPLIFIED INSTALLATION (GOOD)
• May be suitable for
OPTION 2
retrofitting
1. Furnace blower must operate when ventilation from ERV is required. The
furnace should be set to run continuously or interlocked with ERV. See Benefits: Least expensive
furnace electrical connection on page 17. installation type
2. Due to the differences in pressure between the ERV and the equipment it is
being connected to, the ERV‘s airflow must be balanced on site, using the
procedure found section "AIRFLOW BALANCING".
* In the case of a multi-zone system, please contact Fantech customer In the case of a simplified
service prior to installing any installation type requiring the use of the installation, Option 1 is
furnace interlock" recommended.
ERV/Furnace ducting for Simplified Installation - Option 2

1 m (3' 3") min. recommended
* Ductwork layout may differ depend-
ing on model
Air from inside

Fresh air from
Motorized
outside
Damper
Motorized
Damper
Outside
Fresh air to living areas
Cold air
return
Stale air to
* Unit air flow should be balanced while ERV is on "Normal" speed and
outside furnace blower is running.
must operate continuously. When the ERV is turned off, no warm exhaust air will flow
Damper
through the ERV but the furnace's fan will continue to draw in outdoor air directly into the 120V
Motor
furnace. If it's cold outside, cold air will be introduced, without re-heating, directly into NO
COM
the furnace.
ERV Furnace interlock
See page 17.
If the ERV is installed such that the homeowner may turn off the ERV during the winter, we
recommend installing a motorized damper between the ERV's supply air and the furnace's Figure 1
return air duct that closes when the ERV is not operating. See wiring diagram (figure 1). *Transformer and Damper motor not included
fantech
9
EXTERIOR DUCTING INSTALLATION

WEATHERHOOD LOCATION OUTSIDE CORNER INSIDE CORNER
• Decide where your intake and exhaust hoods will be located. 36" (1m) 36” (1m)
min. min.
Locating the Intake Weatherhood

• Should be located upstream (if there are prevailing winds) from the
6' (2m)
exhaust outlet. min.
INTAKE EXHAUST
• At a minimum distance to 900 mm (3') away from dryer vents and furnace
exhaust (medium or high efficiency furnaces), driveways, oil fill pipes, gas
18" (460mm) min. 18" (460mm) min.
meters, or garbage containers.
• At a minimum height of 460mm (18’’) above the ground, or above the level
of expected snow accumulation.
• Ideally, keep weatherhoods 1m (3') from corners.
• Do not locate in the garage, attic, crawl space, or underneath deck.
Locating the Exhaust Weatherhood

• At least 460mm (18") above ground or above the depth of expected snow accumulation
• Ideally, keep weatherhoods 1m (3') from corners.
• Not near a gas meter, electric meter or a walkway where fog or ice could create a hazard
• Do not locate in a garage, workshop or other unheated space
INSTALLING THE DUCTING TO THE WEATHERHOODS

A well designed and installed ducting system will allow the ERV to operate at its
maximum efficiency. The inner liner of the flexible insulated duct must be secured to the
sleeve of the weatherhood (as close to the outside as possible) and to the appropriate duct
connection on the ERV. The insulation should remain full and not crushed. The outer liner,
which acts as a vapor barrier, must be completely sealed to the outer wall and the ERV
using tape and/or caulking. A good bead of high quality caulking (preferably acoustical
sealant) will seal the inner flexible duct to both the ERV duct connection and the
weatherhood prior to securing them.
To minimize airflow restriction, the flexible insulated duct that connects the two outside
weatherhoods to the ERV should be stretched tightly and be as short as possible.
Twisting or folding the duct will severely restrict airflow.
See “Installation Diagram Examples” for installation examples.
STEPS FOR HOOD INSTALLATION:
1 Using the duct connection of 2 Pull the insulated flexible duct 3 Push the hood into the opening 4 Using a caulking gun, seal
the outside hood, outline the through the opening until it is and then attach the hood to the around both hoods to prevent
intake & exhaust holes to be well extended and straight. outside wall with mounting any leaks.
cut. The holes should be slightly Slide the duct’s inner vinyl sleeve screws.
larger than the duct connection over the hood duct connection Repeat the installation
to allow for the thickness of the and secure. Pull the insulation procedure for both the supply
insulated flexible duct. Cut a over the duct and pull the vapor and exhaust hoods.
hole for both the intake and barrier over the sleeve. Secure
exhaust hoods. with appropriate tape or
sealant.
fantech
10
INTERIOR DUCTING INSTALLATION

• To maximize airflow through the ductwork system, all ducts should be kept short
and have as few bends or elbows as possible.
• 45º elbows are preferable to 90º.
• Use “Y“ ducts instead of “T” ducts whenever possible.
• All duct joints must be fastened with screws or duct sealant and wrapped with
aluminum foil duct tape to prevent leakage.
• Galvanized ducting from the ERV to the living areas in the house is recommended
whenever possible, although flexible ducting can be used in moderation when
necessary.
• To avoid possible noise transfer through the ductwork system, a short length
(approximately 300mm, 12’’) of nonmetallic flexible insulated duct should be
connected between the ERV and the supply/exhaust ductwork system.
• The main supply and return line to/from the ERV must have the same diameter as the
duct connection or larger.
• Branch lines to the individual rooms may be as small as 100mm (4’’).
INSTALLING DUCT TO ERV

For flexible duct installation, slide flexible ducting onto duct connection. Then install a cable tie over flexible duct to prevent leakage between the ducting and
the duct connection.
In the case of solid ducting, slide duct over duct connection, screw in place and seal.
SUPPLY AIR GRILLES LOCATION

In homes without a forced air furnace, fresh air should be supplied to all habitable rooms, including bedrooms and living areas. It should be supplied
from high wall or ceiling locations. Grilles that diffuse the air comfortably are recommended. In homes with a forced air furnace, you may want to connect
the ERV to the furnace ductwork (see information below).
EXHAUST AIR GRILLES LOCATION

The stale air exhaust system is used to draw air from the points in the house where the worst air quality problems occur. It is recommended that return
air ducts be installed in the bathroom, kitchen, and laundry room. Additional return air ducts from strategic locations may be installed. The furnace
return duct may also be used to exhaust from. In this method, the exhaust air is not ducted back from bathrooms, kitchens, etc to the ERV with
“dedicated lines”.
As per building codes and installation requirements for combustion appliances:

Air return ducts, or openings for air return, should not be placed in enclosed spaces containing combustion
appliances that are subject to spillage.
fantech
11
ERV INSTALLATION
LOCATION
The ERV must be located in a conditioned space where it will be possible to conveniently service the unit. Typically
the ERV would be located in the mechanical room or an area close to the outside wall where the weatherhoods will
be mounted. If a basement area is not convenient or does not exist, a utility room may be used.
Attic installation must meet the following conditions:
• Have a nearby power supply • Attic temperature must be above freezing conditions at all times and for best performance should be 12°C
(120 volts, 60Hz) (54 °F).
• Choose a location which • The condensate drain (if included) must be installed so that the condensate drains and is protected from freezing.
allows the possibility • The attic is easily accessible for equipment maintenance and inspection.
of mounting the unit to
supporting beams.
Connecting appliances to the ERV is not recommended. These include:
• The unit should be level
in order to allow proper • Clothes dryer
condensate drainage • Range top
• To minimize noise, do not
• Stovetop fan
install unit in living area
• Ensure proper drainage • Central vacuum system
• Bathroom exhaust fans unless they are specifically designed for this purpose
These appliances may cause lint, dust or grease to collect in the ERV, damaging the unit.
Connecting any of these types of appliances to the ERV will void your warranty.
Mounting- Chain mount
1 Place fastening hooks on 2 Attach a hanging chain 3 Hang the unit by slipping 4 Install a spring on each
the strapping board or (provided) to each 19 mm a link onto the hanging chain. Hook the spring
the floor joists. (3/4") bolt (provided) in the hooks, making sure the in the links so a loop is
top 4 corners of the unit unit is level. created in the chain. The
and tighten. spring will then support the
unit's weight and absorb
vibrations.
fantech
12
INSTALLING DRAIN LINE

Through normal operation and during its defrost mode, the ERV may produce some condensation. This water should flow into a nearby drain, or be taken
away by a condensate pump. The ERV and all condensate lines must be installed in a space where the temperature is maintained above the freezing point.
A “P” trap should be made in the drain line. This will prevent odors from being drawn back up into the unit.
The drain nipple is placed upside down in the unit to prevent it being damaged during shipping or the installation of the unit.
1 Remove the nutsert. 2 Invert the drain nipple. Make 3 Secure the drain nipple using 4 Install the drain hose making a
sure to place gasket between the nutsert. "P" trap, secure the
the unit and the drain nipple condensate line drain
inside the unit. connection using the tube
clamp provided.
Fill the condensate line with
water.
If outdoor air temperature is above 32°F (0°C) at the extract air (30% RH/72°F, 30% RH /22°C), no drain line installation is required.
If this is the case keep the drain spout as shipped from factory with the cap.
fantech
13
AIRFLOW ADJUSTMENT & BALANCING

BALANCING THE AIRFLOWS IS CRUCIAL TO ENSURE OPTIMAL OPERATION OF THE UNIT. IF THE AIRFLOW IS NOT PROPERLY BALANCED, THE
FOLLOWING ISSUES MAY OCCUR:
• SIGNIFICANT POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE PRESSURE INSIDE THE HOUSE
• UNIT’S EFFICIENCY MAY BE NEGATIVELY AFFECTED
• UNIT’S DEFROST MAY NOT WORK EFFECTIVELY
• CAN LEAD TO AIR LEAKS OR BACKDRAFTING OF ANY COMBUSTION APPLIANCES.
The airflow adjustment and balancing procedure consists of adjusting the fresh airflow to make sure it meets the requirements for the building and then
balance the system to make sure there is an equal amount of stale air being exhausted. In the case that the airflow is not exactly the same, it is
recommended to have a higher stale airflow of up to 10% in colder climates to ensure that the temperature of the fresh airflow coming from the outside
is as close to the room temperature as possible.
GENERAL PREPARATION:
Before performing the adjustment and balancing for unit, make sure to check the following:
• Seal all the ductwork
• Fully open all dampers (if present)
• Turn off all other exhaust appliances such as range hood, dryers, bathroom fans, etc.
• If performing balancing during cold weather, make sure the unit is not operating in defrost mode.
• If the installation type is Simplified or Partially Dedicated, make sure that the furnace/air handler blower is operating at normal speed during
the balancing sequence.
• When reading with a mechanical type manometer (Magnehelic), make sure the manometer is placed on a level surface
For optimal performance, ERV unit should be re-balanced after a major renovation or after the installation of extra grilles or registers.
• In cold climates, continuous excessive positive pressure inside the house may drive moisture inside the external walls of the
house. Moisture present inside the external wall may condense if the outside temperature is cold enough and can cause damage
to structural components. A symptom of excessive positive pressure inside a house is frozen door locks.
• Continuous excessive negative pressure can have undesirable effects. In some geographic locations, negative pressure can
increase the infiltration of soil gases such as methane and radon. Negative pressure is also undesirable where combustion
equipment is present and may cause back drafting of the combustion gases.
ADJUSTING AIRFLOWS USING INTEGRATED BALANCING SYSTEM
Adjustable dampers are integrated into the Fresh Air to Building and the Stale Air to Outside duct connections. Those dampers replace the installation of
separate back draft and balancing dampers in the duct line.
The integrated dampers are preset at the fully opened position. In order to reduce the amount of airflow, turn the adjustable lever using a flat screw driver
by turning it counter clock wise. Turning the lever clockwise may damage the plastic screw head. Follow the balancing steps to properly adjust the airflow.
fantech
14
BALANCING STEPS
Use balancing chart located on the BALANCING CHART (example only)
door of the ERV
Airflow Normal Speed Reduced Speed
∆In W.G. ∆In W.G.

STEP #1: Identify the desired airflow using the provided chart. From CFM L/s
Pressure reading
∆Pa
Pressure reading
∆Pa
the desired airflow (left column) identify the pressure reading 110 52 0.36 91
needed by simply following the line. Make sure to set the unit at
100 47 0.46 114
the Normal speed before performing the next step.
90 42 0.55 137
80 38 0.64 161
STEP #2: Measure the pressure reading by connecting a manometer
70 33 0.74 184 0.13 32
on the LOW and HIGH pressure ports located on the duct
65 31 0.78 195 0.16 40
connection. Refer to Illustration #1. If the pressure reading is
60 28 0.83 207 0.19 48
LOWER than the desired value, adjust the balancing dampers by
turning the adjustable arm counter clockwise until the correct 55 26 0.87 219 0.22 55
corresponding pressure value is reached. Refer to Illustration #2 50 24 0.92 230 0.25 63
Do the same for both the SUPPLY and EXHAUST airflows. If the
pressure reading is HIGHER than desired when the damper is fully
opened, please check the distribution system for any anomalies
that could increase the resistance in the distribution system.
• If the house is tightly sealed, adjusting one airflow

may affect the other airflow as well. It is recommended to check each airflow
HIGH LOW LOW HIGH
again to make sure the value did not change dramatically during the
balancing procedure. Make adjustments as necessary.
• The pressure reading from the duct connection refers to the total pressure SUPPLY
loss from the distribution system. A well designed distribution system should
have a total pressure loss between 0.4” (100Pa) and 0.6” (150Pa). The EXHAUST
pressure reading can therefore be used to troubleshoot distribution system.
If the pressure reading is higher than 0.6” (150Pa), we recommend that you
inspect the system and check for closed grilles, blocked exterior hoods or
twisted flexible duct.
STEP #3: Secure the adjustable arm by tightening the set screw as shown in Illustration #3.
Illustration #1
Adjustment lever (in front) Set screw (on top)
Illustration #2 Illustration #3
fantech
15
Low Voltage Control Systems

* Please see instruction manuals for individual controls for proper wiring and set up of control systems.
CENTRAL CONTROLS
These control options can only be used individually
1. Ensure that unit is not
CONTROLS FEATURES CONNECT TO
plugged when connecting
ECO-Touch® • Our most complete, yet easy to use control system the control
• Sleek design with backlight touchscreen LCD 2. Recirculation mode is only
• ECO mode selects the best operating mode and speed for the season, available with the “R” suffix
minimizing energy use associated with ventilation
W
W at the end of the model
• Set preferred indoor relative humidity range and ventilation mode for day number.
and night conditions
• No battery to replace, all programmed settings are retained during power
outage
• Maintenance reminder indicator
• Error code messages reduce troubleshooting time
EDF7 • MODE button provides 3 modes of operations: Ventilation , Recircula-
tion and Standby
• User selected fan speed: Reduced, Medium, Normal and 20 minutes
W
per hour W
• AUTO setting allows the homeowner to deactivate the dehumidistat
• When the humidity exceeds the desired setpoint, the ventilation sys-
tem operates at Normal speed.
• Once the desired humidity level is achieved, your ventilation system
resumes to its previous mode of operation The wiring connectors
EDF1 • Press button once for continuous Reduced speed can be removed for
• Press button twice and the unit will cycle 20 minutes ON/ 40 minutes easier connection.
OFF and repeat W
• EDF1 – Press button a third time and the system will run continuously W
on HIGH speed *Maintain polarity
between control
and ERV
(+ → + ; - → -)
AUXILIARY CONTROL – These controls can be paired
RTS2* • 20- minute timer with LED light
• Boosts system to high speed with the touch of a button
+T
-T
• Up to 5 can be used in one system
• Use in bathroom, kitchen, laundry room
RTS5 • 20/40/60 minute timer with LED light

• Boosts system to high speed with the touch of a button +T
• Up to 5 can be used in one system -T
• Use in bathroom, kitchen, laundry room
MDEH1 • Rotary dial Dehumidistat

• Multiple units can be used
• We recommend setting the relative humidity above 80% during the summer
D
D
fantech
16
Observe polarity on all accessory controls where

applicable.
fantech
SPEEDS
LOW
55V
HIGH
120V 90V
75V
JP5 JP3
WIRING DIAGRAM
SPEEDS
LOW
55V
HIGH
120V 90V
75V
JP5 JP3
MUST
ON ON
17
WIRING DIAGRAM (CONT'D)
WIRING DIAGRAM TO
Standard
StandardAccessory Control Contact
Furnace Interlock Wiring
FURNACE
THERMOSTAT
TERMINALS
FOUR W R G Y
WIRE
TWO WIRE
heating only
FOR A FURNACE R
CONNECTION TO G
A COOLING SYSTEM: C
Y
On some newer furnaces and older FURNACE
thermostats, energizing the R and 24-VOLT
TERMINAL BLOCK
G terminal at the furnace has the TWO COOLING SYSTEM
effect of energizing the Y at the WIRE
thermostat and thereby turning on

the cooling system. If you identify this
type of thermostat, you must use the
“Alternate Furnace Interlock Wiring” Alternative
Alternate Accessory Control Wiring
Furnace Interlock Contact
THERMOSTAT
TERMINALS
FOUR W R G Y
WIRE
TWO WIRE
heating only
G WIRE JOINT
FURNACE
24-VOLT
TERMINAL BLOCK
TWO COOLING SYSTEM
WIRE
As per building codes and installation requirements for combustion appliances:

Air return ducts, or openings for air return, should not be placed in enclosed spaces containing combustion
appliances that are subject to spillage.
fantech
18
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem Causes Solutions
Air is too dry Dehumidistat control is set too low Increase the desired level of humidity. Change ventilation mode from
continuous mode to standby.
ERV out of balance Have contractor balance ERV airflows
Air is too humid Dehumidistat control is set too high Reduce the desired level of humidity. Combine this with the use of continuous
exchange mode.
Sudden change in temperature Wait until outside temperature stabilizes (winter). Heating will also improve
situation.
Storing too much wood for heating Store a majority of your wood outside. Even dried, a cord of wood contains
more than 20 gallons of water.
Dryer vent exhaust is inside home Make sure the dryer vent is exhausting outside.
Poor air circulation near windows Open curtains or blinds.
ERV out of balance Have contractor balance ERV airflows
Well sealed basement door is closed Open the door or install a grill on the door.
Persistent condensation Improper adjustment of dehumidistat control Reduce the desired level of humidity. Combine this step with use of continuous
on window exchange mode.
ERV out of balance Have contractor balance ERV
Poor air circulation near windows Open curtains or blinds.
Poor Air Flows 1/4" (6mm) mesh on the outside hoods is plugged Clean exterior hoods or vents
Filters plugged Remove and clean filter
Core obstructed Remove and clean core
Indoor grilles closed or blocked Check and open grilles
Inadequate power supply at site Have electrician check supply voltage
Ductwork is restricting airflow Check duct installation
Improper speed control setting Increase the speed of the ERV (i.e. change unit control from REDUCED to NORMAL
speed)
ERV airflow improperly balanced Have contractor balance ERV airflows
Ducting has fallen down or been disconnected from ERV Have contractor reconnect ducting
Supply air feels cold Poor location of supply grilles, the airflow may irritate Locate the grilles high on the walls or under the baseboards, install ceiling
the occupant mounted diffuser or grilles so as not to directly spill the supply air on the
occupant (eg. Over a sofa)
Turn down the ERV supply speed. A small duct heater (1kw) could be used to
temper the supply air
Placement of furniture or closed doors is restricting the movement of air in
the home
Outdoor temperature extremely cold If supply air is ducted into furnace return, the furnace fan may need to run
continuously to distribute ventilation air comfortably
ERV and/or Ducts frosting up ERV air flows are improperly balanced Have HVAC contractor balance the ERV airflows
Malfunction of the ERV defrost system Note: minimal frost build-up is expected on the core before unit initiates
defrost cycle functions
Condensation or Ice Build Up in Incomplete vapor barrier around insulated duct Tape and seal all joints
Insulated Duct to the Outside
A hole or tear in outer duct covering Tape any holes or tears made in the outer duct covering
Ensure that the vapor barrier is completely sealed.
Note: It is best to get the unit checked by a certified HVAC Contractor/Technician.
fantech
19
ERV MAINTENANCE CHART

Limited Warranty
• The Energy recovery core has limited
Maintenance Required Recommended Frequency Date Maintenance Performed 5 year warranty.
Check and Clean Filters Every 3 months or if • The warranty is limited to 5 years on
dirty parts and 7 years on fans from the
date of purchase, including parts
Check Engery Recovery Every 6 months replaced during this time period. If
Core there is no proof of purchase
available, the date associated with
Check Drain Pan and Every 3 months the serial number will be used for the
Lines beginning of the warranty period.
Vacuum the Inside of the Annually • The fans found in all Fantech ERVs
Unit require no lubrication, and are factory
balanced to prevent vibration and
Clean and Un-block Annually promote silent operation.
Outside
Hoods • The limited warranty covers normal
use. It does not apply to any
Clean and Inspect Duct Annually defects, malfunctions or failures as
Work a result of improper installation,
abuse, mishandling, misapplication,
General Servicing by a Annually fortuitous occurrence or any other
Qualified Contractor circumstances outside Fantech’s
control.
• Inappropriate installation or
maintenance may result in the
cancellation of the warranty.
• Any unauthorized work will result in

* Schedule may be altered to meet your own needs. More frequent servicing may be required depending on the the cancellation of the warranty.
severity of your home's indoor and outdoor environments.
• Fantech is not responsible for any
incidental or consequential
Contractor Telephone Number Date Serviced damages incurred in the use of the
ventilation system.
• Fantech is not responsible for

providing an authorized service
centre near the purchaser or in the
general area.
• Fantech reserves the right to supply

refurbished parts as replacements.
• Transportation, removal and

installation fees are the responsibility
of the purchaser.
• The purchaser is responsible to

adhering to all codes in effect in his
area.
* This warranty is the exclusive and only warranty in

effect relative to the ventilation system and all other
warranties either expressed or implied are invalid.
fantech
20
ERV core washing instructions

For proper maintenance of your energy recovery core please follow these instructions
1 Remove both filters by sliding them out.
2 Remove the core from the unit.
1 2 3 With one of your core's air inlets facing

down, place it in a large sink, bathtub, or
shower.
4 Pour clean tap water through the face of the

core facing upwards until it runs clear.
Ensure the entire surface is rinsed.
5 Rotate the core so that its other air inlet is

facing down and repeat step 5.
6 With plates still oriented vertically allow the

core to dry, normally 2-3 hours.
7 Slide back the core into the unit

3 5
8 Replace both filters.
6
7
fantech
21
Parts list
10 11 11 10
12
1 5
4
7
3
VER150
BOM # Description
(78112)
1 R2E 190 Radical, Rep. Kit 405520
2 Electrostatic Filters Kit 8.5” x 15” 402041
3 Energy Recovery Cell 9” x 9” x 15” 427473
4 Capacitors 8uF 410012
5 Kit,PCB Replacement,Board,AC* 422677
6 Door Switch 410867
7 Auto-Transformer 411963
8 Control Switch 410213
9 Kit Drain Plug 40315
10 Collar 6”, Oval, w/Stop 413893
11 Collar 6”, Oval, wo/Stop 413894
12 Damper Door, VHR150R 420462
Temperature Probe 40286
Door Assembly 422806
Kit, Chain 404261
Kit, Wall Bracket 426466
KIT, FILTER, 2XMERV6, 8.5”X15” 414647
Wiring Diagram 422576
Installation Manual 427354
fantech
22
Notes
fantech
23
Notes
fantech
Fantech reserves the right to make technical changes. Fantech se réserve le droit de faire des changements tech-
For updated documentation please refer to www.fantech.net niques. Pour de la documentation à jour, s'il vous plaît se
référer au www.fantech.net
Fantech®
US 201403.26432A1
(19) United States
(12) Patent Application Publication (10) Pub. No.: US 2014/0326432 A1
Dean et al. (43) Pub. Date: Nov. 6, 2014
(54) COUNTER-FLOW ENERGY RECOVERY Related U.S. Application Data
VENTILATOR (ERV) CORE (60) Provisional application No. 61/577,209, filed on Dec.
(71) Applicant: dpoint Technologies Inc., Vancouver 19, 2011.
(CA) Publication Classification
(72) Inventors: James Franklin Dean, West Vancouver (51) Int. Cl.
(CA); David Erwin Kadylak, Vancouver F24F 3/47 (2006.01)
(CA); Ryan Nicholas Huizing,
Vancouver (CA); Jordan Benda (52) U.S. Cl.
Balanko, West Vancouver (CA); Curtis CPC ...................................... F24F 3/147 (2013.01)
Warren Mullen, Vancouver (CA) USPC ........................................ 165/54; 165/104.14
(57) ABSTRACT
(73) Assignee. dpoint Technologies Inc., Vancouver A heat and humidity exchanger has example application in
(CA) exchanging heat and water vapour between fresh air entering
a building and air being vented from the building. The heat
(21) Appl. No.: 14/360,245 and humidity exchanger has a self-supporting core formed
from layered sheets (710,720) of a moisture-permeable mate
(22) PCT Fled: Dec. 19, 2012 rial. Plenums (750) are arranged to direct fluid streams into
(86) PCT NO.: PCT/CA2O12/050918 and out of the core. The plenums (750) may be on opposing
sides of the core to permit counterflow exchange of heat and
S371 (c)(1), water vapour. The plenums (750) are attached to the core
(2), (4) Date: May 22, 2014 along opposite edges of the sheets (710, 720).
Patent Application Publication Nov. 6, 2014 Sheet 1 of 22 US 2014/0326432 A1
FIG. 1 (PRIOR ART)

FIG. 2 (PRIOR ART)
N 138
134
FIG. 3
FIG. 4A
FIG. 4D
FIG. 5A
FIG. 5B
FIG. 7A
73O
N 735 71o
745
720
FIG, 7B
FIG. 8
FIG. 9A
FIG.9B
735
FIG. 9C
735
FIG 9D
FIG 10
FIG. 1 1A
1OO
1115
1O
1155
114O
112O
1145
FIG. 11B
FIG. 1 1C
FIG. 12
FIG. 13
FIG. 15
F.G. 16
e
SS
Yse
69
50
.r)
8 4O
r
40 60
Flow Rate (SCFM)
Pleated Triangle Sensible Transfer 4 Pleated Triangle Latent Transfer
FIG. 17
() () 40 (? St) O() 2() 140

Flow Rate (SCFM)
Pleated Triangle version 3 Pressure Drop
4.
0 Pleated Triangle version 4 Pressure Drop

A Current ERV Technology Pressure Drop
() 2E) () (O) 8) O 2) 4)
Flow Rate (SCFM)
Pleated Triangle v.3. Latent Transfer O Pleated Triangle v.3. Sensible Transfer
0 Pleated Triangle v.4 Latent Transfer o Pleated Triangle v.4 Sensible Transfer
A Current ERV Tech, Latent Transfer A Current ERV Tech. Sensible Transfer
FIG. 18
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
COUNTER-FLOW ENERGY RECOVERY 0007 FIG. 1 shows an example of a planar plate-type heat
VENTILATOR (ERV) CORE and humidity exchanger made from stacked planar sheets of
membrane 3 with rigid corrugated spacers 6 inserted between
FIELD OF THE INVENTION the membrane sheets. The spacers maintain proper sheet
0001. The present invention relates to heat and humidity spacing as well as defining airflow channels 5 for wet and dry
exchangers. Example embodiments provide energy recovery streams on opposite sides of each membrane sheet, in a cross
ventilator (ERV) cores comprising a water-permeable mem flow arrangement, as indicated by broad arrows 1 and 2
respectively. The Stack is encased within a rigid frame 4.
branes and ERV systems that include such cores. The inven 0008. A benefit of planar plate-type heat and humidity
tion may be applied in any of a wide variety of applications exchanger designs for ERV, fuel cell, and other applications,
where heat and humidity exchange is required. Examples
include heat and moisture recovery in building ventilation is that they are readily scalable because the quantity (as well
systems, humidification and heat transfer in fuel cells, sepa as the dimensions) of the modular membrane plates can be
ration of gases, and desalination treatment of water. adjusted for different end-use applications. Existing planar
plate-type ERV cores are bulky and less effective than would
BACKGROUND be desired in facilitating enthalpy exchange.
0009. Another approach to heat and humidity exchanger
0002 Heat and humidity exchangers (also sometimes design is to incorporate a pleated water-permeable material in
referred to as humidifiers) have been developed for a variety the exchanger. For example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,040,804
of applications, including building ventilation (HVAC), describes a heat and moisture exchanger for exchanging heat
medical and respiratory applications, gas drying, and more and moisture between incoming and outgoing air for room
recently for the humidification of fuel cell reactants for elec ventilation. The exchanger has a cartridge containing a single
trical power generation. Many Such devices involve the use of pleated sheet of water-permeable paper. Air is directed in one
a water-permeable membrane across which heat and moisture direction along the pleats on one side of the pleated paper, and
may be transferred between fluid streams flowing on opposite the return air flows in the opposite direction along the pleats
sides of the membrane. on the other side of the pleated paper. The ends of the car
0003 Planar plate-type heat and humidity exchangers use tridge are closed by dipping them in wax or a potting com
membrane plates that are constructed of planar, water-perme pound that can be cast and that adheres to the paper. The pleats
able membranes (for example, Nafion(R), cellulose, polymers are separated or spaced, and air passages between the folds
or other synthetic membranes) supported with a spacer and/or are provided, by adhering grains of sand to the pleated paper.
frame. The plates are typically stacked, sealed and configured 0010 FIG. 2 shows an example of a heat and humidity
to accommodate intake and exhaust streams flowing in either exchanger suitable for energy recovery ventilator (ERV)
cross-flow or counter-flow configurations between alternate applications which comprises a pleated water-permeable
plate pairs, so that heat and humidity are transferred between membrane cartridge disposed in a housing. A plastic flow
the streams via the membrane. field element can be disposed within some or all of the folds
0004. Other types of exchangers include hollow tube of the pleated membrane for directing the stream over the
humidifiers and enthalpy wheel humidifiers. Hollow tube inner surfaces of the folds, as described in US Patent Appli
humidifiers have the disadvantage of high pressure drop, and cation Publication No. 2008/0085437. The flow field element
enthalpy wheels tend to be unreliable because they have mov controls the relative flow paths of the two streams on opposite
ing parts and tend to have a higher leak rate. sides of the membrane and enhances flow distribution across
0005. A heat recovery ventilator (HRV) is a mechanical one or both membrane surfaces. The flow field elements can
device that incorporates a heat and humidity exchanger in a also assist in Supporting the pleated membrane and control
ventilation system for providing controlled ventilation into a ling the pleat spacing within the pleated membrane cartridge.
building. The heat and humidity exchanger heats or cools In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, a first fluid stream is
incoming fresh air using exhaust air. Devices that also directed in a U-shaped flow path 122 from an inlet port 124 on
exchange moisture between the incoming fresh air and the one face of housing 115 to an outlet port 128 on the same face
exhaust air are generally referred to as Energy Recovery of housing 115. The first fluid stream is thus directed from
Ventilators (ERVs), sometimes also referred to as Enthalpy inlet port 124 into a set of substantially parallel folds 126 on
Recovery Ventilators. An ERV may remove excess humidity one side of pleated membrane cartridge 120, then along the
from the ventilating air that is being brought into a building or length of the folds 126, and then out via port 128. A second
it may add humidity to the ventilating air. ERVs may be used fluid stream is similarly directed in a substantially U-shaped
to save energy and/or to improve indoor air quality in build flow path 132 from an inlet port 134 to an outlet port 138 on
ings. the same face of housing 115 (both ports 134 and 138 being
0006 ERVs typically comprise an enclosure, fans to move on the opposite face of housing 115 from ports 124 and 128).
the air streams, ducting, as well as filters, control electronics The second fluid stream is directed from port 134 into a
and other components. The key component in the ERV which corresponding set of substantially parallel folds 136 on the
transfers the heat and humidity between the air streams is other side of pleated membrane cartridge 120, then along the
called the core or the exchanger. The two most common types length of the folds 136, and then out via port 138. The flow
of ERVs are those based on planar membrane plate-type path 122 of the first fluid stream is in a substantially counter
devices and those based on rotating enthalpy wheel devices, flow configuration relative to flow path 132 of the second fluid
both mentioned above. Planar plate-type ERV cores use lay Stream.
ers of static plates that are sealed and configured to accom 0011. There are also examples of ERV cores with stacked
modate the intake and exhaust streams flowing in either cross planar membrane sheets that operate in a Substantially
flow or counter-flow configurations between alternate pairs of counter-flow configuration to transfer heat and humidity
plates. across planar membrane sheets. The membrane sheets can be
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
interleaved with rigid plastic spacers that define flow chan common with a plurality of the channels of the first group.
nels as described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,331,376. The plurality of channels is defined by a plurality of water
0012. The flow field inserts or spacers used in the heat and vapor-permeable membrane sheets. At least one of the water
humidity exchangers described above often provide con vapor-permeable membrane sheets being pleated. The
trolled or directional gas flow distribution over the membrane pleated water vapor-permeable membrane sheet defines a
surface. However, the fluid flow paths across the membrane plurality of the walls of each of a plurality of the first group of
surface tend to be quite tortuous and turbulent, so the flow can channels. The first and fourth plenums are separated at least in
be quite restricted and the pressure drop across the overall part by a manifold sheet that is connected to and follows an
apparatus can be significant. If there are many closely-spaced edge of the pleated water vapor-permeable membrane sheet.
ribs to support the membrane, the ribs will tend to impede or 0019. Another aspect provides a heat and humidity
block the fluid flow, and also increase pressure drop. With exchanger comprising a core comprising a plurality of chan
more widely-spaced ribs the membrane can deflect into the nels each having a triangular cross-section. A first group of
channel also increasing the pressure drop. Therefore, the use the plurality of channels extends from a first plenum through
of non-permeable flow field inserts is generally undesirable. the core to a second plenum. A second group of the plurality
0013 Compact heat and humidity exchangers or HRV of channels extends from a third plenum through the core to a
cores in which there is heat transfer between channels in two fourth plenum. Each of the plurality of channels in the first
dimensions in counter-flow are described in U.S. Pat. No. group has walls in common with a plurality of the channels of
5,725,051 in which the heat transfer medium is a thermo the second group and each of the plurality of channels in the
formed rigid plastic sheet. The plastic is impermeable to second group has walls in common with a plurality of the
water so there is no humidity transfer across the medium. In channels of the first group. Each of the common walls is water
another similar example, the heat transfer medium is alumi vapor-permeable.
num, but again there is no humidity transfer because the 0020. Another aspect provides a heat and water vapor
medium is not water-permeable. exchanger comprising a core structure comprising a plurality
0014. As described above, conventional ERV cores with a of layered water vapor permeable sheets attached together to
water-permeable membrane require a spacer to support the form a self-supporting structure. A plurality of the layered
membrane. Spacers generally impede or blockheat and mois water vapor permeable sheets are pleated Such that triangular
ture transfer and they can increase the pressure drop if there is channels extend through the core. A manifold structure com
deflection of the membrane into the channel.
prises manifold members attached along edges of the vapor
0015 The inventors have recognized that there remains a permeable membrane sheets of the core. The manifold mem
need for cost effective and efficient ERV systems and cores. bers form stacked plenums such that channels extending
SUMMARY through the core between different pairs of adjacent ones of
the water vapor permeable membrane sheets are in fluid com
0016. This invention has several aspects and encompasses munication with different ones of the plenums.
a wide range of specific embodiments. Aspects of the inven 0021. Further aspects of the invention and features of
tion provide building ventilation systems; heat and humidity example embodiments of the invention are described below.
exchangers; cores for heat and humidity exchangers; Sub
assemblies for cores of heat and humidity exchangers; and BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
methods for fabricating heat and humidity exchangers.
0017. One example aspect provides a heat and humidity 0022. The accompanying drawings illustrate non-limiting
exchanger comprising a core. The core comprises a plurality embodiments of the invention.
of water vapor-permeable sheets. The sheets are layered or 0023 FIG. 1 is an isometric view of a heat and humidity
stacked. at least Some of the sheets are pleated to provide a exchanger comprising a stack of planar membrane layers
plurality of groups of channels extending through the core. interleaved with rigid corrugated spacers (prior art).
Each of the plurality of groups of channels comprises chan 0024 FIG. 2 is an isometric view of a heat and humidity
nels defined between two adjacent ones of the sheets and exchanger comprising a pleated membrane cartridge dis
extending along the pleats of at least one of the pleated sheets. posed in a housing (prior art).
A plurality of plenums is formed on opposed sides of the core. 0025 FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a
The plenums on each of the opposed sides of the core are pleated water-permeable membrane.
configured Such that the channels of groups of channels on
opposing sides of the same one of the sheets are fluidly 0026 FIG. 4A is a schematic cross-sectional view illus
connected to different ones of the plenums. The plenums are trating two pleated water-permeable membrane sheets that
defined at least in part by manifold members attached along can be joined to form a diamond-shaped channel. FIG. 4B is
opposite edges of the sheets, at least one of the manifold a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating four pleated
members comprising a sheet that is connected to and follows water-permeable membrane sheets arranged to form an array
an edge of one of the pleated water vapor-permeable sheets. of diamond-shaped channels. FIG. 4C is a schematic cross
0018. Another aspect provides a heat and humidity sectional view of a pleated membrane combination like those
exchanger comprising a core comprising a plurality of chan shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B with flattened peaks. FIG. 4D is a
nels. A first group of the plurality of channels extends from a non-isometric 3D view of an embodiment of an ERV core
first plenum through the core to a second plenum. A second showing the central pleated membrane section with diamond
group of the plurality of channels extends from a third plenum or parallelogram-shaped channels.
through the core to a fourth plenum. Each of the plurality of 0027 FIG. 5A is a schematic cross-sectional view illus
channels in the first group has walls in common with a plu trating two box-pleated water-permeable membrane sheets
rality of the channels of the second group and each of the that can be joined to form channels of a square or rectangular
plurality of channels in the second group having walls in cross-section. FIG. 5B is a schematic cross-sectional view
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
illustrating four pleated water-permeable membrane sheets 0041 FIG. 18 is a graph illustrating the performance of the
arranged to form an array of square- or rectangular-shaped two prototype ERV cores comprising stacked triangular
channels. pleated membranes.
0028 FIG. 6A is a schematic cross-sectional view illus
trating a pleated and a flat sheet of water-permeable mem DETAILED DESCRIPTION
brane that can be joined to form channels of triangular cross 0042 FIGS. 1 and 2 are described above.
section. FIG. 6B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing 0043 Performance of heat and humidity exchangers can
a stack of alternating pleated and flat sheets of water-perme be improved, and the required heat and humidity exchanger
able membrane forming a sub-assembly of channels of trian size can be reduced, by providing heat and humidity
gular cross-section. exchanger constructions that provide one or more of enhanc
0029 FIG. 7A is a simplified exploded 3D view of a pair of ing flow distribution across one or both surfaces of heat and
pleated membranes forming parallel channels with a dia vapor exchange membranes; controlling the relative flow
mond-shaped cross-section, with manifold sections attached paths of fluids on opposite sides of heat and vapor exchange
to each membrane sheet. FIG. 7B shows a simplified 3D membranes; providing improved Support for heat and vapor
partial cut-away view of the assembly of FIG. 7A with two exchange membranes; reduced pressure drop across the heat
fluid streams following through the diamond-shaped chan and humidity exchanger, increased membrane Surface area
nels in counter-flow. per unit volume of the exchanger, and/or membranes that
0030 FIG. 8 is a plan view of the upper manifold/mem have improved water transport and other properties.
brane assembly shown in FIGS. 7A & 7B. 0044) Certain embodiments disclosed herein provide ERV
0031 FIG.9A is a cross-sectional view at location A-A in cores with water-permeable membranes configured to allow
FIG. 8. FIG. 9B shows a view looking down the channels multi-dimensional transfer of moisture as well as heat. Multi
from a cross-section at location B-B in FIG.8. FIG.9C shows dimensional transfer across a water-permeable membrane
a view looking down the channels from a cross-section at can provide more efficient energy recovery and allow the
location C-C in FIG.8. FIG. 9D is a cross-sectional view at ERV core to be more compact for a given level of perfor
location D-D in FIG. 8 showing the Zig-Zag cross-section of mance. Embodiments as described herein may be used to
the pleated membrane. transfer heat and moisture between two streams flowing in a
0032 FIG. 10 is a diagram showing how the plenums counter-flow configuration for more efficient energy recov
created between adjacent manifold sections in a stacked core ery.
assembly (similar to that shown in FIG. 7) correspond to the 0045. Designs and manufacturing methods as described
diamond-shaped channels that they are Supplying/discharg herein may be applied to provide ERV core constructions that
1ng. are free of spacers. In Such constructions, thin, flexible mem
0033 FIG. 11A is a simplified exploded isometric view of branes may be shaped and attached to one another to provide
an assembly like that of FIG. 7A, but interleaved with an self-supporting layers and core structures that are robust
additional flat membrane sheet forming parallel channels enough to withstand significant pressure differentials.
with a triangular-shaped cross-section. FIG. 11B shows the 0046 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a sheet of
flow of the two fluid streams on opposite sides of a manifold pleated water-permeable membrane. The pleated membrane
section that has ribs to direct the flow. FIG. 11C is a plan view defines the walls of channels through which a fluid stream
illustrating the flow pattern of the two fluid streams in an (e.g. wet or dry air) can be directed to flow, and across which
assembly similar to the one shown in FIG. 11A. heat and humidity may be exchanged. The membrane may be
0034 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing how the plenums attached to plastic manifold sections (as described in more
created between the flat membrane sheets and adjacent mani detail below) to direct the fluid stream from inlet ports into the
fold sections in a stacked core assembly (similar to that shown channels and from the channels to outlet ports. The mem
in FIG. 11) correspond to the triangular-shaped channels that brane should be sufficiently thin to allow adequate exchange
they are Supplying/discharging. of heat between the two streams, driven by the temperature
0035 FIG. 13 shows how the plenums created between gradient between the streams. The membrane is also water
adjacent manifold sections in a stacked core assembly similar permeable to allow moisture to pass through the material,
to that shown in FIG. 5B would correspond to the square driven by the vapor pressure differential or water concentra
shaped channels that they are Supplying/discharging. tion gradient between the two streams. Thinner membranes
0036 FIG. 14A is a plan view of a manifold/membrane will tend to have higher heat and moisture transport rates.
Subassembly with a central pleated membrane and a manifold Ideally the membrane is also impermeable to air, and con
section at each end, where the channels have a diamond taminant gases, to prevent the mixing and crossover of the two
cross-section. streams through the membrane.
0037 FIG. 14B is a plan view of a manifold/membrane 0047. In the present approach, layers of pleated membrane
Subassembly with a central pleated membrane and a manifold are stacked to form a Sub-assembly or cartridge for disposi
section at each end, where the channels have a triangular tion in a heat and humidity exchanger. The pleated membrane
cross-section. may be prepared, for example, by folding a sheet of mem
0038 FIG. 15 is a photo of a compression molded layer brane such as with heat and/pressure to provide plastic defor
made entirely from a formable water permeable membrane. mation to the folded edge (e.g. with push-bar pleating tech
0039 FIG. 16 is a graph illustrating the performance of an nology), or by forming a membrane to have pleats, such as
ERV core comprising a prototype stacked pleated membrane with gears or score-and-pleat rotary pleating technology. The
COC. angle of the pleats may be varied. For a constant channel
0040 FIG. 17 is a graph illustrating the pressure drop for hydraulic diameter, larger pleat tip angles allow more layers
two prototype ERV cores comprising stacked triangular of membrane to be provided in a core of a certain height, but
pleated membranes. with less overall membrane area per layer. Conversely, for a
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
constant channel hydraulic diameter, Smaller pleat tip angles tening the peaks is to form the peaks of one pleated membrane
will provide more membrane area per layer but fewer layers layer, with a small trough or valley that extends along the
for the same core. In some embodiments, the pleats are crests of the peaks. Peaks of an adjacent layer may then nest
formed to have angles in the range of 70 degrees to 100 into the troughs or valleys. Such troughs or valleys may be
degrees. Some embodiments have pleatangles in the range of formed in the crests on only one face of the pleated membrane
50 to 70 degrees (e.g. 60 degrees). Pleat tip angles close to 60 layer or in the crests on both faces of the pleated membrane
degrees can advantageously provide improved heat and mass layer.
transfer, with the high use of membrane area, for a given core 0.052 FIG. 4D shows a 3D representation of a stacked
height. pleated membrane Sub-assembly with diamond-shaped chan
0048 FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view illustrating two nels. Even though it can be made using a thin, flexible mem
pleated water-permeable membrane sheets that can be joined brane material, the structure is self-supporting. This approach
to form channels with a diamond-shaped cross-section (or a of stacking and gluing (or otherwise attaching) pleated mem
parallelogram-shaped cross-section). The peaks of one brane sheets provides a very high membrane Surface area per
pleated membrane can be attached to the peaks of the adjacent unit volume of the exchanger providing a device with high
pleated membrane, for example, by gluing, bonding, heat effectiveness of heat and moisture transfer.
welding or sealing. In this configuration, the joined pleated 0053 FIG. 5A is a cross-sectional view illustrating two
membrane sheets are self-supporting and require no spacer or box-pleated water-permeable membrane sheets that can be
Supporting material other than the membrane itself. Adher joined to form channels with a square or rectangular cross
ing, or otherwise attaching, peaks in one pleated membrane section. In this example, the box-pleats form a castellation,
sheet to peaks in adjacent membrane sheets can provide Suf and the castellation pattern is offset between adjacent mem
ficient strength for the membrane channel to withstand a brane sheets allowing the sheets to be joined to form square or
pressure differential. In some embodiments, a polyurethane rectangular channels. Each pleat line on one of the membrane
glue is used to adhere the peaks of one pleated membrane to sheets is glued, or otherwise attached, to the corresponding
the corresponding peaks of an adjacent membrane. Other pleat line on an adjacent membrane sheet. Like the diamond
Suitable glues or adhesives can also be used for the same configuration described above, the glued membrane sheets
purpose. Glues that are permeable to water vapor will allow are self-supporting and require no spacers or other material to
water transport to occur even in the regions where the pleated provide rigidity or Support, and the channels are able to with
membranes are attached to one another. Glues that are per stand pressure differentials.
meable to water vapor transfer may be of the class that are 0054 FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view illustrating four
polymer-based, with soft chain sections that allow water to box-pleated water-permeable membrane sheets arranged to
pass through, such as PermaxTM from Lubrizol. Depending form an array of square-shaped or rectangular-shaped chan
on the membrane material, it may be possible to weld the nels. Two different fluid streams can be directed through
pleated membrane sheets to one another at the peaks. For alternate channels in a counter-flow configuration. As before,
example, thermal, vibration or ultrasonic welding may be flow into the plane of the paper is indicated by a cross, and
used. flow out of the plane of the paper is indicated by a dot. Each
0049 FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view illustrating four channel shares its walls with as many as four other channels.
pleated water-permeable membrane sheets arranged to form Heat and humidity can be transferred across all four walls
an array of diamond-shaped channels. Two different fluid through the water-permeable membrane.
streams can be directed through alternate channels in a 0055. The square- and diamond-shaped channels arrange
counter-flow configuration. Flow into the plane of the paper is ments are topologically and functionally equivalent, and Sub
indicated by a cross, and flow out of the plane of the paper is assemblies with square channels can be oriented during
indicated by a dot. In such an array each diamond-shaped assembly to provide diamond channels and vice versa. Other
channel shares its walls with as many as four other channels. channel shapes such as parallelograms may also be created by
Heat and humidity can be transferred across all four walls of stacking layers of pleated membranes.
the channel through the water-permeable membrane. For a 0056. In some embodiments, the pleated membrane sheets
given channel, the flow in adjacent channels is in the opposite may be separated by a mesh or other suitable material, con
direction to the flow in the given channel. This is referred to as figured in a sheet or in Strips arranged perpendicular to the
a counter-flow configuration. channels, or other Suitable configuration. This construction
0050 Each fluid stream is independent of the other and can be used instead of, or in addition to, the use of glue or
does not depend on the peak-to-peak adhesion of the pleated welding along the pleat lines. This approach can reduce the
membranes to provide a seal, so there is reduced potential for tendency for the pleats to slip into one another during assem
cross-leakage between the two streams. If a peak seal were bly and can provide structural Support. This construction can
not perfect, any leak into an adjacent channel would be a be applied in the square or diamond arrangements described
channel carrying the same fluid, and would not cause mixing above.
of the two streams or adversely affect heat or mass transfer. 0057 FIG. 6A is a cross-sectional view showing a pleated
0051 FIG. 4C is a cross-sectional view also showing an water-permeable membrane sheet and a flat water-permeable
arrangement of water-permeable membrane sheets forming membrane sheet positioned below it. The pleated lines (the
an array of diamond-shaped channels. In this example, the lower peaks in the cross-sectional view) in the pleated mem
peaks of the diamonds, along the pleated lines of the mem brane sheet can be glued, welded or otherwise attached to the
brane, are flattened to provide a larger area for attachment to flat membrane sheet to create parallel channels of triangular
peaks in adjacent membrane sheets. This embodiment can cross-section. These channels each have three boundaries
provide a mechanically stronger Sub-assembly of membrane across which heat and humidity can be transferred. Stacking
sheets with substantially the same sensible and latent transfer alternate sheets of pleated membrane and flat membrane cre
as the arrangement shown in FIG. 4B. An alternative to flat ates a mechanically self-supported structure that requires no
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
spacers or other Supporting material. In this arrangement, ently self-extinguishing; or a plastic comprising one or more
again all flow channels walls are water-permeable allowing flame-retardant additives, such as magnesium hydroxide.
heat and humidity transfer to occur between all adjacent 0063. Manifold sections may be made in a wide range of
channels. different ways. For example, features in manifold section(s)
0.058 FIG. 6B is a cross-sectional view of a stack of mem can be vacuum-formed or thermoformed or stamped therein.
brane sheets in this configuration with the membranes form In some embodiments the manifold sections are formed with
ing an array of channels that are triangular in cross-section. features and then attached to the membrane. Alternatively the
Two different fluid streams can be directed through alternate manifold sections could be injection molded as separate plas
channels in a counter-flow configuration. As before, flow into tic pieces, and then attached to the pleated membrane, or they
the plane of the paper is indicated by a cross, and flow out of could be injection molded directly onto the edges of the
the plane of the paper is indicated by a dot. Each channel pleated membrane. The membrane can be adhered to the
shares its walls with as many as three other channels. Heat and manifold section using a Suitable glue, adhesive or other
humidity can be transferred across all three walls through the bonding agent, tape or the like. Some polyurethane-based
water-permeable membrane. glues have been found to be suitable for this purpose. Other
0059. The manufacturing method of pleating and then glu types of adhesive can be used, such as epoxies, hot melts,
ing, welding or otherwise attaching pleated membrane sheets cyanoacrylates, and even membrane coating materials that
to one another allows thinner membrane materials to be used may also be useful to prevent or reduce cross-over contami
and still have the strength to be self-supporting in the result nation. Alternatively, depending on the membrane and mani
ing 3D-structure. The resulting sub-assembly does not have to fold section material, it may be possible to thermally weld,
be held under tension. Furthermore this self-supporting struc vibration weld, ultrasonically weld, or otherwise bond the
ture can provide channels having walls that offer increased components together.
rigidity because they are supported by other parts of the 0064. The attachment of the membrane to the manifold
structure even though the walls may be formed of a relatively section should create a leak-proof seal to prevent cross-con
thin, flexible membrane material. This increased rigidity may tamination between the two fluid streams. The bond should be
offer reduced pressure drop and improved uniformity of flow strong enough to prevent delamination of the membrane from
distribution through the core. Further, the structure facilitates the manifold section when there is a high differential pressure
providing channels that have consistent channel dimensions between the fluid streams on opposite sides of the membrane.
which further aids in achieving good uniformity of flow 0065. A benefit to this composite structure with pleated
among the channels. membrane adhered to the transitioning manifold sections is
0060. In the embodiments of stacked, pleated membrane that the manifold sections may provide mechanical Support to
sub-assemblies described above the pleated water-permeable the water transfer membrane. Where manifold sections pro
membrane layers define a three-dimensional array of parallel vide Such mechanical Support, the core may be self-support
channels arranged in a regular pattern. Each of the channel ing with reduced attachment between adjacent layers. Each
walls, defined by the membrane material, separates channels layer may be constructed separately. The layers may each
of first and second types, e.g. for carrying wet and dry form a self-supporting structure, much like a truss. The lay
streams, respectively. The two fluid streams can be directed ers, each including manifold sections and a moisture-ex
through the channels so that the wet and dry streams flow in change section may then be stacked together to form a heat
counter-flow to one another. This provides more efficient and humidity exchanger.
transfer of heat and moisture with high sensible and latent 0066. The ratio of water-permeable membrane area to
transfer. water impermeable manifold material area in the layers of the
0061. In order to provide manifolds for supply and dis pleated membrane core assembly may be adjusted to adjust
charge of the gas streams, the individual sheets of pleated the relative amounts of sensible heat and latent heat (mois
membrane can each be attached to a manifold section (before ture) that are transferred by the pleated membrane core.
they are stacked) forming a manifold/membrane Sub-assem Increasing the area of water permeable membrane facilitates
bly. The manifold/membrane sub-assemblies may then be increased moisture transfer.
stacked and glued together to form a core. The manifold 0067. In other embodiments the manifold section may
section can be in the form of a unitary frame that borders the comprise the same material as the water permeable mem
sheet of pleated membrane on all sides, or can be in two (or brane region, for example the manifold section may comprise
more) separate pieces that are, for example, attached to oppo a water-permeable membrane layer that is formable. This
site ends of the pleated membrane sheet. sheet of formable material may make up a layer that includes
0062. The manifold section can be made of a different both a pleated region which will define counter-flow channels
material than the membrane, such as a material that is not when stacked together with an adjacent layer and manifold
permeable to water orgas, and is stiffer and stronger than the regions that are configured so as, when stacked together with
membrane. For example, the manifold section material can be an adjacent layer, to direct a flow into channels at one end of
plastic, aluminum or any other suitable material that provides the pleated region and to receive the flow on the other side of
Some structural Support to the membrane and the stacked the pleated region (see FIG. 15 below, for example). For
core, while still providing heat transfer in the manifold example, such a layer may be made of coated PET non-woven
region. Preferably the material of the manifold section is less membrane, with properties that allow it to be molded or
than 0.012 inches (about 4 mm) in thickness. The manifold formed with pleats, ribs, bumps, and/or other out-of-plane
section may be made of a flame retardant material which will features through the application of heat and/or pressure.
reduce the tendency for a flame to spread to the membrane Embodiments where a manifold section is also water-perme
section and increase compliance with flammability require able permit increased humidity transfer due to the larger
ments. For example, the manifold section may be made of transfer area. The transition from the inlet or outlet to the
aluminum or other metals; PVC, which is generally inher center straight channels can follow the same lofting as
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
described below, to transition from a wide rectangular area (indicated by arrows 780) exits a second set of diamond
into alternating cells of channels arranged laterally. shaped channels 785 via the plenum formed above the upper
0068. The design of the manifold sections is such that, manifold section 730. The fluids are in a cross-flow configu
when they are stacked in the assembled core, they enable a ration in the manifold region.
first fluid stream to enter into alternate channels laterally (a 0074 FIG. 8 is a plan view of the upper manifold/mem
first type of channel), and enable a second fluid stream (flow brane assembly shown in FIGS. 7A & 7B.
ing through the core in the opposite direction) to exit from the 0075 FIGS. 9A-D are intended to illustrate the smooth
other channels (second type of channel). Similarly at the other transition from the manifold region into the channels. FIG.
face of the core, the manifold receives the first fluid stream 9A is a cross-sectional view at location A-A in FIG.8. FIG.
from the first channel type and directs the second fluid stream 9A shows the plenum 750 for the first fluid stream 770 below
into the alternating channels of the second type. The two fluid the manifold section 730, and the plenum for the second fluid
streams are fluidly isolated from one another so that they do Steam 780 above the manifold Section 730. The first stream
not mix. The manifolds can be designed to ensure Smooth 770 enters the lower plenum 750 and the second stream 780
flow transition between the manifold regions and the channels exits the upper plenum, as indicated by the broad arrows. FIG.
So as to reduce or minimize the overall pressure drop through 9B shows a view looking down the channels from a cross
the exchanger device. section at location B-B in FIG. 8. The plenum floor/roof is
0069. The manifold sections may be constructed to still flat at this point but gradually transitions into a Zig-Zag
include features that improve performance of a heat and cross-section to correspond to the membrane pleats. These
humidity exchanger by providing increased heat and/or transitions in the transition region 735 of manifold section
humidity transfer between fluids and/or reduced pressure 730 are visible in FIG.9B as solid triangles above and below
drop. For example: the flat plane of the plenum roof/floor. FIG.9C shows a view
0070 a. Ribs in intake manifold sections may be con looking down the channels from a cross-section at location
figured to direct flow evenly into each channel, and ribs C-C in FIG.8. This shows the gradual shaping of the manifold
in output manifold sections may be configured to allow section in transition region 735 into a wavy cross-section. At
flow from multiple channels to smoothly recombine into this point the waves are not quite as deep as the Zig-Zag
an output flow: membrane pleats, and the further slope of manifold transition
(0071 b. In embodiments where the manifold is regions 735 are visible above and below the wavy cross
bounded on one side by a flat membrane sheet, ribs in the section in FIG. 9C. FIG. 9D is a cross-sectional view at
manifold sections may be arranged to provide good Sup location D-D in FIG. 8 showing the zig-zag cross-section of
port to the membrane sheet by providing closer rib-to the pleated membrane 710.
rib spacing especially in areas where the membrane (0076 FIG. 10 shows how the plenums created between
sheet could sag; adjacent manifold sections in a stacked core assembly (simi
0072 c. Material of the manifold sections may be made lar to that shown in FIG. 7A) correspond to the diamond
thin (e.g. 0.004 inches to 0.012 inches-about 0.01 cm to shaped channels that they are Supplying/discharging. The first
0.03 cm). The use of thin materials for the manifold fluid can flow in a straight path between the unshaded area of
section can enhance the Smoothness of the transitions the channels of the first type and the supply plenum for the
from channels into the manifolds, increase the cross first fluid. Similarly, the second fluid can flow in a straight
sectional areas of plenums formed between the manifold path between the unshaded area of the channels of the second
sections, and also improve heat transfer through the and the discharge plenum for the second fluid. In this embodi
material of the manifold sections. ment there is a straight path connection between the plenum
0073 FIG. 7A shows a simplified exploded 3D view of an and most of the cross-sectional area of the corresponding
assembly 700 comprising a pair of pleated membrane sheets channels. This reduces the pressure drop by avoiding an
710 and 720 that, when stacked, form parallel channels with abrupt transition in the direction of flow, and eliminating the
a diamond-shaped cross-section. Manifold sections 730 and need for a long transition region, between the plenum and the
740 are attached to each membrane sheet. The two manifold channel.
sections form a plenum 750 between them, with a rectangular (0077 FIG. 11A shows a simplified exploded isometric
opening via which a first fluid stream can be supplied to the view of an assembly 1100 like that of FIG. 7A, but with an
channels formed between the two membrane layers. The additional flat membrane sheet 1115 interposed between the
stacked manifold sections 730 and 740 are shaped to provide pair of pleated membrane sheets 1110 and 1120 thereby
smooth transition regions 735 and 745 between the plenum forming parallel channels with a triangular-shaped cross-sec
750, which has a rectangular cross-section, and the triangles tion. The pleated membranes 1110 and 1120 are preferably
that form half of each diamond-shaped channel. As another glued or otherwise bonded to the flat membrane sheet 1115
assembly is stacked above the one illustrated in FIG. 7A, a along the pleat lines, to improve structural rigidity of the
similar plenum is formed above the upper manifold section assembly and to allow the membrane channels to better with
730, for the second fluid steam which is exiting the diamond stand pressure differentials. The bond along the pleat lines
shaped channels defined in part by upper Surface of the upper does not need to be leak-proof, however, as any leak would be
membrane 710. Thus the stacked manifold sections form a into an adjacent channel of the same type (i.e. carrying the
series of layered plenums alternating for the first and second same fluid stream). Manifold sections 1130 and 1140 are
fluids respectively. FIG. 7B shows a simplified 3D partial attached to each pleated membrane sheet. Plenums 1150 and
cut-away view of two fluid streams following through the 1155, each with a rectangular opening, are formed between
diamond-shaped channels in counter-flow. The first fluid each manifold section 1130 and 1140 and the adjacent flat
stream (indicated by arrows 770) enters a first set of diamond membrane sheet 1115, via which a first and second fluid
shaped channels 775 via the plenum formed between the two streams can be supplied to the channels formed between the
manifold sections 730 and 740, and the second fluid stream pleated and flat membrane layers. The manifold sections
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
1130 and 1140 are shaped to provide smooth transition the fluid streams can also be incorporated into the manifold
regions 1135 and 1145 between the plenums, which have a sections to improve performance. The use of vacuum-formed
rectangular cross-section, and the triangular-shaped chan or thermoformed manifold entrance and exit sections allows
nels. FIG. 11B shows the flow of two fluid streams (in a a variety of counter-flow sizes to be produced with varying
cross-flow configuration) on opposite sides of one manifold channel heights without significant investment in tooling
section 1130a that in the illustrated embodiment has ribs (such as would be the case with injection molded separators
1190 to direct the flow and support the membrane 1115. FIG. currently in use).
11C is a plan view illustrating the flow pattern of two fluid 0083. In illustrated embodiments the manifold members
streams in an assembly similar to the one shown in FIG. 11A. are each connected to the core along a first edge, have an
0078. In the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 11A, the flat up-turned wall along a second edge and a down-turned wall
membrane sheet extends into manifold region. This can be along a third edge Such that, when stacked together the mani
advantageous as it allows heat and moisture transfer to occur fold members form a column of plenums that openalternately
between the fluid steams in adjacent plenums, as well as in the to sides corresponding to the first and second edges.
pleated membrane region. However, without adequate Sup I0084 FIG. 14A is a plan view of a manifold/membrane
port in this region, deflection of the membrane can occur, subassembly 1400 with a central pleated membrane 1410 and
increasing the pressure drop, and so it may be necessary to manifold sections 1430 and 1440 attached at each end, where
provide Supporting ribs or features in the manifold sections. the channels have a diamond cross-section. The manifold
The flat sheet of membrane is attached to the edges of the sections 1430 and 1440 include ribs on one side to direct the
adjacent manifold sections to create a leak-proof seal. Suit fluid stream into the respective channels. FIG. 14B is a plan
able adhesives, or welding techniques may be used, such as view of a manifold/membrane subassembly 1450 with a cen
for example, thermal welding, vibration welding, ultrasonic tral pleated membrane 1460 and manifold sections 1480 and
welding, or RF welding. 1490 attached at each end, where the channels have a trian
0079. In other similar embodiments, the flat membrane gular cross-section. In this embodiment the manifold sections
sheet does not extend into the manifold region, but is attached 1480 and 1490 include ribs on both sides of the midplane of
to manifold sections made from a different material. These the manifold section to direct the fluid streams into the respec
stack with the manifold sections shown in FIG. 11A to define tive triangular-shaped channels.
alternating plenums for the first and second fluid streams. In I0085. The assembled core can be potted along the sides
either case, the stacked manifold sections are shaped to pro and ends. It can be encased in a metal or plastic frame which
vide smooth transitions between the plenums (which have a can also assist in blocking flame spread to allow for compli
rectangular cross-section) and the triangular-shaped chan ance with flammability standards. A metal frame can also act
nels. as a heat sink. For ERV applications the core can be housed in
0080 FIG. 12 shows how the plenums created between the an enclosure, which can also house fans to move the air
flat membrane sheets and adjacent manifold sections in a streams, ducting, as well as filters, control electronics and
stacked core assembly (similar to that shown in FIG. 11A) other components.
correspond to the triangular-shaped channels that they are I0086. The present membrane cores are readily manufac
Supplying/discharging. The first fluid can flow in a straight turable and can be readily scaled to different sizes, as the
path between unshaded area of the channels of the first type pleated membrane can be cut to different sizes to suit the
and the supply plenum for the first fluid. Similarly, the second particular end-use application and the number of layers in the
fluid can flow in a straight path between the unshaded area of stack can be varied.
the channels of the second type and the discharge plenum for I0087 Any membrane material that can be pleated and has
the second fluid. Once again, in this embodiment there is a the requisite water-permeability and other properties, is Suit
straight path connection between the plenum and most of the able for use in the above-described pleated membrane cores.
cross-sectional area of the corresponding channels. Membranes that have been used or suggested for ERV appli
0081. A manifolding arrangement similar to those cations include cellulose films; cellulose fibre or glass fibre
described above can be provided for box-pleated membrane papers or porous polymer films that are coated or impregnated
sub-assemblies, such as shown in FIG. 5B. FIG. 13 shows with a hydrophilic polymer or a hydrophilic polymer-desic
how the plenums created between adjacent manifold sections cant mixture; thin film composites manufactured via interfa
in Such a stacked core assembly would correspond to the cial polymerization; laminated membranes made from a
square-shaped channels that they are Supplying/discharging. blown film on a non-woven Support layer, laminated mem
The first fluid can flow in a straight path between unshaded branes comprising an ionomer film bonded to a porous Sup
area of the channels of the first type and the supply plenum for port; and sulphonated and carboxylated ionomer films. Other
the first fluid. Similarly, the second fluid can flow in a straight materials involve applying a water-permeable coating to the
path between the unshaded area of the channels of the second microporous Substrate. Composite membrane materials com
type and the discharge plenum for the second fluid. In this prising a porous desiccant-loaded polymer Substrate that is
embodiment there is a straight path connection between the coated on one Surface with a water-permeable polymer have
plenum and about 50% of the cross-sectional area of the been found to be particularly suitable for ERV and similar
corresponding channels. applications. Examples of Such membranes are described in
0082. The manifold sections can have features formed in published PCT Application No. WO2010/132983.
one or both surfaces to direct the flow from the plenums into Membranes of this type can retain a pleat once folded, which
the corresponding channels, such as the ribs shown in FIG. tends to increase the strength of the membrane channels in the
11B. Such features can, for example, improve flow distribu core designs described herein.
tion. They can also support the membrane if it extends into 0088. In some embodiments, a membrane that is formable
this region (for example, as in the embodiments illustrated in or can be corrugated may be used. Engineered composite
FIG.11A). Features that will promote mixing or turbulence of membrane materials which can be formed to create features
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
and hold various structures, may allow increased perfor Example 3

mance and decreased cost in membrane-based devices Such
as those described herein. For example, the use of a electro Third and Fourth Prototype ERV Cores
spun nanofibrous membrane on a formable backer in a 0093. A third prototype was made with triangular chan
counter-flow heat and humidity transfer device takes advan nels in a core with a larger footprint size. A fourth prototype
tage of the formable property of the membrane. A number of was also built with taller triangular channels.
methods may be available with which to form the membrane, 0094) Dimensions of the channels may be selected to pro
e.g. with channels or other features, (with or without the use vide a desired balance between rate of heat and mass transfer
of heat) such as compression molding, vacuum forming or and pressure drop. The third prototype triangular-pleated
Stamping. membrane core had a pitch, or layer-to-layer membrane spac
I0089 FIG. 15 is a photo of a layer made entirely from a ing, of 3.2 mm in the straight counter-flow section. This
formable water permeable membrane comprising a coated resulted in a channel entrance height of approximately 1.6
nanofibrous layer on a polyester spunbond nonwoven fabric mm. Such a small height signifies a relatively low hydraulic
Support layer. The layer comprises manifold regions at each diameter in the entrance and exit areas of each layer, resulting
end, and a central section with Straight channels, all made of in a pressure drop that was higher than desired. The fourth
the same material. The features were formed in the membrane prototype was constructed to demonstrate that pressure drop
layer by heating it (80° C.) in a compression mold. Such can be reduced by providing different channel dimensions. In
layers can be stacked to form an ERV core assembly. In a the fourth prototype, the layer-to-layer spacing was 4.5 mm.
specific example embodiment, sheets of polyester spunbond This increased the entrance and exit heights of the manifolds
nonwoven fabric (Smash Specialty Nonwoven Y15100) were to approximately 2.2 mm. The reduction in pressure drop
obtained from Asahi Kasei. These materials are designed for achieved in the fourth prototype versus the third prototype is
formability under low heat (<100° C.). Coatings of PAN illustrated in FIG. 17.
nanofibres were deposited on these support layers with three 0.095 With an increase in pitch spacing in the centerchan
different loadings. The nanofibrous layers were then impreg nel section, fewer layers would be incorporated for the same
nated with aqueous solutions of a polyetherpolyurethane co overall height, or volume, of core. A reduction in number of
polymer at three concentrations (13, 15, and 17% by weight). layers would result in a reduction in the overall membrane
The materials were dried in an oven at 50° C. Surface area in the core, reducing the transport area and
diminishing performance. However, this was compensated in
EXPERIMENTAL, EXAMPLES the fourth prototype by incorporating more tightly spaced
pleats (less distance between pleats) in the pleated counter
flow sections, thereby packing more membrane in the straight
Example 1 counter-flow section in the middle of the core. By going from
about a 90° pleat tip angle to about a 60° pleat tip angle,
First Prototype ERV Core Multi-Directional enough membrane was incorporated into the fourth prototype
Transfer to offset the reduction in the number of layers.
0096. An ERV is typically operated in laminar flow in the
0090 Multi-directional transfer was demonstrated using a layers of the core, so heat and mass transfer is only a function
prototype with a vacuum-formed corrugated plastic spacer of hydraulic diameter and Nusselt number (a type of dimen
designed to have approximately the same heat transfer as a sionless temperature gradient), which is constant for a given
pleated membrane. The prototype showed the predicted geometry if the flow is laminar. As discussed in the literature
increase in heat transfer compared to a counter-flow design (e.g., Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer, Vol. 18, pp. 849-862, 1975),
with only vertical (1-dimensional) transfer for the same pres for triangular ducts in laminar flow the Nusselt number will
Sure drop. The increase was due to the multi-dimensional decrease as one moves away from an equilateral triangle. The
nature of the transfer. change of pleat angle from 90° to 60° in the fourth prototype
therefore also compensated for the decrease in number of
Example 2 layers.
0097. The graph shown in FIG. 18 shows the performance
of these third and fourth prototype ERV cores, as a function of
Second Prototype ERV Core Pleated Membrane flow rate. The graph shows the effectiveness of sensible heat
and latent (moisture) transfer was quite similar for the two
0091. A second prototype was made using pleated mem prototypes.
brane in the counter-flow section, with thermoformed plastic 0098. Heat and humidity exchangers as described herein
manifold sections for the entrances and exits. A polyurethane may be applied, for example, to exchange heat and humidity
glue was used to attach the membrane to the manifold sec between a flow of fresh air entering a building and a flow of air
tions. When compared on a normalized flow basis, the heat being vented from a building.
transfer compared favorably to state-of-the-art commercial 0099 While a number of exemplary aspects and embodi
HRV cores. The prototype performed better in moisture trans ments have been discussed above, those of skill in the art will
fer than commercially available cores. recognize certain modifications, permutations, additions and
0092. The graph shown in FIG.16 shows the performance sub-combinations thereof. It is therefore intended that the
of an ERV core, comprising this second prototype stacked following appended claims and claims hereafter introduced
pleated membrane, as a function of flow rate. The graph are interpreted to include all Such modifications, permuta
shows the effectiveness of sensible heat and latent (moisture) tions, additions and Sub-combinations as are within their true
transfer for the pleated membrane core. spirit and scope.
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
Interpretation of Terms preferred embodiments set forth in the examples, but should
0100. Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, be given the broadest interpretation consistent with the
throughout the description and the claims: description as a whole.
0.101) “comprise.” “comprising, and the like are to be 1. A heat and humidity exchanger comprising:
construed in an inclusive sense, as opposed to an exclu a core comprising a plurality of water vapor-permeable
sive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in the sense of sheets, the sheets layered and at least some of the sheets
“including, but not limited to. pleated to provide a plurality of groups of channels
0102) “connected.” “coupled, or any variant thereof, extending through the core, each of the plurality of
means any connection or coupling, either direct or indi groups of channels comprising channels defined
rect, between two or more elements; the coupling or between two adjacent ones of the sheets and extending
connection between the elements can be physical, logi along the pleats of at least one of the pleated sheets,
cal, or a combination thereof. a plurality of plenums formed on opposed sides of the core,
(0103 “herein,” “above.” “below, and words of similar the plenums on each of the opposed sides of the core
import, when used to describe this specification shall configured such that the channels of groups of channels
refer to this specification as a whole and not to any on opposing sides of the same one of the sheets are
particular portions of this specification. fluidly connected to different ones of the plenums;
0.104 “or” in reference to a list of two or more items, wherein the plenums are defined at least in part by manifold
covers all of the following interpretations of the word: members attached along opposite edges of the sheets, at
any of the items in the list, all of the items in the list, and least one of the manifold members comprising a sheet
any combination of the items in the list. that is connected to and follows an edge of one of the
0105 the singular forms “a” “an and “the also pleated water vapor-permeable sheets.
include the meaning of any appropriate plural forms. 2.-6. (canceled)
0106 Words that indicate directions such as “vertical.” 7. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1
“transverse,” “horizontal,” “upward,” “downward,” “for wherein the manifold members are made of the same material
ward,” “backward,” “inward,” “outward,” “vertical,” “trans as the water vapor-permeable membrane sheets.
verse,” “left,” “right,” “front,” “back’.” “top” “bottom.” 8.-9. (canceled)
“below,” “above.” “under and the like, used in this descrip 10. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1
tion and any accompanying claims (where present) depend on wherein the manifold members comprise a material that is
the specific orientation of the apparatus described and illus different from a material of the water vapor-permeable sheets.
trated. The subject matter described herein may assume vari 11. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 10
ous alternative orientations. Accordingly, these directional wherein the manifold members comprise a thermoformed
terms are not strictly defined and should not be interpreted plastic material.
narrowly. 12. (canceled)
0107. Where a component (e.g. a core, structure, plenum, 13. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1
fan, duct, etc.) is referred to above, unless otherwise indi wherein the manifold members attached to the pleated water
cated, reference to that component (including a reference to a vapor-permeable sheets have edges formed to follow the
“means’) should be interpreted as including as equivalents of pleats of the pleated sheets and a transition Zone wherein the
that component any component which performs the function manifold members gradually become flatter with distance
of the described component (i.e., that is functionally equiva from the edges of the manifold members.
lent), including components which are not structurally 14.-17. (canceled)
equivalent to the disclosed structure which performs the func 18. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1
tion in the illustrated exemplary embodiments of the inven wherein the core is made up of alternating flat water vapor
tion. permeable membrane sheets and pleated water vapor-perme
0108 Specific examples of systems, methods and appara able membrane sheets.
tus have been described herein for purposes of illustration. 19. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 18
These are only examples. The technology provided herein wherein the flat membrane sheets extend between manifold
can be applied to systems other than the example systems members attached to adjacent pleated sheets to separate adja
described above. Many alterations, modifications, additions, cent plenums.
omissions and permutations are possible within the practice 20. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 19
of this invention. This invention includes variations on
described embodiments that would be apparent to the skilled wherein the manifold members comprise sheets of material
addressee, including variations obtained by: replacing fea that are ribbed on two opposing sides and the flat water
tures, elements and/or acts with equivalent features, elements vapor-permeable membrane sheets are Supported between
and/or acts; mixing and matching offeatures, elements and/or ribs of the adjacent manifold members.
acts from different embodiments; combining features, ele 21. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 18
ments and/or acts from embodiments as described herein with wherein the channels are triangular in cross-section.
features, elements and/or acts of other technology; and/or 22.-26. (canceled)
omitting combining features, elements and/or acts from 27. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1
described embodiments. wherein the plurality of channels are quadrilateral in cross
0109. It is therefore intended that the following appended section.
claims and claims hereafter introduced are interpreted to 28.-31. (canceled)
include all Such modifications, permutations, additions, 32. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1
omissions and Sub-combinations as may reasonably be wherein the plenums are connected to carry first and second
inferred. The scope of the claims should not be limited by the fluid flows through the channels of the core such that the first
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
and second flows are carried in alternating ones of the groups 61.-65. (canceled)
of channels and the first and second flows flow in opposing 66. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 38
directions through the core. wherein the plurality of channels are quadrilateral in cross
33. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1 section.
wherein a first group of the plurality of channels extends from 67-70. (canceled)
a first plenum through the core to a second plenum, a second 71. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 38
group of the plurality of channels extends from a third plenum wherein the plenums are connected to carry first and second
through the core to a fourth plenum, each of the plurality of fluid flows through the channels of the core such that the
channels in the first group have walls in common with a channels carrying the first flow are separated from channels
plurality of the channels of the second group and each of the carrying the second flow by the water vapor permeable mem
plurality of channels in the second group have walls in com brane sheets of the core.
mon with a plurality of the channels of the first group. 72. (canceled)
34. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1 73. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 38
wherein each of the channels comprises a plurality of walls wherein each of the channels comprises a plurality of walls
and each of the channel walls is water vapor-permeable. and each of the channel walls is water vapor-permeable.
35. (canceled) 74-76. (canceled)
36. An energy recovery ventilator for a building compris 77. An energy recovery ventilator for a building compris
ing a heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 1. ing a heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 38.
37. Use of a heat and humidity exchanger according to 78. Use of a heat and humidity exchanger according to
claim 1 for exchanging heat and humidity between a flow of claim 38 for exchanging heat and humidity between a flow of
fresh air entering a building and a flow of air exiting the fresh air entering a building and a flow of air exiting the
building. building.
38. A heat and humidity exchanger comprising: 79. A heat and humidity exchanger comprising:
a core comprising a plurality of channels, a first group of a core comprising a plurality of channels each having a
the plurality of channels extending from a first plenum triangular cross-section, a first group of the plurality of
through the core to a second plenum, a second group of channels extending from a first plenum through the core
the plurality of channels extending from a third plenum to a second plenum, a second group of the plurality of
through the core to a fourth plenum, each of the plurality channels extending from a third plenum through the core
of channels in the first group having walls in common to a fourth plenum, each of the plurality of channels in
with a plurality of the channels of the second group and the first group having walls in common with a plurality
each of the plurality of channels in the second group of the channels of the second group and each of the
having walls in common with a plurality of the channels plurality of channels in the second group having walls in
of the first group; common with a plurality of the channels of the first
the plurality of channels defined by a plurality of water group, each of the common walls being water vapor
vapor-permeable membrane sheets, at least one of the permeable.
water vapor-permeable membrane sheets being pleated, 80. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 79
the pleated water vapor-permeable membrane sheet wherein the channels of the first and second groups of chan
defining a plurality of the walls of each of a plurality of nels are straight and parallel to one another.
the first group of channels; 81. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 79
wherein the first and fourth plenums are separated at least wherein the core comprises a plurality of vapor-permeable
in part by a manifold sheet that is connected to and membrane stacked vapor-permeable membrane sheets and
follows an edge of the pleated water vapor-permeable the plenums are defined at least in part by manifold members
membrane sheet. attached to the water vapor-permeable membrane sheets of
39. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 38 the core.
wherein the second and third plenums are separated at least in 82.-84. (canceled)
part by a second manifold sheet that is connected to and 85. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 81
follows an edge of the pleated water vapor-permeable mem wherein the manifold members are each connected to the core
brane sheet. along a first edge, have an up-turned wall along a second edge
40.-48. (canceled) and a down-turned wall along a third edge Such that, when
49. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 39 stacked together the manifold members form a stack of ple
wherein the manifold sheets comprise a material that is dif nums that open alternately to sides corresponding to the first
ferent from a material of the water vapor-permeable sheets. and second edges.
50-56. (canceled) 86-87. (canceled)
wherein the core is made up of alternating flat water vapor wherein the manifold members are made of the same material
permeable membrane sheets and pleated water vapor-perme as the water vapor-permeable membrane sheets.
able membrane sheets. 89. (canceled)
wherein the flat membrane sheets extend between manifold wherein the manifold members comprise a material that is
members attached to adjacent pleated sheets to separate adja different from a material of the water vapor-permeable sheets.
cent plenums. 91. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 90
59. (canceled) wherein the manifold members comprise a thermoformed
60. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 57 plastic material.
wherein the channels are triangular in cross-section. 92. (canceled)
US 2014/0326432 A1 Nov. 6, 2014
93. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 79 104. A heat and water vapor exchanger comprising:
wherein the core comprises a plurality of pleated water vapor a core structure comprising a plurality of layered water
permeable membrane sheets and manifold members attached vapor permeable sheets attached together to form a self
to the pleated water vapor-permeable sheets have edges Supporting structure, a plurality of the layered water
formed to follow the pleats of the pleated sheets and a tran vapor permeable sheets being pleated Such that triangu
sition Zone wherein the manifold members gradually become lar channels extend through the core;
flatter with distance from the edges of the manifold members. a manifold structure comprising manifold members
94-98. (canceled) attached along edges of the vapor permeable membrane
99. A heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 79 sheets of the core, the manifold members forming
wherein the core is made up of alternating flat water vapor stacked plenums such that channels extending through
permeable membrane sheets and pleated water vapor-perme the core between different pairs of adjacent ones of the
able membrane sheets, and the flat membrane sheets extend water vapor permeable membrane sheets are in fluid
between manifold members attached to adjacent pleated communication with different ones of the plenums.
sheets to separate adjacent plenums. 105. A heat and water vapor exchanger according to claim
100-101. (canceled) 104 wherein the core comprises a stack of pleated sheets of
102. An energy recovery ventilator for a building compris water vapor permeable membrane alternating with flat sheets
ing a heat and humidity exchanger according to claim 79. of water vapor permeable membrane.
103. Use of a heat and humidity exchanger according to 106. A heat and water vapor exchanger according to claim
105 wherein the manifold members are of a material different
any one of claims 79 to 101 for exchanging heat and humidity
between a flow of freshair entering a building and a flow of air from that of the water vapor permeable membrane sheets.
exiting the building. k k k k k
Kim Int. J. Air-Cond. Ref. (2022) 30:16 International Journal of
https://doi.org/10.1007/s44189-022-00016-2
Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration
RESEARCH Open Access
Design optimization of cross‑counter flow

compact heat exchanger for energy recovery
ventilator
Won Seok Kim*
Abstract
Energy recovery ventilators (ERVs) are the key equipment to fresh air ventilation, which is helpful for the control of
respiratory diseases like COVID-19. In this paper, design optimization of the compact heat exchanger in a proposed
heat recovery ventilator of the energy efficient building has been carried out and discussed. Appropriate theoretical
models are required to evaluate system performance and potential energy savings. This is challenging because of the
complexity of the preferred module combining cross- and counter-flow regions. The objective of the design optimiza-
tion is to maximize the heat transfer effectiveness and to minimize the pressure loss of the compact heat exchanger
with limited space. In this study, the allowable dimensions, heat transfer specifications and design requirements of the
proposed heat exchanger are firstly defined. Then, the flow configuration, numbers, and dimensions of the air flow
channels inside the heat exchanger are identified as the design parameters. A systematic design and optimization
method for heat exchanger effectiveness improvement is explored. Furthermore, a detailed mathematical modeling
is conducted and validated against the experimental results using the effectiveness-NTU method. It is found that the
proposed modeling method is expected to be used to design of the compact heat exchanger. Finally, guidelines for
improving the heat transfer effectiveness of air-to-air heat recovery ventilator were derived.
Keywords: Compact heat exchanger, Heat recovery ventilator, Heat transfer effectiveness, Pressure loss, Cross-
counter flow
1 Introduction heat exchange ventilation devices with heat recovery

Ventilation is very important for the health and com- structure is continuously increasing, mainly in build-
fort of the residents. Sufficient fresh air supply is help- ings and residential houses. Generally, heat recovery
ful for the prevention of epidemic respiratory diseases ventilation system means a device for exchanging heat
like COVID-19, but heat losses by ventilation without between external fresh air and indoor warm air without
heat recovery are significant due to hot or cold envi- installing a separate heat source (see Fig. 1). Air heat
ronment outside. In order to at the same time satisfy exchanger is the key equipment to fresh air ventilation
the need for ventilation and energy saving, heat recov- system, which is helpful for energy recovery. Hence,
ery means must be prepared. Recently, due to changes how to promote the heat exchanger performance is
in awareness of the environment and the government’s commonly studied. Without heat recovery, ventilation
strengthening of related regulations, the demand for air increases energy consumption of buildings since
outdoor air must be cooled or heated to bring it close
to the indoor thermal comfort conditions. Air-to-air
*Correspondence: wskim3@inje.ac.kr energy recovery systems can be employed in buildings
Department of Electronic, Telecommunications, Mechanical, and Automotive to precondition the supply air by using the exhaust air
Engineering, Inje University, 197 Inje‑Ro, Gimhae‑Si, Gyeongsangnam‑Do
50834, Republic of Korea
energy to reduce the energy consumption. This also
© The Author(s) 2022. Open Access This article is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which
permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the
original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the Creative Commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. The images or
other third party material in this article are included in the article’s Creative Commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line
to the material. If material is not included in the article’s Creative Commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory
regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. To view a copy of this
licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.
Kim Int. J. Air-Cond. Ref. (2022) 30:16 Page 2 of 15
Fig. 1 Heat recovery ventilation system
reduces the size of heating and cooling facilities when surfaces achieve heat transfer enhancement through the
the indoor air quality is satisfactory [1]. flow patterns introduced by velocity changes, such as
The heat transfer coefficient of ventilator is very little the triangular and rectangular fins. On the other hand,
due to the low temperature difference between the out- interrupted surfaces achieve heat transfer enhancement
side inlet air and building exhaust air and the charac- by the continuous growth and destruction of laminar
teristics of the sensible heat exchange between air and boundary layers on the interrupted portion of the geom-
air. Therefore, it is required to design a high efficiency etry, such as the offset strip, wavy, louvered, and perfo-
heat exchanger suitable for this. Being characterized by rated fins. Figure 4 shows the comparison of heat transfer
high heat transfer area per unit volume, compact heat coefficient and friction power of six extended surfaces on
exchangers are convenient for applications where space the similar compactness basis. The interesting feature of
is restricted. The most common definition of compact this plot is the very wide difference in heat transfer coef-
heat exchangers in literature is heat exchangers having ficient and friction power for a given Reynolds num-
a surface area density greater than about 700 m2/m3. A ber for the continuous and interrupted surfaces. In this
plate fin heat exchanger (PFHE) is a type of compact heat study, two representative fin configurations, continuous
exchanger that consists of plates and fins (see Fig. 2). The and interrupted surfaces, are carried out in each cat-
fins serve both as an extended heat transfer surface and egory, which are triangular and louvered fins. Those fin
mechanical support for the internal pressure between types are mostly used for many applications. Addition-
layers. There are many different types of fin available that ally, the calculations are separately undertaken for both
make it possible to optimize the design of PFHE for any cross and counter flow arrangements. In cross flow type
desired criterion, such as cost, weight, thermal effective- of heat exchanger, the direction of fluid flow is normal
ness, or pressure drop. The design of a PFHE requires to each other. This is one of the most common type of
high thermal effectiveness and allowable pressure drops. heat exchanger used in industrial applications and best
Unfortunately, this type of analysis typically applies to suited for a plate fin heat exchanger because it simplifies
individual fin geometry that we already know and there is the header design. As shown in Fig. 5a, fluid 1 and fluid 2
no systematic method that will consider the selection of are flowing normal to each other and is an unmixed flow
surfaces for the imposed design constraints [2]. arrangement. Fluid 1 is the hot fluid which is to be cooled
In the last two decades, significant research has been and fluid 2 is the cold fluid. The fins will take away the
performed on investigating the compact heat exchanger maximum heat from the fluid and transfer it to the neigh-
performance and studying the heat transfer characteris- boring fluid. Counter flow heat exchanger (see Fig. 5b)
tics. The commonly used forms of the extended surface is the most important member of energy recovery sys-
of the plate fin heat exchangers are the triangular or rec- tems. In principle counter-flow arrangement is preferred.
tangular plain fin, offset strip fin, wavy fin, louvered fin, However, other constraints should be considered when
and perforated fin as shown in Fig. 3. For extended sur- designing air-to-air compact heat exchangers. Cross flow
face application, fin configurations fall into two catego- has been the predominant flow arrangement for com-
ries: continuous and interrupted surfaces. Continuous pact heat exchangers due to simplicity in duct sealing.
Fig. 2 Plate-fin heat exchanger
Though it is simple from engineering points of view, a lot of time. This limits the number of parameters you
their heat transfer effectiveness is not as high as counter- can change. Counter-flow and cross-flow configurations
flow arrangements. As is well known, the effectiveness are typically described using CFD models [5]. This is
of a cross flow heat exchanger is generally 10% less than because CFD tools enable a proper simulation and helps
that of a counter flow heat exchanger, and the maximum to disclose complex flow patterns in detail. If you want to
effectiveness is limited to about mid-80%. For the coun- find a design tool that explains the overall module per-
ter flow, the geometry of channels and entrance cannot formance, the situation is different. Nasif et al. [6] have
be directly connected such as cross flow configuration shown that experimental effectiveness of a cross-coun-
[3]. A way out is combining the advantages of cross-flow ter flow exchanger is in good agreement with numerical
and counter-flow configurations in a single system. This results obtained using CFD models. However, these CFD
yields a cross-counter flow geometry, as shown in Fig. 5c. analyses (using such as FLUENT) have been demon-
Most studies have focused on setting cross-flows, but few strated only for special flow systems and module geom-
have discussed cross-counter flow configurations [4]. The etry, depending on the tremendous computation time.
experimental evaluation of such heat exchangers takes Koester et al. [7] has recently shown that evaluations of
Fig. 3 Plate-fin surface geometries
Fig. 4 A comparison of heat transfer and friction power (recalculations using experimental data from Kays and London [2])
Fig. 5 Cross, counter, and cross-counter flows
system performance and potential energy conservation the logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD)
require an appropriate theoretical model. This is chal- method or the effectiveness number of transfer unit
lenging since the favored module geometry combines (ε-NTU) method. The LMTD method is convenient for
areas of cross- and counter-flow. With CFD simulation determining the overall heat transfer coefficient based
tools it is possible to accurately discretize such geom- on the measured inlet and outlet fluid temperatures. On
etries. However, these methods have limitations to apply the other hand, the ε-NTU method is convenient for
to designs. To overcome such limitations, they replace predicting the outlet fluid temperature when the heat
complex modular geometry with a combination of stand- transfer coefficient and inlet temperature are known. The
ard cross-flow and counter-flow units. But they still use a assumptions in the development of the thermal hydrau-
commercial CFD analysis tool (Aspen Custom Modeler), lic design for compact heat exchanger are steady state
meaning it is not the proper design tool. Thus, we were operation, single phase heat transfer process, constant
motivated to develop a mathematical model by substi- fluid properties, adiabatic operation, negligible longitudi-
tuting cross-counter flow heat exchangers with a serial nal conduction effects, uniform heat transfer coefficients
connection of single cross- and counter-flow modules. In and uniform flow distribution. The steps in the analysis
this study, first the performances with the counter-flow require the determination of the following factors in the
arrangement are compared with pure cross flow arrange- flowchart of compact heat exchanger design (see Fig. 6).
ments. In this analysis, the effectiveness-NTU method For comparative analysis, the surface geometric charac-
is an efficient yet convenient tool for performance of teristics of the plate-fin configurations employed in com-
heat exchangers. And then a cross-counter flow heat pact heat exchanger are discussed as shown in Table 1. In
exchanger is proposed and designed. addition, reliable correlations are derived that are essen-
tial for calculating heat transfer properties and friction
coefficients. To solve the problem, inlet temperatures
2 Thermal–hydraulic design and mass flow rates of the heat exchanger must be deter-
2.1 Heat transfer mined initially. The first approximation assumes a mod-
In the thermal design of heat exchangers, it is impor- erate heat exchange effect and later finds a more accurate
tant to determine the heat transfer and pressure drop. value. This approximation is used only to estimate the
The design of a heat exchanger requires the specification average temperature for fluid property assessment, so it
of the heat duty, allowable pressure drops and certain does not have high accuracy. The exchanger heat transfer
aspects of heat exchanger geometry. A reasonable objec- effectiveness is the ratio of the actual heat transfer rate
tive in compact heat exchanger design is the produc- for a heat exchanger to the maximum possible heat trans-
tion of the smallest unit which will satisfy the required fer rate, which is defined as
duty within the specified pressure drop constraints.
Smaller heat exchanger volumes are obtained by using q Ch th,in − th,out Cc tc,out − tc,in
ε= = =
the surfaces that exhibit high performance. At the out- qmax Cmin th,in − tc,in Cmin th,in − tc,in
set of any design exercise, the design should generally (1)
start by specifying surfaces. In other words, high per-
where Cℎ and Cc are the heat capacity rates of the hot
formance surfaces are the first choice. The heat transfer
and cold fluids, respectively. Cmin is the minimum fluid
performance of heat exchangers is usually analyzed using
Table 1 Design specifications for comparative analysis

Surface designation Triangular Louvered
Plate spacing (mm) 6.35 6.35

Fin thickness (mm) 0.152 0.152
Fins/in 12 11.1
Fin pitch (mm) 2.0 2.3
Plate thickness (mm) 0.3 0.3
Hydraulic diameter (mm) 2.9 3.1
Heat transfer area/volume between 1288 1204
plates β ( m2/m3)
volume. Subscript 1 refers to any one side and 2 referred

to the other side. The term β is the ratio of heat trans-
fer area and volume between the plates of the heat
exchanger. The total heat transfer area on each side is
given by
At = aV (3)
The free flow areas are then given by
AC = σ Afr (4)
Ac
σ =
Afr
= ar h (5)
where σ is the ratio of free flow to frontal area of one side

of heat exchanger, Ac is free-flow area of one side, Afr is
frontal area of one side and rh is hydraulic radius. Reyn-
olds number is based on a hydraulic diameter and the
Stanton number and friction factor are obtained from the
basic characteristics of the surface. Heat transfer coeffi-
cients are calculated by the following formula:
h = StGcp (6)
W
G= (7)
A
where G is mass flux, W is mass flow rate, cp is specific
heat. Overall coefficient of heat transfer, U is given by
Fig. 6 Flowchart for design of compact heat exchanger 1 1 1
U
=
η0,1 h1
+
At,2 /At,1 η0,2 h2
(8)
capacity rate. The total heat transfer area of one side of where ηo1 and ηo2 are surface effectiveness. If no extended
the heat exchanger as a function of total heat exchanger surface is employed on either side, both ηo1 and ηo2 are
volume is given by unity. However, where extended surface is employed,
A1 b1 β1 temperature gradients along the fins extending into the
a1 = = (2) fluid reduce the temperature effectiveness of the surface,
Vtotal b1 + b2 + 2a
and ηo is less than unity as a consequence. In the usual
where α (m2/m3) is the ratio to the total surface area of air-to-air heat exchanger, the wall resistance component
one side of the heat exchanger to the total heat exchanger may be neglected relative to the fluid side resistance.
Heat transfer effectiveness can be calculated theoreti- considered in the correlation. In general, core friction
cally by the ε-NTU method. The number of transfer units pressure drop is the dominant term that includes almost
(NTU) for the heat exchanger is defined as 90% or more of the total pressure on air flow in many
compact heat exchangers.
UA
NTU = (9)
Cmin
2.3 Case study
where Cmin is equal to Cc or Ch, whichever is smaller. Cris Under the same thermodynamic conditions, the coun-
the heat capacity rate ratio, where Cmin/Cmax is equal to ter-flow arrangement of heat exchanger usually has the
Cc/Ch or Ch/Cc depending on the relative magnitudes of higher heat transfer effectiveness than the cross-flow
the hot and cold fluid heat capacity rates. The theoretical arrangement, the reason is that the average temperature
value of heat exchange effectiveness can be obtained by difference is higher depending on the unit length (see
ε-NTU method when the value of NTU is obtained and Fig. 7). The value of effectiveness ranges from 0 to 1. For
combined with the heat capacity rate ratio. values with small NTUs, effectiveness increases quickly
Established ε-NTU correlations can be used for cross and with NTUs, but the higher the value, the slower. There-
counter flows of heat exchanger [3]. fore, the use of heat exchangers with large NTU cannot
For the cross flow heat exchanger with both fluids be economically justified, because in this case, the large
unmixed (Cr = 1), increase in NTU corresponds to a small increase in the
[( ) ] effectiveness. Thus, the heat exchanger having a very high
1
(NTU )0.22 exp −Cr (NTU )0.78 − 1 effectiveness is very desirable in terms of heat transfer,
{ [ ] }
𝜀 = 1 − exp
Cr
(10) but not be desirable in terms of economics.
Figure 8 is an analysis of the effects of using counter-
For the counter flow heat exchanger (Cr = 1),
flow arrangement, especially in high effectiveness area.
NTU The heat transfer of triangular and louvered fin types
ε= (11) was compared in similar conditions, the louvered type
1 + NTU
is 6% better in terms of heat transfer effectiveness than
Therefore, the final outlet temperatures of both sides the triangular type. In addition, the effectiveness of the
can then be computed from the definition of heat transfer heat exchanger increased by about 3% when the size of
effectiveness, t1,out and t2,out using above effectiveness value. the heat exchanger was increased in the louvered type
εC min (400 × 400 × 330 → 500 × 500 × 330). As we can see
from these results, it is more economical to increase

th,out = th,in − th,in − tc,in (12)
Ch
the heat transfer coefficient through the change of the
fin type than to increase the heat transfer area for the
εC min effectiveness improvement in the high effectiveness area
tc,out = th,in − tc,in + tc,in (13)
Cc (over 80%).
Figure 9 shows the sensitivity analysis of heat transfer
effectiveness and pressure loss according to the length in
2.2 Pressure drop
the heat exchanger. Generally, the longer the air reten-
In the design of air-to-air heat exchanger, the surface fric-
tion in the heat exchange element, the higher the heat
tion characteristics are as important as the heat transfer
exchange effectiveness. More specifically, in the first
characteristics. The complete equation for the pressure
stage (length 0.1→0.4), there was an increase in effective-
drop is given as follows [2]:
ness by 16%, but in the second stage (length 0.4→0.7), it
(14)
where Kc and Ke are the entrance and exit pressure was 3%, which was reduced to about 1/5 compared to the
loss coefficients, respectively and vm is the mean specific increase in effectiveness in the first stage, and there was
volume. The pressure drops associated with core fric- little effect on effectiveness even if the length increased.
tion, flow acceleration, entrance effect, and exit effect are In other words, the increase in length causes a rapid
Fig. 7 Comparison of effectiveness between cross and counter flow arrangements
Fig. 8 Sensitivity study of heat exchanger
increase in effectiveness in the length of less than 0.4, but the analysis of the heat transfer effectiveness and pres-
the increase in cost due to effectiveness increase is not sure drop sensitivity according to depth, and unlike the
large compared to other stages. For pressure drop, most effect on the length change, the effect of the increase in
pressure loss is caused by wall friction of the fluid, and depth on the effectiveness is not large, which is due to
linear increase is shown with length. Figure 10 shows the decrease in the heat transfer coefficient by velocity
Fig. 9 The length effect of the heat exchanger
Fig. 10 The depth effect of the heat exchanger

despite the increase in the heat transfer area. However, 3 Results

in terms of pressure drop, according to the increase of 3.1 Design
depth, the pressure loss drastically diminishes in the first Table 2 shows the design specifications of prototype
stage while the flow rate is dispersed. On the other hand, heat exchanger. Figure 13 represents the final proto-
the slope becomes quite dull after 0.4. This also seems to type design. The design is somewhat conservative with
require a proper compromise considering the relation- an effectiveness of 95% and a pressure loss of 100 Pa to
ship between size and pressure loss. meet the target of effectiveness of more than 90% and
Figure 11 shows the UA as a product of the overall pressure loss of less than 150 Pa at 200 m3/h. The heat
heat transfer coefficient (U) and the heat transfer area exchanger size is 600 × 400 × 630 mm and the inside flow
(A) for the different length and depth of the counter flow pattern comprises the center counter-flow region and
heat exchanger. At fixed depth (0.33 m), as the length either side cross-flow region. The overall configuration is
increases, the heat transfer coefficient does not change, 76 layers, 8 mm in inter-layer height, 2.2 mm fin pitch,
while the heat transfer area increases, therefore the UA and louvered fin type. The total 76 floors are composed
value increases linearly in proportion to the heat trans- of 38 floors where high temperature fluid flows and 38
fer area. On the other hand, at fixed length (0.4 m), the floors where low temperature fluid flows alternately. The
velocity decreases as the depth increases and the heat material is designed with aluminum suitable for the sen-
transfer coefficient reflecting this decreases. However, sible heat exchanger. For the convenience of design, this
the heat transfer area increases as the depth increases, cross-counter flow heat exchanger is assumed to consist
and the value of UA is offset by the values of both, show- of two cross-flow modules and one counter-flow module.
ing a growth rate lower than the growth rate of the heat To properly perform the design, the triangle entrances on
transfer amount (UA) due to the length change. Figure 12 each side were replaced by square geometry that consti-
shows the change of the overall heat transfer coefficient tuted the same surface area [4]. Details of the plate geom-
(U) and the heat transfer area (A) according to the length etry for the design are shown in Fig. 14.
and depth change. Especially, in the case of depth change,
the heat transfer area is larger than that at the time of 3.2 Manufacturing
length change, but the actual heat transfer (UA) is rela- The louvered fin is set up in each board. At this time, the
tively small due to the decrease of the overall heat trans- hot side and cold side are distinguished and entrance
fer coefficient. and exit about these are different. The stacked plates
Fig. 11 Comparison of UA at various lengths and depths

Fig. 12 Comparison of U and A at various lengths and depths
Table 2 Design specifications of prototype heat exchanger of heat exchanger each other interlink by using the alu-
minum brazing method. The seal is thoroughly made so
Surface designation Louvered
that the unnecessary leakage generate. Figure 15 shows
Plate spacing (mm) 8.0 the process of making individual plate fins, including
Fin thickness (mm) 0.08 actual louvered fins used and pre-check modeling. And
Fin pitch (mm) 2.2 also shows the entire heat exchanger, especially the cor-
Plate thickness (mm) 0.3 ners should be carefully separated to avoid hot and cold
Heat transfer area/volume between plates β (m2/m3) 1916 fluid mixing.
Fig. 13 Final prototype design. a Inside of heat exchanger. b Outside of heat exchanger
Fig. 14 Details of the plate geometry for the design
Fig. 15 The assembly of plate-fin heat exchanger
3.3 Performance tests system.” The heat exchanger and duct were insulated for
In this study, the environmental chamber divided into two accurate testing (see Fig. 16) and the test was conducted
rooms was used to confirm the performance of the heat under the conditions shown in Table 3. The heat exchange
exchanger based on KS B 6879 “Heat recovery ventilation effectiveness of the heat recovery ventilation system is
Fig. 16 Performance test facility for plate-fin heat exchanger. a Schematic diagram of the test setup and heat exchanger. b Photo of plate-fin heat
exchanger in test chamber
Table 3 Test conditions based on KS B6879 (on heating) 4 Discussion

Indoor temp. (℃) Outdoor temp. (℃) In Fig. 17a, the effectiveness of the heat exchanger is
shown as a function of the air flow rate. The effective-
22 ± 0.3 2 ± 0.3 ness of the heat exchanger at 200 m3/h and 250 m3/h
was 94.8% and 94.7% in design and 94.4% and 94.6% in
experiment. As shown in Fig. 17a, the design predicts
obtained by using Eq. 15 after measuring the tempera- the experiments well. In addition, the design results
tures of outdoor air, supply air and return air. show that the heat transfer effectiveness due to the
increase in flow rate is decreasing. In detail, the effec-
TSA − TOA tiveness is determined by the ε-NTU definition as a
ε= × 100 (15)
TRA − TOA function of NTU as shown in Eqs. 10 and 11.
where, ε, SA, OA, and RA are effectiveness, supply air, UA
outdoor air, and return air (see in Fig. 16 in detail). NTU = , where Cmin = ṁcp (16)
Cmin
Fig. 17 A comparative analysis of design and experiments. a Heat transfer effectiveness. b Pressure drop
In the related equation, NTU is a function of UA hand, Fig. 18b shows that the pressure drops for the
and Cmin, where U increases as flow rate increases, and counter-flow and cross-flow portions are 50%, respec-
Cmin also increases as flow rate increases, resulting in a tively. The side cross-flow part of the heat exchanger
decrease in NTU, which leads to a decrease in effective- is mainly used for the distribution of fluid flow and
ness. As shown in Fig. 17b, the pressure drop increases guidance to the middle counter-flow part. Figure 19
as the flow rate increases. That is, when the flow rate represents the heat transfer characteristics for the
increases, the pressure drop increases with the square of length change of the counter flow part by using design
the velocity according to the Eq. 14. tool. As shown in Fig. 19, it was found that securing a
Figure 18a shows the heat transfer amount at the minimum length of 0.2 m could have a significant heat
individual domains within the heat exchanger. Most transfer effect. Then, even if the length increases at the
heat transfer occurs in the middle counter-flow part of same rate, the heat transfer performance is significantly
the heat exchanger (about 84%) and 16% occurs in the slowed down.
cross-flow part of the heat exchanger side. On the other
Fig. 18 Performance comparison of the side and middle of heat exchanger. a Heat transfer amount. b Pressure drop
Fig. 19 The heat transfer characteristics for the length change

5 Conclusions Declarations
The objective of the design optimization is to maximize
Competing interests
the heat transfer effectiveness and to minimize the pres- The authors declare that they have no competing interests.
sure drop of the compact heat exchanger with limited
space. A systematic design and optimization method for Received: 18 July 2022 Accepted: 23 November 2022
heat exchanger effectiveness improvement is explored.

Furthermore, a detailed mathematical modeling is con-
ducted using the effectiveness-NTU method. Espe-
References
cially, side cross-flow and middle counter-flow parts 1. Maghsoudi, P., Sadeghi, S., & Gorgani, H. (2018). Comparative study and
were investigated independently. The effectiveness of multi-objective optimization of plate-fin recuperators applied in 200kW
the heat exchanger at 200 m3/h is approximately 94.8% micro-turbines based on non-dominated sorting and normalization
method considering recuperator effectiveness, exergy efficiency and
in design and 94.4% in experiment, the design is pre- total cost. International Journal of Thermal Sciences, 124, 50–67.
dicting the experiment well. And also, the design results 2. Kays, W., & London, A. (1984). Compact Heat Exchangers. McGraw-Hill.
show that the heat transfer effectiveness is decreasing 3. Laskowski, R. (2011). The concept of a new approximate relation for
exchanger heat transfer effectiveness for a cross-flow heat exchanger
due to increased flow rate. On the other hand, pressure with unmixed fluids. Journal of Power Technologies, 91(2), 93–101.
drop increases in the flow rate increase. In other words, 4. Dvorak, V., & Vit, T. (2017). CAE methods for plate heat exchanger design.
as the flow rate increases, the pressure drop increases Journal Energy Procedia, 134, 234–243.
5. Bui, T. D., Chen, F., Nida, A., Chua, K. J., & Ng, K. C. (2015). Experimental and
to the square of the velocity, because most pressure modeling analysis of membrane-based air dehumidification. Separation
drops are caused by friction. Most heat transfer occurs and Purification Technology, 144, 114–122.
in the middle counter-flow part of the heat exchanger 6. Nasif, M. S. N., Al-Waked, R., Behnia, M., & Morrison, G. (2012). Modeling
of air to air enthalpy heat exchanger. Heat Transfer Engineering, 33,
(about 84%) and 16% occurs in the cross-flow part of 1010–1023.
the heat exchanger side. On the other hand, the pres- 7. Koester, S., Falkenberg, M., Logemann, M., & Wessling, M. (2017). Modeling
sure drops for the counter-flow and cross-flow portions heat and mass transfer in cross-counterflow enthalpy exchangers. Journal
Membrane Science, 525, 68–76.
are 50%, respectively. The side cross-flow part of the heat
exchanger is mainly used for the distribution of fluid flow
and guidance to the middle counter-flow part. Therefore,
it is advantageous to design the cross flow part as small as
possible. It was found that securing a minimum length of
0.2 m could have a significant heat transfer effect. Then,
even if the length increases at the same rate, the heat
transfer performance is significantly slowed down.
6 Nomenclature
A Plate thickness
B Plate spacing
C Heat capacity rate ( Wcp)
G Mass flux
gc Proportionality factor, is equal to unity in SI unit
m Mass flow rate
p Pressure
q Heat transfer rate
t Temperature
v Specific volume
σ Ratio of free-flow area to frontal area, Ac/Afr
Acknowledgements
The support of the Jeonnam Province and Jeonnam Techno Park for one-stop
support project of material parts root industry is gratefully acknowledged.
Authors’ contributions
The author(s) read and approved the final manuscript.
Availability of data and materials

The datasets generated during and/or analyzed during the current study are
available from the corresponding author on reasonable request.
BUILD SIMUL
DOI 10.1007/s12273-017-0386-8
Designing an air-to-air heat exchanger dedicated to single room

ventilation with heat recovery
Research Article
Samuel Gendebien1 (), Jonathan Martens2, Luc Prieels2, Vincent Lemort1
1. University of Liège, Energy Systems Research Unit, Allée de la Découverte, 17, Quartier Polytech, 4000 Liège, Belgium
2. Greencom Development SCRL, Rue Gilles Magnée, 92/3, 4430 Ans, Belgium
Abstract Keywords
The present paper focuses on the development steps of heat exchangers dedicated to single ventilation,
room ventilation unit with heat recovery (SRVHR) by proposing a numerical approach. A methodology heat recovery,
is suggested in order to determine the best trade-off between hydraulic and thermal performance air-to-air heat exchanger,
given a specific geometry. The methodology consists in a mapping of the coefficient of performance fan energy use
(COP) of the unit. The latter is defined as the ratio between recovered heat and the fan energy use,
given a specific indoor/outdoor temperature difference. However, the energy performance should Article History
not be the only criterion to be taken into account in the frame of the design steps of a heat recovery Received: 3 February 2017
Revised: 24 April 2017
exchanger: technical, economic and acoustic aspects should also be considered. This numerical
Accepted: 29 May 2017
methodology is illustrated by means of a real example of a newly developed heat exchanger
dedicated to a SRVHR. The optimization is first performed while using a semi-empirical model
© Tsinghua University Press and
(based on the use of correlations and on a spatial division of the studied heat exchanger). The
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg
semi-empirical model allows for the creation of a COP map in order to identify the most effective
2017
geometry parameters for the heat exchanger. The decision concerning the final geometry is made
accounting for the so-called technical, economic and acoustic considerations. A discussion on
some parameters needed for the COP establishment is also proposed.
1 Introduction insulation. In this context, a large amount of heat recovery

technologies have been developed in the last decades, as
In Europe, the residential sector accounts for around 25% reported by Mardiana-Idayu and Riffat (2012) and by
of the final energy consumption according to the Eurostat O’Connor et al. (2016).
(2016), and therefore contributes significantly to CO2 As referred by Fehrm et al. (2002), first heat recovery
Building Systems and

emissions. In the context of mitigation of climate change, ventilation systems dedicated to residential building were
roadmaps towards energy-efficient buildings have been
Components
installed in the late seventies in Sweden. According to Händel
proposed by the International Energy Agency (IEA 2011). As (2011), heat recovery ventilation has now acquired a status
referred in the Trias Energetica concept (Trias Energetica of efficient ventilation strategy, especially for buildings with
2016), the first step to make a building climate friendly is to low or zero energy consumption. The supplementary study
reduce the energy demand by implementing energy-saving on Ecodesign Lot 10 (FGK 2012) forecasts a drastic increase
measures. To this end, the first retrofit options to be considered of sales in the medium climate market. As reported by
for existing residential buildings are the improvement of Wouters et al. (2008), this trend was already observed in
the thermal insulation and the air tightness. Improving the Belgium with an increasing of the share of the balanced
building envelope tends to increase the relative part of the mechanical ventilation systems.
energy consumption due to ventilation. According to Roulet In the two last decades, a large amount of papers about
et al. (2001), more than 50% of the total energy losses can “centralized” heat recovery ventilation systems has been
be due to ventilation losses in building with a high thermal published in the scientific literature. These papers focus
E-mail: sgendebien@ulg.ac.be
2 Gendebien et al. / Building Simulation
List of symbols
a semi-period of the heat exchanger waves W wide of the heat exchanger [m]
(geometric parameter) W electrical supplied power [W]
A heat transfer area [m2] Zone zone of the heat exchanger
b height of the heat exchanger waves (geometric ε heat exchanger effectiveness [–]
parameter) Φ enlargement factor [%]
cp air specific heat at constant pressure [J/(kg·K)]
C capacitance rate of a flow [W/K] Subscripts
Cr capacity ratio [–] A corresponding to the supply part A of the HX
e plate thickness [m] B corresponding to the central part B of the HX
k conductivity of the material [W/(m·K)] C corresponding to the exhaust part C of the HX
L length of the heat exchanger [m] design design set point
Lsin length of the sinus semi wavelength [m] fans related to fans
H height of the heat exchanger [m] ind related to the indoor air side
h convective heat transfer coefficient [W/(m2·K)] max maximal value
HX heat exchanger min minimal value
M mass flow rate [kg/s] out related to the outdoor air side
Q Heat transfer rate [W] recovered recovered heat
R heat transfer resistance [K/W] ROI Rest Of Installation
ROI Rest Of Installation su supply of the heat exchanger
SRVHR single room ventilation with heat recovery w wall of the HX
T temperature [°C] zone zone of the heat exchanger (A, B or C)
more precisely on the heat recovery exchanger. Adamski heat exchanger to be used in waste recovery systems by
(2008a) carried out experimental studies and developed determining a non-dimensional number based on technical
correlations on a longitudinal flow spiral recuperator. and economical parameters. However, pressure drop
Fernández-Seara et al. (2011) experimentally studied an determination and electrical consumption related to the
off-the-shelf air-to-air heat recovery device for balanced passage of flows in the heat exchanger channels have not
ventilation. A set of tests was conducted under reference been considered in those studies. On the contrary, Adamski
operating conditions in order to evaluate the heat exchanger (2004) presented a methodology to optimize the overall
performance. Afterwards, an experimental parametric analysis geometric form of the plates of counterflow ventilation heat
was conducted to investigate the influence of the operating exchangers by taking into account the energy losses induced
conditions on the heat exchanger performance. Kragh et al. by frictional pressure drops in channels.
(2008) also experimentally investigated a new counter-flow The present paper focuses on heat exchangers dedicated
heat exchanger but focused more precisely on the frosting to balanced single room ventilation with heat recovery
issue. Adamski (2008b, 2010) also estimated the economical (SRVHR). Such units consist of a box containing two fans
effect due to the use of heat recovery ventilation instead of (one dedicated to the extraction of indoor air and one
a simple exhaust ventilation system. More recently, Asdrubali dedicated to the introduction of outdoor air), two filters (for
et al. (2015) conducted experimental investigations on a heat both flow rates), an electronic fan control (for manual or
recovery system for mechanical ventilation and Nam et al. automatic regulation of flow rates), a set of sensors (CO2,
(2016) focused their work on the behaviour of heat recovery humidity or presence) and a heat recovery exchanger, often
ventilator under partially wet conditions. Concerning design considered as the key component of the unit. Regarding the
optimization of heat recovery exchanger, a thermo-economic SRVHR technology, Manz et al. (2000) and Schwenzfeier
investigation was carried out by Söylemez (2000) in order et al. (2009) presented experimental investigation in order
to find the optimum heat exchange area of recovery heat to determine the overall performance of such SRVHR
exchanger by determining an optimum net savings and units. Advantages, drawbacks and challenges related to the
payback period. Teke et al. (2010) also proposed a method to development of such units are summarized by Gendebien
find out the type, area and net gain of the most appropriate et al. (2013a). To the author’s knowledge, no paper specifically
Gendebien et al. / Building Simulation 3
related to the design optimisation of heat exchangers for of the unit). For centralized units, hydraulic performance
single room ventilation (and the related constraints) has of the so-called Rest Of the Installation (ROI) also includes
been published in the scientific literature. In this context, the pressure drop related to the air passage in the air extracting
the present paper aims at presenting a numerical method and air supplying ducts. Other parameters influencing
in order to determine the best trade-off between hydraulic the seasonal COP are the thermal performance of the heat
and thermal performance given a specific defined geometry exchanger and the climate (indoor/outdoor temperature
of corrugated plates through the optimization of the coefficient difference). According to El Fouih et al. (2012) and from a
of performance (COP) of the unit. yearly performance point of view, the interest of use of heat
recovery ventilation is highly dependent on the climate
2 Overall performance of single room ventilation (recovered heat over one year vs electrical consumption due
with heat recovery unit to fans).
The overall performance of centralized heat recovery 3 Design steps

ventilation is highly dependent on the hydraulic circuit (i.e.
singularities, bending of the air pulsing and air extracting Here below is summarized the design steps used to determine
ducting) and therefore on the building and ducting the best geometric parameters dedicated to a given predefined
configuration. On the other hand, the performance of single heat exchanger geometry:
room heat recovery ventilation system is not influenced by 1) The first step is to determine the heat exchanger
the rest of the installation. As a result, performance of single characteristics such as the external dimensions, the flow
room ventilation with heat recovery does not depend on the configuration, the manufacturing process as well as the
building/ducting characteristics but only on the characteristics material used for the heat exchanger. This step also
of the device itself. includes the definition of the geometric parameters to be
The overall performance of each unit can be defined as optimized.
the ratio of the recovered heat transfer rate to the electrical 2) The second step is to develop a model able to determine
power of the fans as given in Eq. (1): the thermal and hydraulic performance of the heat
exchanger (efficiency and pressure drop due to airflow
Recovered heat power Q passage in the heat exchanger) based on its geometric
COPSRVHR = = recovered (1)
Electrical supplied power W fans characteristics.
3) By setting a design flow rate and the associated pressure
By only taking into account the sensible part of the heat drop (related to the heat exchanger and to the rest of
transfer rate (the total amount of latent heat rate compared installation), it is possible to establish the electrical con-
to sensible recovered heat can be neglected in moderate sumption of the fans (based on manufacturer performance
climate as Belgium, according to Gendebien et al. (2013b)), curves). This step is referred to “COP factors settings” in
the recovered heat transfer rate is given by Eq. (2) and the rest of the paper.
depends on the heat exchanger effectiveness (varying with 4) Knowing the heat exchanger effectiveness and the fans
the mass flow rate), the delivered mass flow rate and on the power consumption, it is possible to create a COP map
indoor/outdoor difference temperature, i.e., of the device which depends on the geometric parameters
to be optimized.
Q recovered = M
 out ⋅ c p ⋅ ε ⋅ (Tind - Tout ) (2) 5) The last step consists in taking into account the so-called
technical, economic and acoustical constraints in order
where M out is the outdoor air mass flow rate in [kg/s], cp is to reject some data combination and to identify the best
the air specific heat at constant pressure in [J/(kg·K)], ε is values of the geometric parameters that optimize the COP.
the heat exchanger effectiveness [–], Tind is the indoor
temperature [K] and Tout is the outdoor temperature [K]. 4 Main characteristics of the newly built heat
Exhaust and supplied flows are considered well balanced exchanger
in the rest of the paper.
Some parameters influencing the seasonal COP of the This section is dedicated to the design of a specific heat
SRVHR are the fans performance and the overall hydraulic exchanger. The following sub-sections describe the main
performance of the unit. The latter can be divided in two characteristics chosen for the case study. Some of these
major parts: one related to the passage of the airflow in the characteristics are set at the beginning of the design procedure
“heat exchanger itself” and another one related to the flows (e.g. flow configuration, external dimensions, materials, etc.)
through the Rest Of the Installation (filter, supply and exhaust while others are computed by the optimisation process.
4.1 Flow configuration resistance can generally be neglected, even for low thermal
conductivity material. Economic criteria have also to be
In order to maximize the thermal performance, the initial considered in the material choice. Other benefits include
idea was to develop a U-flow configuration heat exchanger, their lightness and their low cost. Additional information is
as shown in Fig. 1. Nasif et al. (2005) have already investigated given by T’Joen et al. (2009) in its review on polymer heat
an enthalpy heat exchanger that presents a quite similar flow exchangers dedicated to HVAC systems.
configuration (Z-flow configuration).
Such heat exchangers present a counter flow configuration
4.3 Manufacturing process
over the major part of their heat transfer surface area (this
is the reason why they are also called “quasi” counter-flow The first step of the manufacturing process is to thermoform
heat exchanger). The latter is often called the central part plates coming from a plastic roll. Once the thermoforming
of the heat exchanger. A schematic representation of such a process is finished, the next step is to fold up the several
heat exchanger is given in Fig. 1. corrugated plates similarly to an accordion, as shown in
For the rest of the optimization procedure, the external Fig. 2.
dimensions of the heat exchanger are given in the Table 1. This manufacturing process was presented by Kleeman
Those external dimensions correspond to those of a (1978). A schematic representation of the several steps is
heat exchanger supposed to be installed in a standard single given in Fig. 3.
room ventilation unit. The main advantages about this manufacturing process
are the easiness for assembling the heat exchanger after the
4.2 Materials thermoforming process, the easiness for ensuring air tightness
between plates and the possibility of adjustment of the heat
It has been decided to develop a recovery heat exchanger exchanger length.
made in polystyrene. The main drawback of polystyrene
heat exchangers concerns their low thermal conductivity.
4.4 Geometry of the central part of the heat exchanger
However, this drawback can be counter-balanced by the
higher enlargement factor (up to 400%) in comparison with For manufacturing reasons, it has been decided to corrugate
traditional plate heat exchangers made of metal (rarely the central part of the heat exchanger in a sinus wave pattern.
superior to 150%). According to the definition proposed by
Ayub (2003), the enlargement factor Φ is the ratio of the
developed length to the protracted length. As already shown
by Gendebien (2013b), due to its small thickness, the wall
Fig. 2 Assembling in accordion style
Fig. 1 U-flow configuration heat exchanger
Table 1 External dimensions of the heat exchanger

External dimensions Values Unit
V 0.137 [m]
W 0.22 [m]
H 0.06 [m]
L 0.45 [m]
Fig. 3 Heat exchanger manufacturing process (Kleeman 1978)
The latter can be characterized by two geometric parameters: the heat exchanger, the same method exposed by Gendebien
the semi-period a and the peak-to-peak amplitude b. The et al. (2013b) is applied. It consists in the identification of the
nomenclature used for the geometry definition is indicated friction factor and the convective heat transfer coefficient for
in Fig. 4. As all the features of the heat exchanger have already each zone. The heat transfer rate is modeled for each zone
been defined in the previous sections, the crucial question ( Q A , Q B and Q C ) using the ε-NTU method. The minimal
remaining for rest of the procedure is: “What are the best and maximal capacitance rates are given by Eqs. (3) and (4),
values for a and b in order to optimize the COP of the unit?” where C ind and C out are the indoor and outdoor air
capacitance flow rates in [W/K] respectively:
5 Geometric parameters determination
C min = min(C ind ; C out ) (3)
5.1 Heat exchanger model C max = max(C ind ; C out ) (4)
In order to carry out the optimization procedure, a Cr [–] is the heat capacity ratio and is defined by Eq. (5):
semi-empirical model (SEM) was built in the EES (2016)
environment. The aim of this section is to give features of C min
Cr = (5)
the developed model (assumptions used, heat transfer area C max
determination, and pressure drop correlation). The model
The heat transfer resistances for each zone, related to the
is based on a spatial division of the heat exchanger in three
indoor and outdoor side Rind and Rout in [K/W] are expressed
zones (two supply/exhaust zones: A and C; and one central
as functions of the convective heat transfer coefficients hind
part: B), as represented in Fig. 5. The main part of the heat
and hout in [W/(m2·K)]:
transfer rate appears in the central part of the heat exchanger.
This division is employed because of each zone present 1
Rzone,ind = (6)
a different hydraulic diameter. Furthermore, the central Azone ⋅ hind
part shows a counter-flow arrangement while the supply and
exhaust zones are characterized by a cross-flow configuration. 1
Rzone,out = (7)
Concerning the hydraulic and thermal performance of Azone ⋅ hout
Fig. 4 Geometry of the central part of the heat exchanger
Fig. 5 Spatial discretized heat exchanger model

Heat transfer resistance Rw in [K/W] is related to the For the part B of the heat exchanger, the effectiveness is
conductivity plates kw in [W/(m·K)] : given by Eq. (12), also proposed by Incropera and DeWitt
(2002):
e
Rzone,w = (8)
Azone ⋅ kw 1 - exp[ NTU ⋅ (1 - Cr ) ]
εB = (12)
1 - Cr ⋅ exp[ NTU ⋅ (1 - Cr ) ]
Correlations for the convective heat transfer coefficient
and the friction factor dedicated to sinus wave form are Once the heat transfers for each zone of the heat
proposed in literature by Hesselgraves (2001). However, exchanger have been obtained by an iterative process, the
these correlations are only valid for ratio between a and b overall effectiveness of the heat exchanger can be computed
lower than two. For this reason, as schematically represented by Eq. (13):
in Fig. 6, the sinusoidal channels have been approximated
by triangular channels. Q A + Q B + Q C
ε= (13)
C min ⋅ (Tsu,ind - Tsu,out )
The enlargement factor (and therefore the heat exchanger

area) for the central part of the matrix is calculated as a
function of a and b by using Eq. (14):
Lsin
Φ= (14)
a
This corresponds to the ratio between the semi wavelength
of the sinus Lsin (as depicted in Fig. 6) and the semi-period a.
Lsin is determined by Eq. (15) (application of the Pythagorean
theorem). The resolution of this elliptic integral is numerically
obtained by the EES (2016) software:
Fig. 6 Central part of the matrix, used nomenclature and a a
bπ xπ 2
geometric assumptions Lsin = ò 1 + f (x )¢2 dx = ò 1 +( ⋅ cos ) dx (15)
0 0
2b a
Investigations carried out by Gendebien et al. (2013b)
provided calibrated correlations for friction factor, as well 5.2 COP factors settings
as for convective heat transfer coefficients, for such triangular
channels. Concerning the zones A and C, correlations Some values of the factors influencing the COP determination
dedicated to rectangular cross section area have been used have to be set in order to carry out the COP mapping:
(Nellis and Klein 2011). – In the rest of the paper, the indoor and outdoor temperatures
The overall heat transfer conductance for each zone are set to 20 °C and 8.5 °C respectively, which corresponds
AUzone in [W/K] is given by: to the mean indoor and outdoor for a European moderate
temperature such as in Belgium. Since this temperature
1
AU zone = (9) difference is independent from the geometry parameters
Rzone,ind + Rzone,out + Rzone,w
and it is kept constant in Eq. (2), it does not influence the
COP mapping shape and thus neither the results obtained
The number of transfer unit for each zone, NTU [–] can
for the geometric parameters.
be obtained by:
– The heat exchanger is considered as perfectly symmetric.
AU zone – Mass flows are considered perfectly well-balanced, which
NTU zone = (10)
C min means that indoor and outdoor mass flow rates are
identical.
For parts A and C of the heat exchanger with a crossflow – Electrical consumption is determined using manufacturer
configuration, its effectiveness is given by the commonly-used fan curves depending on the flow rate and pressure drop of
Eq. (11), given in Incropera and DeWitt (2002): the whole unit (heat exchanger and rest of the installation).
– Pressure drops related to the rest of the installation
é NTU A,B
0.22
ù have been experimentally determined before the COP
εA,C = 1 - exp ê ⋅ (exp( - Cr ⋅ NTU A,B
0.78
- 1)) ú (11)
êë Cr úû optimization phase.
– Design steps are conducted by setting a design airflow

rate of 60 m3/h.
5.3 Constraints definition
This section aims at listing the several constraints to take

into account in the parameters identification of the heat
exchanger. These constraints can be classified into three
categories: technical (manufacturing constraints), acoustic
(pressure drop limit) and economic (manufacturing costs).
Due to technical manufacturing constraints, the minimal
values for a and b are respectively a > 1 mm and b >
2.5 mm. Using the current manufacturing technology, the
maximum enlargement factor that could be reached is Φ > Fig. 7 Number of plates of a function of the parameter b
400%. Plate thicknesses before and after the thermoforming
process are equal to 0.25 mm and 0.05 mm respectively, 6 Results
which is the minimal value that could be reached with
polystyrene with such a process. 6.1 Pressure drop evolution
Great attention is also paid to noise level of the device
since the units are to be placed in rooms. In order to obtain Figure 8 shows the evolution of the pressure drop as a
good acoustic performance of the device, several guidelines function of the geometric parameters a and b. The dashed
can be followed. The first one is to use the most silent and lines corresponds to the limit of 40 Pa defined in Section 5.3.
efficient fan. This step is realized at the beginning of the The corresponding set of values for a and b will be used as
design of SRVHR and is not detailed in the present paper. a constraint in the COP mapping, presented in Section 6.3.
In SRVHR, the impact of sound absorber is really limited,
as reported by Gendebien (2014). This is mainly due to the
lack of space dedicated to SRVHR. On the contrary, reducing
the pressure drop of the unit (heat exchanger and rest of
installation) has a strong impact on the hydraulic and thus
the acoustic performance. This is the reason why a map of
ΔP for a given flow passage through the heat exchanger as
a function of parameters a and b will be drawn. Usually,
acoustic requirements are dependent of the type of considered
local, according to the standard NBN S01-400-1 (NBN 2008).
For a given flow rate, it is possible to convert the maximum
authorized noise level into a maximum pressure drop related
to the flow passage in the heat exchanger. This can be realized Fig. 8 Pressure drop map as a function of a and b
by knowing the acoustic and hydraulic performance curve
of the used fans as well as the pressure drop related to the
6.2 Thermal performance evolution
air passage through the rest of installation (out of heat
exchanger). In the investigated case, the maximal pressure Figure 9 shows the evolution of the effectiveness as a function
drop allowed for the air passage through the heat exchanger of a and b. Even though it is not graphically represented,
has been determined equal to 40 Pa. The acoustic constraints the same trend may be observed with the heat transfer area
can be stated as follow: ΔP < 40 Pa. evolution. As expected, the thermal and hydraulic performance
From an economical point of view, the manufacturing does not follow the same trend and the optimal values of a
process cost is dependent on the number of plates composing and b result in a trade-off. In some cases, one can consider
the heat exchanger. The maximal number of plates can be a minimal effectiveness as a constraint in order to reach
translated by determining a minimal value for b, as shown some thermal performance required in national standards.
in Fig. 7. A maximum number of plates is imposed to 60 Such a constraint has not been considered in the frame of
which corresponds to a value equal to b = 0.00375 m. this paper.
Fig. 11 High-COP region
Fig. 9 Effectiveness map as a function of a and b

7 Parametric study
6.3 COP mapping
The aim of this section is to discuss the influence of some
The aim of the present section is to show the results of COP factor settings (as defined in Section 5.2) and other
the COP mapping. It has been graphically determined by dimensions. More specifically, this study is realized by varying
representing the COP evolution while varying a and b the design flow rates delivered by the unit, the assumed
from 0.5 mm to 5 mm, as shown in Fig. 10. Dashed lines hydraulic performance of the rest of the installation and the
correspond to the previously defined constraints. external dimensions (W, H and L) of the heat exchanger.
Figure 11 is obtained by zooming in the high-COP
region. From this figure, it can be noted that the best value 7.1 Effect of the delivered flow rates
for the parameter a is equal to 0.0012 m. The value for the
parameter b optimizing the COP is equal to 0.00375 m. In As a first step, the influence of the design flow rate is
that case, the COP is equal to 5.13, but the total number of investigated. To this end, the COP mapping is re-performed
plates is equal to 60. However, another value of the parameter with another value of well-balanced flow rates (arbitrary
b could be chosen if the manufacturing cost was taken into chosen at 30 m3/h). This kind of study is relevant when
account. For example, a value for the parameter b equal investigating units able to deliver variable flows (e.g. by
to 0.0045 m results in a lower COP of 5.05 but also in a using variable speed fans for demand control ventilation).
decrease of the number of plates (down to 50). For a quasi- Indeed, it is interesting to assess the influence of the design
equal COP, a geometry presenting a lower manufacturing flow rate on the HX optimal geometry to ensure proper
cost (reduction of 16% of the number of plates) might be variable charge performance.
preferred. From those results, the best values for a and b By comparing Fig. 10 and Fig. 12, it may be seen that
are chosen to be, in the frame of this work, a = 1.2 mm and differences appear in the shape of the COP mapping. For
b = 4.5 mm. instance, the new COP mapping present a local maximum
while varying the parameter a, which was not the case for the
Fig. 10 COP mapping Fig. 12 COP mapping for well-balanced flow rates of 30 m3/h
initial design. However, it is interesting to note that, while external dimensions on the optimal parameters a and b and
accounting for the various constraints in the selection process, their influence on the COP reached by the unit.
the optimal values of a and b found for the new design are Figure 14 shows the result of the COP mapping by
very close to the original one (a = 0.0012 m and b = 0.0045 m). doubling the length L of the heat exchanger. That consists
Acoustic constraint is not represented in Fig. 12 (set of values in using two HXs of the same external dimensions (presented
for a and b is beyond the range displayed in the figure for a in Fig. 1) in parallel for the same design flow rate (60 m3/h).
flow rate of 30 m3/h). Here also, the dashed line related to the acoustic constraint
is not represented since it is beyond the range displayed in
7.2 Effect of the hydraulic performance of the rest of the figure. Without accounting for the negligible difference
the installation in terms of pressure drop at the inlet and outlet parts of the
HX, doubling the height H or the length L has the same
If the pressure drop related to the rest of the installation is impact in terms of COP evolution.
assumed equal to 0 Pa, a new COP mapping is obtained As shown in Fig. 14, it is interesting to notice that even
(Fig. 13). This ideal case allows for assessing the sensitivity by doubling the volume of the heat exchanger (by doubling L),
of the COP evolution in function of the hydraulic performance the maximal value reached by the COP (COPmax = 6.2) is
of the ROI. lower compared to the case where the pressure drop of the
The same conclusion can be drawn concerning the ROI is assumed to 0 Pa (COPmax = 7.9, as shown in Fig. 13).
optimal values for a and b. However, a difference can be Once again, this highlights the importance of the hydraulic
observed concerning the area where the COP is optimized. performance of the whole unit and its impact on the COP.
The latter is larger and other values for a and b leading to a Doubling the central part of the heat exchanger V is
decrease of pressure drop (see Fig. 8) could be selected. This equivalent to add a second HX in series. As observed in
observation is important regarding the acoustic performance Fig. 15, such new configuration leads to a change in the
of the unit. maximal value reached by the COP (COPmax = 5.1). This
phenomenon can be explained by the fact that adding a
It can also be observed a difference in terms of the
maximal value reached by the COP between Fig. 10 (COPmax =
5.33) and Fig. 13 (COPmax = 7.95). It highlights the fact that
hydraulic performance of the ROI (and not only the HX)
has a crucial role on the overall performance of such unit.
7.3 Effect of the external dimensions of the heat

exchanger
In the previous analyses, the external dimensions (V, W, H

and L) were pre-defined and chosen to be consistent for a
standard HX dedicated to a single room ventilation unit.
The aim of the present study is to assess the impact of these
Fig. 14 COP mapping for well-balanced flow rates of 60 m3/h
(doubling the length of the heat exchanger L)
Fig. 13 COP mapping for well-balanced flow rates of 60 m3/h and Fig. 15 COP mapping for well-balanced flow rates of 60 m3/h (by
ΔPROI = 0 Pa doubling the central part V)
second HX in series raises the effectiveness of the heat Final geometry can also be checked by means of a CFD
exchanger but also doubles the pressure drop. On the other analysis to confirm numerical results coming from the semi
hand, when adding a heat exchanger in parallel, both thermal empirical model.
and hydraulic performances of the unit are improved.
Conclusions concerning the final optimized values for 9 Conclusions
parameters a and b are also different. Indeed, the acoustic
constraint (ΔP < 40 Pa) implies the rejection of the values The present paper aims at describing a methodology to
initially determined in Section 6.3. determine the best geometric parameters for a single room
The effect of the length variation of the central part on ventilation recovery heat exchanger, by means of a COP
the COP evolution is presented in Fig. 16. The study is mapping approach. This COP mapping is performed by
realized with optimized a and b values (see Section 6.3). simulation with a spatially divided heat exchanger model,
A value equal to V = 0.24 m for the central part of the using correlations for the determination of the friction factors
matrix corresponds to the COP maximum. For higher values and the convective heat transfer coefficients. The hydraulic
of V, the augmentation of the thermal effectiveness is performance of the rest of the installation, as well as the
counterbalanced by a rise of the pressure drop which leads fan performance curve, must be previously known or
to an overall degradation of the COP. Moreover, higher values approximated to carry out this optimization. The last design
than V = 0.16 m are rejected given the acoustic constraints. step relies on the application of key constraints classified in
three categories: economic, hydraulic and technical.
Once the optimal geometry of the newly built heat
exchanger defined, a set of parametric studies is conducted
to investigate the effect of various parameters. Out of
this study, the following statements can be formulated. The
design flow rate appears to influence not much the set
of optimal parameters a and b, which ensures a proper
performance in variable charge operation. The hydraulic
performance of the rest of the installation has a crucial
importance on the maximal value that could be reached for
the COP. Besides of the parameters a and b, the external
dimension of the HX (i.e. W, H and L) are also key
parameters to be optimized. Indeed, an increase of L or H
Fig. 16 COP and ΔP Pa as a function of the central part length of is always beneficial for the system COP since it positively
the unit impacts both the hydraulic and the thermal performance of
the unit. On the other hand, an increase of W improves the
8 Discussion heat transfer while degrading the hydraulic performance
of the HX. Furthermore, too high values of W cannot be
It is important to notice that the exposed method can considered viable because of acoustic constraints. Therefore,
also be applied when designing heat recovery exchanger the width of such heat exchanger must be chosen carefully.
dedicated to centralized ventilation. It implies knowing or
approximating the hydraulic performance of the so-called Acknowledgements
rest of the installation. The knowledge of the fan perfor-
mance curve remains obviously essential to carry out such This study has been carried out in the frame of the Green +
a study. It is worth to note that the constraints when studying project. This project was performed with the support of the
a centralized ventilation system can be modified in comparison Walloon Region and was carried out by a large consortium
to the scenario described in this paper (i.e. SRVHR). In of research centers and industrial partners, such as Greencom
particular, the constraints related to the acoustic and the development s.c.r.l.
compactness aspects can be less restrictive.
One can also note that the proposed design steps could References
be applied to heat exchangers presenting other types of
geometries, materials, or flow configuration. Each related Adamski M (2004). Optimization of the form of the plates of counterflow
optimization involves the definition of new constraints. A ventilation heat exchangers. In: Proceedings of the 10th International
comparison between all the optimized solutions can be Symposium on Heat Transfer and Renewable Sources of Energy,
carried out in order to determine the best solutions. Szczecin-Miedzyzdroje, Poland.
Adamski M (2008a). Heat transfer correlations and NTU number Kleeman M (1978). Design of a new compact recuperator. PhD Thesis,
for the longitudinal flow spiral recuperators. Applied Thermal Rheinisch-Westfälische Technische Hochschule Aachen, Germany.
Engineering, 29: 591–596. Kragh J, Rose J, Nielsen TR, Svendsen S (2008). New counter flow
Adamski M (2008b). Longitudinal flow spiral recuperators in building heat exchanger designed for ventilation systems in cold climates.
ventilation systems. Energy and Buildings, 40: 1883–1888. Energy and Buildings, 39, 1151–1158.
Adamski M (2010). Ventilation system with spiral recuperator. Energy Manz H, Huber H, Schälinc A, Weber A, Ferrazzini M, Studer M
and Buildings, 42: 674–677. (2000). Performance of single room ventilation unit with
Asdrubali F, Baldinelli G, Bianchi F, Cornicchia M (2015). Experimental recuperative or regenerative heat recovery. Energy and Buildings,
performance analyses of a heat recovery system for mechanical 31: 37–47.
ventilation in buildings. Energy Procedia, 82: 465–471. Mardiana-Idayu A, Riffat SB (2012). Review on heat recovery
Ayub ZH (2003). Plate heat exchanger survey and new heat transfer technologies for building applications. Renewable and Sustainable
and pressure drop correlations for refrigerant evaporators. Heat Energy Reviews, 16: 1241–1255.
Transfer Engineering, 24: 3–16. Nam SH, Han H (2016). Computational modeling and experimental
EES (2016). Engineering Equation Solver. F-Chart Software. validation of heat recovery ventilator under partially wet conditions.
El Fouih Y, Stabat P, Rivière P, Hoang P, Archambault V (2012). Applied Thermal Engineering, 95: 229–235.
Adequacy of air-to-air heat recovery ventilation system applied Nasif MS, Morrison GL, Behnia M (2005). Heat and mass transfer in
in low energy buildings. Energy and Buildings, 54: 29–39. air to air enthalpy heat exchangers. In: Proceedings of the 6th
Eurostat (2016). Available at http://www.ec.europa.eu/eurostat. Accessed World Conference on Experimental Heat Transfer, Fluid Mechanics,
Nov 2016. and Thermodynamics, Matsushima, Japan.
Fehrm M, Reiners W, Ungemach M (2002). Exhaust air heat recovery NBN (2008). NBN S 01-400-1:2008, Criteria for Acoustic Comfort in
in buildings. International Journal of Refrigeration, 25: 439–449. Dwellings. Bureau for Standardisation, Belgium.
Fernández-Seara J, Diz R, Uhía FJ, Dopazo A, Ferro JM (2011). Nellis G, Klein S (2009). Heat Transfer. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
Experimental analysis of an air-to-air recovery unit for balanced University Press.
ventilation systems in residential buildings. Energy Conversion O’Connor D, Calautit JKS, Hughes BR (2016). A review of heat
and Management, 52: 635–640. recovery technology for passive ventilation applications. Renewable
FGK (2012). Supplements to Preparatory Study on Residential Ventilation and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 54: 1481–1493.
LOT 10. Fachinstitut Gebäude-Klima e.V., Germany. Roulet C-A, Heidt FD, Foradini F, Pibiri M-C (2001). Real heat recovery
Gendebien S, Georges E, Prieels L, Lemort V (2013a). Experimental with air handling units. Energy and Buildings, 33: 495–502.
performance characterization of a new single ventilation device Schwenzfeier L, Akoua J-J, Bianchina M, Buseyne S, Limoges D,
with heat recovery. In: Proceedings of the 34th AIVC Conference, Morel R (2009). Use of compact balanced single room ventilation
Athens, Greece. units with heat recovery in existing dwellings. In: Proceedings
Gendebien S, Bertagnolio S, Lemort V (2013b). Investigation on a of the 30th AIVC Conference, Berlin, Germany.
ventilation heat recovery exchanger: Modeling and experimental Söylemez MS (2000). On the optimum heat exchanger sizing for heat
validation in dry and partially wet conditions. Energy and Buildings, recovery. Energy Conversion and Management, 41: 1419–1427.
62: 176–189. Teke İ, Ağra Ö, Atayılmaz Ö, Demir H (2010). Determining the
Gendebien S (2014). Contributions to the development of a single room best type of heat exchangers for heat recovery. Applied Thermal
ventilation unit with heat recovery. PhD Thesis, University of Engineering, 30: 577–583.
Liège, Belgium. T’Joen C, Park Y, Wang Q, Sommers A, Han X, Jacobi A (2009). A
Händel C (2011). Ventilation with heat recovery is a necessity in review on polymer heat exchangers for HVAC & R applications.
“nearly zero” energy buildings. REHVA Journal, 2011(3): 18–22. International Journal of Refrigeration, 32: 763–779.
Hesselgreaves JE (2001). Heat Exchangers: Selection, Design and Trias Energetica (2016). Trias Energetica Concept Website. Available
Operation. Oxford, UK: Pergamon Press. at http://www.triasenergetic.com. Accessed Mar 2016.
Incropera FP, DeWitt DP (2002). Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Wouters P, Heijmans N, Delmotte C, Van den Bossche P, Wuyts D
Transfer, 5th edn. New York: JohnWiley & Sons. (2008). Trends in the Belgian building ventilation market and
IEA (2011). Technology Roadmap for Energy-Efficient Buildings. drivers for change. In: Proceedings of the 29th AIVC Conference,
International Energy Agency. Kyoto, Japan.
Accepted Manuscript
Title: Performance of a lab-scale membrane-based energy exchanger
Author: Maria Justo Alonso, Hans Martin Mathisen, Sofie Aarnes, Peng Liu
PII: S1359-4311(15)01367-8
DOI: http://dx.doi.org/doi: 10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2015.11.119
Reference: ATE 7401
To appear in: Applied Thermal Engineering
Received date: 24-8-2015

Accepted date: 21-11-2015
Please cite this article as: Maria Justo Alonso, Hans Martin Mathisen, Sofie Aarnes, Peng Liu,
Performance of a lab-scale membrane-based energy exchanger, Applied Thermal Engineering
(2015), http://dx.doi.org/doi: 10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2015.11.119.
This is a PDF file of an unedited manuscript that has been accepted for publication. As a service
to our customers we are providing this early version of the manuscript. The manuscript will
undergo copyediting, typesetting, and review of the resulting proof before it is published in its
final form. Please note that during the production process errors may be discovered which could
affect the content, and all legal disclaimers that apply to the journal pertain.
Performance of a lab-scale membrane-based energy exchanger
Maria Justo Alonsoa, Hans Martin Mathisenb, Sofie Aarnesc , Peng Liub
a
SINTEF Building and Infrastructure, Alfred Getz vei 3,7465, Trondheim, Norway
b
NTNU, Kolbjørn Hejesv. 1D,7465, Trondheim, Norway
c
Oslo University
Corresponding author: Maria Justo Alonso, 004794428591, maria.justo.alonso@sintef.no

Alfred Getz vei 3,7465, Trondheim, Norway
Page 1 of 33
Highlights
 We make a lab-scale membrane-based energy exchanger and evaluate its performance
 Three types of materials are studied
 Moisture transfer and heat transfer are analyzed for the different materials
 Pressure drop is used to analyze existence of frost
Abstract
Efficient energy recovery from used air with the goal of reducing energy use is
important for realizing low energy houses. Rotary heat exchangers are very energy efficient,
but have the drawback of transferring odours from exhaust air to fresh supply air. To avoid
this, flat plate heat exchangers are commonly used where odour transfer might cause
problems. Nevertheless, these may not properly handle water condensation and frost
formation at low outdoor temperatures. The so-called membrane-based energy exchangers are
an alternative to the flat plate heat exchanger. In a membrane-based exchanger, moisture is
transferred from the humid exhaust air to the dry supply air avoiding condensation at the
exhaust airside. In this work, a membrane energy exchanger was compared to a thin non-
vapour permeable plastic foil heat exchanger. The study focused on verifying condensation
and freezing problems and evaluating the performance of the membrane energy exchanger.
The experiments showed that non-permeable heat exchangers have problems with
condensation and freezing under test conditions. Under the same conditions, the membrane-
based exchanger did not experience the same problems. However, additional problems with
swelling of the membrane in high humidity conditions showed that the tested membrane type
had drawbacks and needs further development to become commercially applicable.
Keywords: Sensible Heat, Latent Heat, Cold Climate, Thermal Comfort, Energy
Recovery
1. Nomenclature ERE Energy recovery exchanger

2
h Heat transfer coefficient (W/m .K)
Mass airflow rate (kg/s)
ΔP Pressure drop (Pa, N/m2)
Subscripts
Dh Hydraulic diameter (m)
E Exhaust
F Moisture flow rate (kgw/s)
in Inlet
hM Moisture transfer coefficient (m/s)
max Maximum
R Moisture transfer resistance (s/m)
memb Membrane
Largest supply or exhaust airflow rate
min Minimum
(m3/s)
M Moisture
P Permeability (s/m)
inf Infiltration
t Time (s)
out Outdoor
A Heat transfer area (m2)
x Extract (since in Norway recirculation is not
RH Relative humidity (%)
allowed this value is equals to the exhaust)
EE Energy exchanger
exf Exfiltration
HE Heat exchanger
re Recovery unit exhaust side
Page 2 of 33
rs Recovery unit, supply side ρ Density of air (kg/m3)
S Supply ε Effectiveness (%)
T Total η Efficiency (%)
Greek letter ηT Total effectiveness or heat recovery
system(%)
ω Absolute humidity (kgW/kgA)
α Aspect ratio(height/width)
Page 3 of 33
2. Introduction
Reduced energy consumption is one of the most cost-effective ways of reducing CO2
emissions from combustion of fossil fuels. Worldwide, the building sector accounts for 40 %
of mainland energy use [1]. Airtight and well-insulated houses are needed to reduce
uncontrolled air infiltration and loss of thermal energy. Ventilation is required for removing
or diluting airborne pollutants that even in low concentrations may become irritating or
hazardous to humans. The main function of ventilation systems is to remove stale air from a
room and to supply fresh air. For relatively cold climates such as the Nordic climate,
mechanical ventilation systems are the state-of-the-art solution even in residential buildings
for ensuring air quality, thermal comfort and reduced energy use [2]. Heat losses in
ventilation systems without heat recovery become very significant in cold climates. To
achieve further reductions in energy use, the focus must be set on high energy efficient
ventilation and heat recovery [3]. Estimates show that 70 % of the sensible heat lost through
mechanical ventilation systems can be recovered using heat recovery systems [4]. This
percentage may increase when recovering latent and sensible heat from exhaust air.
The present study shows laboratory measurements of membrane energy exchangers in
typical conditions in Nordic countries. The characteristics of the membrane to be used must
ensure high ventilation effectiveness and efficiency, proper IAQ induction and the possibility
to avoid spreading odours. The test results focus on the performance of different types of
membranes and their suitability to avoid frost.
2.1 Theoretical background

Heat recovery is an important part of a building’s air handling unit that lowers the
energy usage due to heating (and cooling) of supply air. The heat recovery unit usually
includes a heat exchanger where the warm exhaust air exchanges heat with the cold supply air
(or the opposite for cooling purposes). In buildings with several flats and central air handling
systems, flat plate heat exchangers have been the dominant heat recovery systems in Nordic
countries. In contrast to more energy efficient heat recovery wheels, flat plate heat exchangers
do not suffer the problem of pollutant leakage from the exhaust to the supply air [5].
Aluminium or plastic based flat plate heat exchangers have quite low annual energy
recovery efficiency due to the large amount of energy needed for defrosting in cold climates
[6] . Condensation and frost problems in flat plate heat exchangers may be avoided if the
exhaust air is dehumidified before the temperature reaches the saturation temperature for
humid air.
Frosting in heat exchangers in Nordic countries is a major source of concern [7]. In
rotary wheel exchangers, frosting occurs when exhaust moisture is condensed in a cross-
sectional zone in which the mean temperature of the rotor during one revolution is lower than
0 °C [8]. According to Incropera and Dewitt [9], due to the link between frosting conditions
and effectiveness, control strategies based on the freezing point or fixed time period are
inadequate. Holmberg [8] lab-tested practical limits when excess water is drained out of the
rotor and concluded that “the supply air limiting temperature can be assumed to be
approximately -10 °C.” Frosting is not a typical problem in rotary heat exchangers in Norway
because the frosting process is very slow and indoor humidity conditions usually change
before this becomes a problem [10]. Experience shows that frost grows when heat wheels are
Page 4 of 33
used. However, only a few successive hours of frost growth are not sufficient to cause
problems. More hours with frost are observed when using plate heat exchangers.
Moisture transfer lowers tolerable outdoor temperature and increase the indoor RH
before frost occurs. However, this parameter has little importance for the Oslo climate
because only a few measured points are located in the condensation and frost region [11],
whereas for one Finnish climate (South of Finland Kuuva) , shown in Figure 1, we can see
that frost may occur for several hours, and this problem is solved when membrane heat
exchangers are used. Flat plate heat exchangers do not benefit from the positive "unfreezing"
effect of rotation. Condensation and frost problems in flat plate heat exchangers may be
avoided by dehumidifying the air before the saturation temperature is reached. Aarnes [12]
found that a membrane-based heat exchanger was more able to decrease the frost protection
temperature compared to a conventional flat plate heat exchanger. This reduction could lead
to great energy savings in Nordic residential buildings with several living units and
centralised air-handling systems. Aarnes also found that if it is possible to obtain moisture
transfer efficiency over 70%, energy usage for frost protection can be reduced and indoor air
quality can still be improved without increased total costs in relation to flat plate heat
exchangers. This advance is important for new airtight buildings.
A sensible effectiveness compromise ensuring both acceptable heat recovery rates and
low frost risk exists but depends on outdoor and indoor conditions of the place (RH and
temperatures). The practical effectiveness most likely cannot meet the prescribed
requirements if the frost problem is not taken into account in cold climates.
(Insert Figure 1 here [8, 13-16])
In this paper, the effectiveness of different materials used as plates in heat exchanger
is analysed in views of moisture and heat recovery and in frost formation.
3. Experimental setup
A test rig was constructed to compare frost formation in a laboratory at the
Department of Energy and Process Engineering at NTNU. The frost growth in a recovery-
based system was compared using two different types of plastic sheets and one type of
membrane sheet. For this experiment, the test conditions should be as stable as possible over
the testing periods. The heat exchanger was placed as shown in Figure 2.
(Insert Figure 2 here)
3.1 Supply airside

"Outdoor" air was supplied from the laboratory by means of a 12 V axial computer
fan. Two cooling coils in series using glycol as a refrigerant were used to cool down the air on
the supply side. The typical temperature of the air when it reached the heat exchanger was in
the range -4 to -10 °C depending on air flow rates (with lower airflows the heat loss was
higher). The ducts worked as air straighteners before and after the heat exchanger to ensure
supply of a fully developed flow. The static pressure over the heat exchanger was measured to
determine ice or frost formation inside the cooling coil.
Page 5 of 33
3.2 Exhaust airside
Conditioning of the air to simulate the exhaust airside was performed inside a “climate
chamber” built of 40-mm-thick polystyrene plates. By taking some of the cold air from the
cooling coil, the temperature and humidity of the inlet air to the “climate-chamber” were kept
stable. An open water container with a 300 W heating element and a thermocouple connected
to a PID controller were used to humidify the air. Both temperature and humidity were
controlled by controlling the water temperature in the water container. The inlet temperature
and humidity were kept nearly constant during each experiment but not for different
experiments due to limitation on cooling and heating capacities of the system.
3.3 Heat exchanger prototype

The prototype heat exchanger was built with a frame made of two hexagonal 6 mm
transparent acrylic plastic sheets. Two 3 mm bars were glued to each hexagonal plate
(membrane or plastic sheets) using epoxy glue. The first membrane layer was connected to
the frame base layer using double-sided tape. The sandwich-style construction of Lexan bars
and membranes is shown in Figure 3. For the first test, this prototype (Figure 3) was used.
However, for the rest of the experiments the number of membrane layers was increased from
3 to 5 and therefore the capacity of the exchanger was increased. Figure 3 depicts a three
layers membrane heat exchanger.
Three different plate material types were tested: two non-permeable “plastics” and one
membrane with high permeability to water vapour. The properties of the materials are shown
in Table 1.
(Insert Table 1 here)
The transparent wrapping plastic sheet was non-elastic and relatively stiff. This
property simplified the construction of the heat exchanger prototype. The PP sheets and
membrane were more difficult to handle in the construction of the exchanger prototype. For
further prototypes, the use of metallic straightener should be considered to give strength to
this type of construction. Permeability values were taken from provider's datasheets. The PP
sheets had a thickness similar to that of the membrane.
4. Measurement and instruments

Vaisala temperature and humidity instruments were used (three type HMP 233 and
one type HMT 334). They were mounted perpendicular to the air streams in each of the
rectangular ducts receiving and supplying air from and to the heat exchanger. The pressure
drop over the heat exchanger was measured every second with micro-manometers from DPM.
The relative humidity and temperature of the laboratory and the supply air outlet velocity
were logged using a TSI Velocicalc 9555-P every second. The laboratory's humidity and
temperature were logged by the Velocicalc every 10 minutes, and averaging was performed
by the instrument [12]. The placement of the sensors is shown in Figure 4.
Page 6 of 33
4.1 Uncertainty
The uncertainty of the experimental investigation was connected to the reliability and
the accuracy of the measurement instruments and the use of them. The accuracy of the
instruments is shown in Table 2:
The general form of uncertainty is given by
(
1)
The uncertainty ( ) in Equation (1) is then expressed by combing bias and precision
error as
(
2)
The bias (B) which also called systematic uncertainty is from every elemental error
sources, which influence the measurement.
The precision error (P) is determined by
(
3)
Since the measurements were logged every second and the experiments were run for
more than 12 hours, the number of degrees of freedom tends to be infinite, then
refers to[17] when 95% confidence interval is applied.
The effectiveness for moisture transfer and heat transfer for the exhaust airside are calculated
in percentage as:
*100 (4)
*100 (5)
For the calculation of the total uncertainty of the thermal efficiency, it is calculated as:
Page 7 of 33
(6)
5. Results
5.1 Flow Pattern inside the heat exchanger

A heat exchanger with coloured paper as heat transfer plates was constructed to study
the flow pattern inside the heat exchanger by means of a “smoke pen”. A fan was used to
move the air through the heat exchanger, and the smoke pen was ignited and moved along the
inlet of the heat exchanger. The coloured paper made the smoke visible, and it was possible to
identify streamlines inside the heat exchanger. The pictures shown in Figure 5, from left to
right, depict the smoke flow patterns with: dry paper, paper after approximately 5 minutes of
moisture exposure from the humidifier, and paper after approximately 10 more minutes of
moisture exposure. The paper started to crumple when exposed to humidity, which is clearly
visible in the last picture. The humidity seems to affect the membrane and thereafter the flow
patterns as shown in Figure 5
The airflow patterns obtained are in accordance with the literature [21] and the cold
corner risk for frost has to be taken into account in design of this type of exchangers.
5.2 Experimental investigation

Table 3 summarizes the central results for eight different experiments with different
plate materials.
The temperature effectiveness following for the different experiments are shown in
Figure 6; they were quite stable over time for all experiments except experiment two. The
development of the pressure drops are shown in Figure 7 for experiments one through eight.
Heat exchanger 1 shows a lower temperature efficiency due to the lower available area
(lower number of plates) for heat transfer. Exchangers 2 and 4 show similar heat recovery
efficiency because of having similar volume flow rates and similar thickness of plate (plastic).
Energy exchanger 3 has a similar temperature effectiveness despite of having almost half air
flow that 1 and 2, probably also due to the unbalance between supply and exhaust air. Energy
exchanger 5 and 6 show almost the same effectiveness because of testing the same flow
conditions with the only variation of outdoors temperature. Between these two tests, it seems
Page 8 of 33
that outdoor temperatures do not affect the temperature efficiency. For test 7 the airflow rates
are almost doubled compared to test 8 (other conditions kept similar). The efficiency does not
increase because of this mass flow increase. In test 7 the NTU of the exchanger decreases
when increasing the mass flow, but not the area of transfer and therefore the effectiveness
decreases (see formulas below).
(7)
(8)
For test 8 it could be surprising the increase of efficiency compared to test 5 and 6.
However, in this test, there is crumpling of the membranes, reducing the mass flow rate and
therefore increasing the efficiency of the transfer (but not the energy transferred). In addition,
in this case we see that condensation occurs due to higher RH on the exhaust air. As explained
by Anisimov et al [18] temperature recovery depends significantly on the exhaust relative
humidity and on existence of condensation.
The initial pressure drop varied between the different experiments, as shown in Figure
7. However, a significant difference between heat exchangers (with plastic plates) and the
membrane-based exchanger is observable. While the difference in pressure drop between the
two air streams was quite constant over time for membrane-based exchangers 3, 5, 6 and 7
(Figure 7), the pressure drop increased significantly with time for the plastic based heat
exchanger prototypes in experiments 1, 2 and 4 as the frost layer was growing. A very small
decrease in the pressure drop difference occurred in experiment 8 (Figure 7).
(Insert Figures 7 here)
5.3 Membrane crumpling

The results presented in Figure 8 show that experiments 7 and 8 resulted in much
higher moisture transfer s than the other experiments. During experiments 7 and 8 the
outdoors temperatures are much lower (ca-10 °C vs other experiments as -5°C). This relates
to much lower contents of humidity on the cold air. The difference of moisture content of the
dry outdoors air with the moist warm indoor air explains the higher moisture recovery
effectiveness. Being this membrane porous the moisture diffusivity increases with increasing
vapour pressure difference at both sides of the membrane [19].
Figure 9 shows the measured moisture transfer efficiency dependency on the supply
inlet temperature. These values are only one point, as the effectiveness are constant once
stable conditions are achieved.
(Insert Figures 8 and 9 here)
Ice and condensed water were found in all plastic exchangers (experiments 1, 2 and 4)
as well as in the last membrane-based experiment (experiment 8). The ice formed in different
Page 9 of 33
areas in both types of exchangers. In the plastic based heat exchangers, ice formation occurred
in the exhaust air channels near the supply air inlet. In the membrane-based heat exchanger,
ice formed near the supply air outlet. In the membrane-based exchanger, the membranes
tended to expand and crumple in very humid conditions. This occurred in Experiment 8 when
turning off the cooling coil between experiments.
For the pictures shown in Figure 10, the exchanger was dipped in water for one
second. The membranes expanded and stuck together. After several hours, the membranes
dried out and recovered their shape. Figure 11 shows the difference between the dry and wet
heat exchanger. This is interesting to show the reactions to humid conditions.
6. Discussion
The objective of this study was to investigate differences between plate materials in
terms of condensation and frost risk. The change in pressure drop over the heat exchanger was
used as an indicator of frost. The heat exchanger prototype top and bottom were made of
transparent acrylic plates. This made it possible to conduct a visual investigation of possible
formation of ice and its location. The streamlines in the dry exchanger were assumed to be of
the same form in both exhaust and supply air streams.
In the ideal quasi-counter flow headers, the flows are perpendicular. However, in
reality, they are tilted approximately 30°. This means that numerical calculations based on
counter flow assumption will most likely give over-predicted values.
6.2 Pressure Drop and Flow Rates through the Exchanger

Program HXcalc [20] calculates the pressure drop with the correlation:
(9)
For the same geometry of the channels, an increase in the flow rate will cause an
increase in the pressure drop. From Figures 9 and 13 we can conclude some correlations
between equivalent tests. Test 3 and 6 are conducted in equivalent temperatures but the
volume flow of supplied air is double in experiment 6. In this case, the pressure drop is also
higher for experiment 6 meaning higher fan consumption but also better heat and moisture
recovery for membrane 6. Conclusion of this experiment is that higher airflow rates yield
higher total enthalpy recovered but higher fan energy use.
For case 5 and 6 we are having equivalent supplied air flows and pressure drops, the
range of temperatures is larger for membrane 6 and also the humidity differential. This yields
higher moisture recovery for membrane 6 but the heat recovery is the same. Therefore we can
conclude that increasing differential of humidity increases moisture recovery.
Page 10 of 33
For cases 7 and 8 the airflow rates are almost double, however due to crumbling of the
membranes, the pressure drop is equivalent and the recoveries as well. Due to the changes in
aspect ratios and low accuracy in airflow measurements, the comparison is not accurate.
(Insert Figures 12 and 13 here)
The pressure drop over the supply airside was not stable in all experiments. In
experiments 2, 3, 7 and 8, the supply air side pressure drop decreased, while in experiments 4,
5 and 6, it increased. In both experiments 2 and 4, a large amount of ice formation was
observed. The test conditions were quite similar in these two experiments. However, the
pressure drop over the supply airside had opposite effects in the two tests, as shown in Figure
7. A possible reason for the difference may be the material stiffness properties. Experiment 2
utilised stiff wrapping plastic, while experiment 4 tested PP sheets. While an ice layer was
building up in the PP exchanger, blocking the exhaust air channels and increasing the
exhaust's airside pressure drop, the channel height of the supply airside channels changed, and
the pressure drop increased as well. This did not happen in experiment 2, which used stiff
plastic sheets and here no shape of the channels happened.
When pressure unbalance occurred between both sides of the membrane, the
membrane curved towards the lower pressure, making the channels with the lower airflow
rate narrower. The pressure drop at this side increased, as shown in Figure 7 for experiments
1, 2, 3 and 4. For experiments 5 and 6, this effect cannot be observed, suggesting a possible
internal leakage between layers of the exchanger.
6.3 Evaluation of the Test Rig

When building the experimental apparatus, a glycol-cooling loop was used to produce
cold air for the purpose of simplicity. Due to restrictions in the experimental setup, the cold
side temperature was limited to -10.5 °C for the coldest experiment. Difficulties repeating
exactly the same inlet conditions for the experiments, especially regarding pressure drop,
airflow rates and supply inlet temperatures, made it problematic to compare the results.
However, the exhaust airside of the test rig delivered very stable humidity and temperature
conditions through the test period.
The hypothesis that frost or ice formation would create an increase in the pressure
drop over the exhaust airside of the heat exchanger was verified by the results. This finding
indicates that the test rig was suitable for investigating whether ice formation problems
occurred or not.
The uncertainty of the experimental results was very large, especially concerning the
flow rate measurements and temperature loss to the surroundings. The cooling coil tended to
freeze, and the airflow rate on the supply air side decreased with time. The test duration was
restricted to the time before ice blocking of the cooling coil. For most experiments, this
occurred after approximately 800 minutes. Ice formation in the plastic based heat exchangers
was seen. Condensation of water was observed to occur after a short time in these
experiments (1, 2 and 4). The differences in pressure drops also started to increase at the
beginning of these experiments, as observed in Figure 7.
Page 11 of 33
6.4 Evaluation of the Membrane-based Heat Exchanger Prototype
Plastic-based heat exchanger prototypes were tested to examine water condensation
and frost formation in the exhaust air channels. Water droplets were already observed through
the transparent acrylic top plate in the top exhaust channel after a few hours in these
experiments. The frost formation appeared near the supply air inlet, which correlates very
well with the CFD analysis of [21]. Zhang’s analysis shows that the coldest area in the
exhaust air channels is near the supply air inlet. The pressure drop difference in these
experiments rose significantly through the test periods.
In the membrane-based experiments, i.e., 3, 5, 6 and 7, neither condensation nor ice
was formed. The change in the pressure drop was not significant (experiment 7 must be
disregarded here because the test duration was too short).
In the final experiment, a small amount of condensate water was observed near the
supply air outlet in the upper exhaust air channel after 8 hours. The tested membrane material
expanded in very humid conditions, as shown in Figure 11. At the end of the experiment, ice
was found.
The frost appeared in different areas in the plastic based prototypes compared to the
final membrane-based experiment. In the plastic prototypes, the ice was formed in the coldest
area in the exchanger near the supply air inlet. The ice in the membrane prototype appeared
near the supply air outlet, which was the second warmest side of the exchanger. A hypothesis
to explain why ice was formed in this part generated in experiment 8. The crumpling of the
membrane due to high humidity levels in the exhaust airside caused the membrane to stick to
the upper and lower heat exchanger frame plates, making the exhaust air stagnant. The supply
airside cooled the stagnant exhaust air almost down to the temperature of the supply air.
Because the moisture transfer efficiency cannot be 100 %, condensation and freezing
occurred. Our guess is that the crumpling is probably the responsible for the frost. Its position
was random for us probably due to different tightness of the membrane to the frame.
As neither condensate water nor ice were found in the coldest spot (near the supply air
inlet), this may indicate that the expansion of the membrane was the problem that caused the
ice formation. Expansion and crumpling were observed when the humidity was high, as in
experiment 8, with an exhaust humidity of 46.6 % and supply air temperature of -9.6 °C, but
not in experiment 7, with values of 37.3 % and -10.5 °C, respectively. Experiment 8 had the
highest exhaust inlet absolute humidity at 8 g/kg (gram water per kg air). The supply air
temperature was colder in experiment 7 than in experiment 8; although the exhaust humidity
was lower (6.5 g/kg). It appears that the temperature and humidity conditions that led to
crumpling fell within the range between these two experiments. Because the RH inside a
residential building in winter seldom gets above 40 %, the tested membrane-based heat
exchanger may work in even outdoor temperatures lower than -10 °C.
Zhang’s [21] CFD analysis showed that the most humid area was on the heat
exchangers’ lower right side(in his temperature range this yields condensational and we
assume that in our temperature range it would be frost), while the ice formation in the
experiment was on the lower left side. However, Zhang [22] showed that the lower left side
had a lower velocity than the right side. This finding can explain why the extensive crumpling
and ice formation occurred here on the exhaust airside.
Page 12 of 33
The heat exchanger area and the flow rates were too low to compare this prototype to
a “real case.” However, the experimental results show that the freezing and condensation
problems were reduced in the membrane-based exchanger. Further research is needed to
determine the temperature and humidity levels for which the membrane exchanger will freeze
due to the limitation of moisture transfer effectiveness. The tested membrane was very elastic,
which made stretching it out difficult when building the prototype. The pressure drop
behaviour caused by the elasticity may be problematic if the flow rates are unbalanced. The
elastic membranes would most likely create an even larger unbalance, and the energy needed
for transport the air through the heat exchanger would increase.
The optimal membrane should therefore not expand when wetted and should
preferably not be elastic, due to problems caused by unbalance and the difficulties in building
the exchanger.
7. Conclusion
During this experimental campaign, different types of heat and energy exchangers
have been tested. The experimental tests showed frost formation on the plastic prototypes in
the exhaust air channels near the outdoor air inlet side of the exchanger. This was not the case
for four of the five test with the hydrophilic membrane, which showed no condensation or ice
near the outdoor air inlet. However, in the experiment with the highest exhaust air inlet
humidity (46.6 % RH), the membrane expanded and was crumpled near the supply air outlet.
Condensate water and ice were found in the exhaust air channels near the supply air outlet in
this experiment. The permeable membrane was therefore found to be superior to the two
plastic materials regarding water condensation and frost formation. The moisture recovery for
this type of membrane seems to be highly related to differences of moisture content at both
sides of the membrane. Being this membrane porous the moisture diffusivity varies with the
vapour pressure difference at both sides of the membrane.
The pressure drops over the heat exchanger were found strongly influenced by the
elasticity of the membrane material and were not proportional to the flow rate as expected.
The elasticity and the membrane’s tendency to expand at high humidity made the tested
membrane difficult to use in a membrane-based heat exchanger. Methods to decrease the
elasticity reinforce or spacer to keep it in place must be developed. Lamination of the
membrane to a supporting fabric might be a possibility. Other types of membranes should also
be tested.
The experimental investigation was restricted to a supply air temperature of
approximately -10 °C. The membrane-based heat exchangers’ performance at even lower
temperatures should be investigated to determine whether the membrane-based heat
exchanger could work in extreme winter conditions without extra defrosting system. These
tests should be repeated in a full-scale prototype to avoid scaling effects.
It also seems that increasing airflow rates (for a constant geometry and layer number
of exchanger) increases the pressure drop and increase the energy recovery, i.e. increase fan
consumption and heating demand. An overall analysis of the real saved energy following the
SNES [23] concept developed by the author should be done in real size testing.
Membranes should also be tested for durability and pollution transfer to determine
whether the technology is suitable for use in residential buildings with several living units.
Page 13 of 33
Acknowledgements
The authors gratefully acknowledge the support from the Research Council of Norway
and several partners through the Research Centre on Zero Emission Buildings (ZEB). Grant
number 193830. Also acknowledge that part of the results of this paper have already been
presented in the Passivhus Norden conference 2013.
References
[1] Buildings Technologies Program and Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, 2008
Building Energy Data Book. Washington, DC: United States Department of Energy,
2009.
[2] American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers,
Handbook-Fundamentals. Atlanta: ASHRAE, 1997.
[3] F. Steimle and J. Roben, "Ventilation requirements in modern buildings," Proceedings
of the 13th AIVC Conference, pp. 414-422., 1992.
[4] Y. Aristov, I. V. Mezentsev, and V. A. Mukhin, "A new approach to regenerating heat
and moisture in ventilation systems," Energy and Buildings, vol. 40, pp. 204-208,
2008.
[5] H. Zhang and H. Yoshino, "Analysis of indoor humidity environment in Chinese
residential buildings," Building and Environment, vol. 45, pp. 2132-2140, 2010.
[6] C. O. Drivsholm, H, Larsen, C. Jensen, J. S., Nielsen T. R. , Kragh J. , Svendsen S.,
"Udvikling af energiøkonomisk ventilasjonløsning med varmegenvinding til boliger,"
BYG- DTU., 2005.
[7] E. G. Phillips, R. E. Chant, B. C. Bradley, and D. R. Fisher, "A model to compare
freezing control strategies for residential air-to-air heat recovery ventilators," ASHRAE
Transactions, vol. 95, pp. 475-483, 1989.
[8] R. B. Holmberg, "Prediction of condensation and frosting limits in rotary wheels for
heat recovery in buildings," ASHRAE Transactions, vol. 95, pp. 64-69, 1989.
Page 14 of 33
[9] F. P. Incropera and D. P. Dewitt, Introduction to heat transfer, Third Edition ed. New
York: John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
[10] S. Bilodeau, P. Brousseau, M. Lacroix, and Y. Mercadier, "Frost formation in rotary
heat and moisture exchangers," International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol.
42, pp. 2605-2619, 1999.
[11] M. Justo Alonso, H. M. Mathisen, and S. Aarnes, Investigation of prototype
membrane based energy exchanger. Goteborg: ENERGISINT NTNU UiO, 2013.
[12] S. Aarnes, Membrane based heat exchanger (Master's thesis). Trondheim: NTNU,
2012.
[13] S. H. Pfeiffer, "Untersuchungen zum Einfrieren von regenerativ wärmeübertragern,"
Klima, Kälte, Heizung, vol. 15, pp. 449-452, 1987.
[14] Peng, 2014.
[15] T. Kalamees, M. Korpi, J. Vinha, and J. Kurnitski, "The effects of ventilation systems
and building fabric on the stability of indoor temperature and humidity in Finnish
detached houses," Building and Environment, vol. 44, pp. 1643-1650, 2009.
[16] P. Liu, Justo Alonso,M., Rafatinasr,M., Mathisen,H.M., Simonson, C, "Frosting
Limits for Counter-flow Membrane Energy Exchanger (MEE) in Cold Climates.,"
13th International Conference on Indoor Air Quality and Climate. July 2014. Hong
Kong, 2014.
[17] W. G. S. H.W. Coleman, Experimentation and Uncertainty Analysis for Engineers,
Second ed. Ney York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
[18] S. Anisimov, A. Jedlikowski, and D. Pandelidis, "Frost formation in the cross-flow
plate heat exchanger for energy recovery," International Journal of Heat and Mass
Transfer, vol. 90, pp. 201-217, 11// 2015.
Page 15 of 33
[19] M. Justo Alonso, Mathisen, H.M., Novakovic, V., Simonsen, C. , "Heat and Mass
Transfer in Membrane-Based Total Heat Exchanger, Membrane Study. ," 7th Cold
Climate Conference , November 12 - 14. Calgary, AB, Canada., 2012.
[20] S. AArnes "Membrane based heat exchanger," Master thesis, EPT, NTNU,
Trondheim, 2012.
[21] L.-Z. Zhang, "Heat and mass transfer in a quasi-counter flow membrane-based total
heat exchanger," International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, vol. 53, pp. 5478-
5486, 2010.
[22] L.-Z. Zhang, Liang, C.H., Pei, L.-X., "Conjugate heat and mass transfer in membrane-
formed channels in all entry regions," International Journal of Heat and Mass
Transfer, vol. 53, pp. 815-824, 2010.
[23] M. L. Justo Alonso, Peng; Mathisen, Hans Martin; Ge, Gaoming; Carey, Simonson,
"Review of heat/energy recovery exchangers for use in ZEBs in cold climate
countries," Building and Environment, vol. 84, pp. 228-237, 2015.
[24] H. N. Patel, C. J. Simonson, and B. R.W, Contaminant transfer between the supply
and exhaust air streams of run-around membrane energy exchanger. Syracuse:
IAQVEC, 2010.
[25] R. B. Holmberg, "Prediction of Condensation and Frosting Limits in Rotary wheels
for Heat Recovery in Buildings," ASHRAE Transactions, Volume 95: pages 64-69,
1989.
[25] Justo Alonso, Maria; Liu, Peng; Mathisen, Hans Martin; Ge, Gaoming; Carey,
Simonson. Review of heat/energy recovery exchangers for use in ZEBs in cold climate
countries. Building and Environment 2015 ;Volum 84. s. 228-237
Page 16 of 33
Tables
Table 1. Properties of the different plate materials tested.
Material Water permeable Elastic Crumples in high humidity
Wrapping plastic No No No
PP (polypropylene) No Yes No
Membrane X Yes Yes Yes
Page 17 of 33
Table 2. Instruments uncertainty
Manufacturer Model Measurement Instrument Uncertainty
Vaisala HMP 233 Relative humidity ±2% (3% for 90-100%RH)

Temperature ±0.1°C
Vaisala HMT 334 Relative humidity ±(1+0.008*reading) %RH

Temperature ±0.2°C (at 20°C), ±0.3°C (at - 10°C)
DPM TT470s Pressure drop ±1% of reading ± 0.1Pa +analogue

output: ±0.3%
TSI Velocicalc Relative humidity ±3%

9555-P Temperature Velocity ±0.3°C
±max(3% of reading, 0.015m/s)
Page 18 of 33
Table 3 Overview of all experiments, with mean values for inlet temperatures, relative humidity, pressure drops, measured airflow rates and
calculated effectiveness based on the exhaust air side.
Plate Ts, in TE,in RHs, in RHE,in ΔPs ΔPe Vs Ve ηT ηM (%)
Material (°C) (°C) (%) (%) [24] [24] (m3/h) (m3/h) (%)
1 Wrap plastic -5.3 23.8 27.4 43.6 2.4 2.55 1.58* 1.58 27 No moisture
transfer 0.0044 0.0179
2 Wrap plastic -8.0 20.8 33.6 39.3 3.95 5.79 1.66 1.05 37 No moisture
transfer 0.0043 0.0146
3 Membrane -4.9 21.2 27.1 42.86 9.248 8.96 0.74 1.38 41 37
0.0047 0.0400
4 PP -8.4 21.0 35.17 46.15 6.16 6.73 1.38 1.3 35 No moisture
transfer 0.0042 0.0209
5 Membrane -0.2 22.9 39.02 45.25 10.47 9.85 1.53 1.33 54 49
0.0053 0.0336
6 Membrane -4.3 22.8 29.54 43.27 11.13 10.48 1.55 1.2 54 58
0.0045 0.0329
7 Membrane -10.5 23.2 41.04 37.27 27.19 25.6 2.6 a 0.6 a 60 91
0.0037 0.01
8 Membrane -9.6 22.9 34.22 46.6 25.25 24.8 1.4a 0.6 a 61 88
0.0038 0.0315
a
Flow rates were not measured, but they were assumed from velocity and humidity-temperature diagram lines.
Page 19 of 33
Figure legends
Figure 1. Frost threshold temperatures reported by Pfeiffer [13] and Holmberg [25] for
lowering RH for a heat wheel and the frost threshold for a plate heat exchanger (75 % sensible
effectiveness) and [16] plate membrane energy exchanger (75 % sensible effectiveness),
given average conditions in Finland [15]
Figure 2. Sketch of the exhaust airside of the test set-up
Figure 3. Drawing of the layer prototype to illustrate the sandwich-style construction of the
heat exchanger.
Figure 4. Positioning of sensors
Figure 5. Flow patterns at different humidity rates
Figure 6. Temperature efficiency of the eight membrane experiments
Figure 7. Pressure drop experiments 1, 2 and 4 are plastic based whereas 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8 are
membrane based
Figure 8. Evolution of moisture transfer with time
Figure 9. Moisture and temperature transfer efficiency on the exhaust airside, dependent on Comment [BS1]: Author: Two versions of
captions were provided for Figures 9 and 12, and the
time, in the membrane experiments. Experiment 3 M has a supply air flow of 0.74m3/h, 5M ones below the figures have been retained. Please
check and confirm that it is correct.
supply flow 1.53 m3/h, 6M supply flow 1.55 m3/h, 7M supply flow 2.6 m3/h and 8M supply
flow 1.4 m3/h
Figure 10. Expansion of the membrane in high humidity
Figure 11. Left: Dry heat exchanger. Right: Wet heat exchanger
Figure 12. Result of maximum temperature and moisture efficiency and the mean pressure
drop at this time all the materials with tabulated values for each experiments of temperatures
of supply and exhaust and supplied air volume
Figure 13. Correlation between the exhaust flow rate and the exhaust side pressure drop
(left). Correlation between the supply flow rate and the supply side pressure drop (right).
Error bars represent the total calculated error. When only one flow rate was measured, the
error was set to 0.26 m3/h, which was the maximum calculated flow rate error for all tests.
Page 20 of 33
Figure 1 Frost threshold temperatures reported by Pfeiffer [13] and Holmberg [25] for lowering RH for a heat wheel and the frost threshold for a
plate heat exchanger (75 % sensible effectiveness) and [16] plate membrane energy exchanger (75 % sensible effectiveness), given average
conditions in Kuuva, Finland [15]
Page 21 of 33
Figure 2 Sketch of the exhaust air side of the test set-up
Page 22 of 33
Figure 3 Drawing of the layer prototype to illustrate the sandwich-style construction of the
heat exchanger.
Page 23 of 33
Figure 4 Positioning of sensors
Page 24 of 33
Figure 5 Flow patterns at different humidity rates
Page 25 of 33
Figure 6 Temperature efficiency of the eight membrane experiments
Page 26 of 33
Figure 7 Pressure drop experiments 1, 2 and 4 are plastic based whereas 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8 are membrane based
Page 27 of 33
Figure 8. Evolution of moisture transfer with time
Page 28 of 33
TE,in P (Pa) Vs (m3/h) Ve (m3/h)
(°C)
3 21.2 9.104 0.74 1.38
5 22.9 10.16 1.53 1.33
6 22.8 10.805 1.55 1.2
7 23.2 26.395 2.6 0.6
8 22.9 25.025 1.4a 0.6
Figure 9 Moisture and temperature transfer efficiency on the exhaust airside, dependent on time, in the membrane experiments. Experiment 3 M
has a supply air flow of 0.74m3/h, 5M supply flow 1.53 m3/h, 6M supply flow 1.55 m3/h, 7M supply flow 2.6 m3/h and 8M supply flow 1.4
m3/h
Page 29 of 33
Figure 10 Expansion of the membrane in high humidity
Page 30 of 33
Figure 11 Left: Dry heat exchanger. Right: Wet heat exchanger
Page 31 of 33
Ts, in TE,in Vs (m3/h) Ve (m3/h)
(°C) (°C)
1 -5.3 23.8 1.58 1.58
2 -8.0 20.8 1.66 1.05
3 -4.9 21.2 0.74 1.38
4 -8.4 21.0 1.38 1.3
5 -0.2 22.9 1.53 1.33
6 -4.3 22.8 1.55 1.2
7 -10.5 23.2 2.6 0.6
8 -9.6 22.9 1.4 0.6
Figure 12 Result of maximum temperature and moisture efficiency and the mean pressure drop at this time all the materials with tabulated values
for each experiments of temperatures of supply and exhaust and supplied air volume
Page 32 of 33
Figure 13 Correlation between the exhaust flow rate and the exhaust side pressure drop (left). Correlation between the supply flow rate and the
supply side pressure drop (right). Error bars represent the total calculated error. When only one flow rate was measured, the error was set to 0.26
m3/h, which was the maximum calculated flow rate error for all tests.
Page 33 of 33
membranes
Article
Air-to-Air Heat and Moisture Recovery in a Plate-Frame
Exchanger Using Composite and Asymmetric Membranes
Amir Jahed Mogharrab 1 , Seyedmehdi Sharifian 1 , Neda Asasian-Kolur 1,2, *, Ali Ghadimi 3 , Bahram Haddadi 2
and Michael Harasek 2
1 Fouman Faculty of Engineering, College of Engineering, University of Tehran, Fouman 43516-66456, Iran;
amir.jahed.m@ut.ac.ir (A.J.M.); s.m.sharifian@gmail.com (S.S.)
2 Institute of Chemical, Environmental and Bioscience Engineering, Technische Universität Wien,
Getreidemarkt 9/166, A-1060 Vienna, Austria; bahram.haddadi.sisakht@tuwien.ac.at (B.H.);
michael.harasek@tuwien.ac.at (M.H.)
3 Faculty of Petrochemicals, Iran Polymer and Petrochemical Institute, Tehran 14965-115, Iran;
a.ghadimi@ippi.ac.ir
* Correspondence: neda.asasian@tuwien.ac.at
Abstract: The present work studied an air-to-air exchanger comprising a flat plate module with a
diagonal channel and a counterflow configuration for the air streams. The objective of this study was
to remove moisture and sensible heat from an exhaust air stream by indirect contact with another
air stream. The temperature and flow rate of the exhaust air was in the range of 40–80 ◦ C and
1–5 L·min−1 , respectively, and the fresh ambient air to exhaust air flow ratio was 1–5. An asymmetric
porous membrane (P-MEM), a thin film composite membrane (C-MEM), and a kraft paper were
used as the core for the heat exchange module. The most influential parameter was the humid
air temperature, with a direct positive effect (50–60%) due to the increase in the kinetic energy
of the water molecules. The other effective parameter was the flow rate of the humid gas with a
Citation: Jahed Mogharrab, A.;
Sharifian, S.; Asasian-Kolur, N.; reverse effect on the enthalpy exchanger performance (25–37%). The ratio of “fresh” air to “exhaust”
Ghadimi, A.; Haddadi, B.; Harasek, air had the lowest positive effect (8–10%) on the total effectiveness. The sensible effectiveness of
M. Air-to-Air Heat and Moisture different membranes under the studied conditions was relatively the same, showing their similar
Recovery in a Plate-Frame Exchanger heat conductivity. However, the kraft paper showed the best performance compared to the synthetic
Using Composite and Asymmetric membranes due to having a porous/hydrophile texture. P-MEM with an asymmetric porous texture
Membranes. Membranes 2022, 12, 484. showed the closest performance to kraft paper. Furthermore, it was found that under limited
https://doi.org/10.3390/ conditions, such as higher temperatures (70 and 80 ◦ C) and flow rates (5 L·min−1 ) for the humid
membranes12050484
air, the performance of P-MEM was a little better than the kraft paper. However, C-MEM with the
Academic Editor: Chii-Dong Ho lowest total effectiveness and overall heat transfer coefficient (150–210 W·m−2 ·K−1 ) showed that the
hydrophile PEBAX layer could not contribute to moisture recovery due to its high thickness.
Received: 31 March 2022
Accepted: 27 April 2022
Keywords: enthalpy exchanger; asymmetric porous membrane; thin film composite membrane;
Published: 29 April 2022
moisture and heat transfer; effectiveness
Publisher’s Note: MDPI stays neutral
with regard to jurisdictional claims in
published maps and institutional affil-
iations. 1. Introduction
Considering the adverse effects of a humid environment on human health for people
who spend a lot of time indoors, reducing humidity and ventilation are constant issues
Copyright: © 2022 by the authors.
in households [1]. Humidity at high temperatures plays a vital role in problems ranging
Licensee MDPI, Basel, Switzerland. from mild skin discomfort to more severe issues, such as creating a suitable environment
This article is an open access article for microbes and viruses to grow and shortening equipment lifetime. In addition, HVAC
distributed under the terms and systems operating in humid weather consume more energy than in dry weather to provide
conditions of the Creative Commons the same cooling capacity and dissipate the latent energy of water vapor molecules [2].
Attribution (CC BY) license (https:// Conventional vapor compression refrigeration systems used in heating, ventilation,
creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ and air conditioning (HVAC) applications suffer from high energy demand, high operating
4.0/). cost, excessive cooling of dry air, and providing uncomfortable living conditions, especially
Membranes 2022, 12, 484. https://doi.org/10.3390/membranes12050484 https://www.mdpi.com/journal/membranes

Membranes 2022, 12, 484 2 of 15
at highly humid air streams [3]. Air-to-air energy recovery systems were developed to
recover both sensible and latent heat from moist air and use energy from room exhaust air
to preheat or precool fresh air before entering the air conditioning system. All these reduce
HVAC system operating costs [4]. Among the various energy recovery systems, membrane-
based plate and frame enthalpy exchangers have advantages such as a compact structure,
easy installation and maintenance, no moving parts, and no crossovers. In addition,
membrane-based enthalpy exchangers provide conditions to continuously achieve the
desired humidity and sensible heat recovery without regeneration time [5].
Plate and frame membrane heat exchangers consist of parallel, stationary plates that
separate different gas flow channels by thin plates. The main difference between membrane
enthalpy exchangers and sensible heat exchangers is the material of the separating plates;
in these systems, thin semipermeable membrane layers are used instead of metal plates.
Semipermeable membranes provide a contact surface for mass (moisture) and heat transfer
between two streams of exhaust air from buildings (humid) and fresh ambient air (dry)
through the membrane [6]. The flow configurations in plate membrane heat exchangers are
co-current, counter-current, cross-current, and mixed flow. The performance of membrane-
based enthalpy exchangers depends on heat transfer due to the temperature difference
between the gas streams on both sides of the membrane and moisture transfer due to the
vapor partial pressure difference between the humid air and the dry air.
One of the most influential parameters for the dehumidification properties of membrane-
based heat exchangers is the membrane material, its permeability to water vapor molecules,
and its selectivity to prevent other molecules from passing through the membrane. Various
types of membranes with different materials and textures have been used as the core for
enthalpy exchangers. An earlier study by the authors contains a comprehensive examina-
tion of the various types of membranes for this purpose [7]. Kraft papers are traditional
membrane cores for dehumidifying air with relatively high efficiency. However, they
have weaknesses, such as short durability and the ability to grow bacteria [8]. Nasif et al.
evaluated the efficiency of 60 and 70 g m−2 kraft paper as the core for the membrane-based
heat exchanger using a quasi-counter current and pointed out the significant impact of
membrane mass transfer resistance on system performance [9,10].
The best known porous hydrophilic polymer membranes proposed to be used for air
dehumidification are ethyl cellulose (EC), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), cellulose acetate (CA),
polyimide (PI), Polyether block amide (PEBAX), and sulphonated poly (ether ether ketone)
(SPEEK) [11–14]. Zhang et al. compared the performance of three different membrane
materials, i.e., kraft paper, cellulose acetate (CA), and the modified CA, as the core for
the membrane heat exchanger at a steady state. The experiment showed that different
membrane materials, thickness, and operating conditions affect latent efficiency while
sensible efficiency does not experience any significant change. The modified CA showed
the highest latent efficiency among these three membranes [15].
Most unmodified single polymer membranes are mechanically unstable despite ac-
ceptable and, in some cases, high permeability. On the other hand, some with sufficiently
high mechanical stability do not have sufficient water permeability [14]. Therefore, many
authors propose using asymmetric composite membranes containing a porous support
layer and a hydrophilic active layer with a smaller pore size. Zhang et al. synthesized
a novel vapor-permeable PVA/LiCl membrane for air dehumidification. The membrane
consisted of a porous polyethersulfone (PES) support layer and a dense polyvinyl alcohol
(PVA) active layer. The PVA solution was modified with LiCl as an additive to facilitate
moisture permeation. The addition of LiCl increased the hydrophilicity of the membrane
and decreased its crystallinity, making it more flexible and mechanically robust [16]. Hy-
drophilization of a porous polypropylene membrane with poly(acrylamide-co-acrylic acid)
(PAMAC) was performed by Roy et al. High sorption of water vapor of nearly one gram
per gram of membrane was achieved by H-bonding with functional groups of PAMAC [17].
Continuous dip coating of porous PVDF membranes with thin PVA layers was carried out
by Jesswein et al. to produce membranes for humidification for use in polymer electrolyte
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 3 of 15
fuel cells. Thicker coatings were found to have higher water vapor permeability, which
could be due to a lower degree of crosslinking [18]. A composite of PEI and PDMS was
also prepared by Kneifel et al. In this case, an adverse effect of the coating on permeability
was found, which was minimized by reducing the coating thickness [19].
Zhang et al. proposed a one-step preparation of asymmetric cellulose acetate mem-
brane for air-to-air energy recovery. With an environmentally friendly and simultaneous
procedure using the wet-phase inversion method, they fabricated membranes with high
moisture permeability and exclusion of CO2 . Increasing the additive content in the casting
solution changed the porous texture of the membrane from symmetric to asymmetric [20].
Al-Waked and Nasif conducted CFD modeling and experimental studies to determine
the performance of different membranes such as kraft paper (45 and 60 g m−2 ), modified
cellulose acetate membrane, and PVA/LiCl mixed membrane. It was found that the heat
exchanger with the modified cellulose acetate membrane had the highest energy recovery.
The main influencing factor on the performance was the variation of ambient relative
humidity [21]. In addition to integral asymmetric membranes with a dense skin layer,
thin-film composite membranes are highly-specific membranes that have been proposed
for water treatment, pervaporation, and gas/vapor separation [22,23]. However, their
performance in air-to-air energy recovery has been studied very limitedly [24].
In addition to the membrane type, the flow configuration within the module is another
critical parameter. Various flow configurations have been studied, including co-current,
cross-current, counter-current, and mixed flow, and it has been shown that the highest per-
formance is obtained with the counter-current configuration. However, some advantages,
such as ease of isolation and handling, are reported for the cross-flow and mixed-flow
configurations [15]. Other factors, such as changing the channel shapes by using corrugated
membranes in each channel and using baffles, have been investigated in various studies to
increase the turbulence of the flow and improve heat and moisture transfer [25].
Other aspects of the operation of membrane-based air-to-air energy exchangers have
also been studied, such as the effect of fouling of particles, which was investigated by
Engarnevis et al. for fine and coarse particles as well as ultrafine aerosols. The membrane
core was commercial, a dense hydrophilic copolymer film deposited on a polyethylene-
based microporous substrate. They found that the coarse dust loading that can occur when
the membrane is exposed to a heavily polluted environment for several years has minimal
effect on performance. Furthermore, the deposition of particles in dry air only matters if
the fouling is severe enough to form a cake layer on the membrane surface comparable to
the thickness of the membrane [26].
In the present work, two types of asymmetric composite membranes were fabricated
and used in a laboratory-scale enthalpy exchanger to investigate their performance and
compare them with a kraft paper. Similar membranes have not yet been studied for this
purpose. The heat exchanger consisted of a flat plate module containing a diagonal channel
with a counterflow configuration. In the present work, the counterflow configuration was
chosen due to its higher efficiency compared to other flow configurations. This comparison
was made under different operating parameters such as temperature gradient, flow rate,
and flow ratio to determine the energy recovery efficiency of the heat exchanger.
2. Experimental
2.1. Exchanger Setup
Figure 1a shows a schematic diagram of the membrane-based heat exchanger used
in this study. As shown, both the “exhaust” and “fresh” air streams are supplied by a
compressor. An inline heater preheats the “exhaust” air stream. After its flow is adjusted
with a flow meter, it enters a water-containing bubbler equipped with a thermocouple
that allows the operator to adjust the temperature and relative humidity of the “exhaust”
air. Behind the bubbler is a bypass to control the relative humidity of the exhaust air
as needed. A heat-tracing system further heats the humid air leaving the bubbler to
maintain its temperature and prevent vapor condensation. The air streams’ pressure,
needed. A heat-tracing system further heats the humid air leaving the bubbler to maint
its temperature and prevent vapor condensation. The air streams’ pressure, humidity, a
temperature are measured before they enter the membrane module. A counter-curr
arrangement for the gas streams was considered in the membrane module. After transf
ring heat and humidity from the “exhaust” to the “fresh” air, the outlet streams were su
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 4 of 15
jected to temperature, humidity, and pressure gauges. The inlet and outlet paths are i
lated to obtain more accurate measurements.
Figure 1b shows the experimental laboratory setup used for this study. In this setu
humidity, and temperature
the air are be
flow rates can measured
varied inbefore theyofenter
the range 0.5 tothe membrane
5 L·min −1, whichmodule. A
allows different fl
counter-current arrangement for the gas streams was considered in the membrane module.
conditions. As mentioned earlier, the temperature of the incoming moist air (“exhaus
After transferring
from theheat and can
bubbler humidity from before
be adjusted the “exhaust”
it enters to
thethe “fresh”
module. air, 1the
Table outlet
shows the specifi
streams were subjected to temperature, humidity,
tions of the various devices installed. and pressure gauges. The inlet and outlet
paths are isolated to obtain more accurate measurements.
(a)
(b)
Figure 1. (a) Figure 1. (a)

Schematic Schematic
flow diagramflow
anddiagram and (b) the experimental
(b) the experimental setup of the membrane-based
setup of the membrane-based heat h
exchanger for air dehumidification.
exchanger for air dehumidification.
Figure 1b shows the experimental laboratory setup used for this study. In this setup,
the air flow rates can be varied in the range of 0.5 to 5 L·min−1 , which allows different
flow conditions. As mentioned earlier, the temperature of the incoming moist air (“ex-
haust”) from the bubbler can be adjusted before it enters the module. Table 1 shows the
specifications of the various devices installed.
tion.
Main Segments Equipment Specification

Air supply Air compressor Active AC1350S, 50 L
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 SS 304,
5 of 15
Cylinder material, thickness: 4 mm,
Humidifying dimensions, volume: 2 L
Table 1. The main components of membrane-based heat exchanger setup with detailed specification.
column Gas nozzle, position Swagelok® SC-11 gas filte
Main Segments Equipment Water level 3 cm above the bottom of co
Specification
Air supply Air compressor Active AC1350S, 50 L 1L
Channel width × height × length 5 mm × 6 mm × 15.4 cm
SS 304,
Membrane mod- Cylinder material, thickness: 4 mm,
dimensions,
Material volume: 2 L
Plexiglas®
Humidifying column ule
Total/Effective
Gas nozzle, position surface areaSwagelok® SC-11 gas filter,7.7 cm2
Water level
Air flow meter 3 cm above the 1bottom of column
L LZB-DK, 0.5–5 L·min−1
Heat trace device
Channel width × height × length × 6 mm ×
5 mmSilicon 15.4 cm heat generation
rubber
Membrane module Material Needle valve Plexiglas®
Total/Effective surface area Parker
7.7 cm2 Hannifin, DE-LOK, S
Ball valve
Instruments Air flow meter Parker, SS 316, ¼; Nippon,
Pressure gauge LZB-DK, 0.5–5 L·min−1
Heat trace device Wika, EN 837-1, 0–4 ba
Silicon rubber heat generation,100 W
Relative
Needle valvehumidity and tempera-
Parker Hannifin, DE-LOK, SS 316
Ball valve ENDA EHTC7425A
Instruments ture sensor/indicator Parker, SS 316, 14 ; Nippon, SS, 14
Pressure gauge
Wika, EN 837-1, 0–4Stainless
bar steel, ¼
Pipeline
Relative humidity and temperature
ENDA EHTC7425A
sensor/indicator 1
Stainless steel, 4
Pipeline
Uncertainties in the measurement of data from various instruments used in ou
are as follows: temperature and humidity sensor, ±0.5%; pressure gauge, ±1.0%;
Uncertainties in the measurement of data from various instruments used in our setup
flow,
are ±2.5%, giving
as follows: a total
temperature andmeasurement
humidity sensor,uncertainty of ±4%.
±0.5%; pressure gauge,As shown
±1.0%; andin Figur
membrane
airflow, ±2.5%,module
giving adesigned in this uncertainty
total measurement study is a offlat plate
±4%. Aswith
showna in
single
Figurediagonal
2, the cha
gas flow module
membrane (depth,designed
0.6 cm; inwidth, 0.5 iscm;
this study and
a flat length,
plate with a 15.4
singlecm). The channel
diagonal container is m
for gas flow (depth, 0.6 cm; width, 0.5 cm; and length, 15.4 cm).
Plexiglas (polymethyl methacrylate) with a Length of 16.5 cm. Plexiglas
® The container is made® is an e
of Plexiglas® (polymethyl methacrylate) with a Length of 16.5 cm. Plexiglas® is an ex-
choice to prevent water absorption and heat transfer through the body due to its
cellent choice to prevent water absorption and heat transfer through the body due to its
phobicity andand
hydrophobicity lowlowthermal
thermal conductivity.
conductivity.
Figure Schematic
Figure2.2. Schematicdiagram of the of
diagram flatthe
membrane module with
flat membrane a diagonal
module withchannel for the channel
a diagonal air flow for the
(dimensions in cm).
(dimensions in cm).
The procedure of experiments is as follows: in order to obtain the inlet “exhaust” air,
the airThe
flowprocedure of experiments
supplied by the is as follows:
compressor is directed in orderThe
into the bubbler. toinlet
obtain the inlet
“exhaust” air “exha
into the membrane module will have a predetermined humidity depending on
the air flow supplied by the compressor is directed into the bubbler. The inlet “ethe water
and air temperature. The relative humidity of the inlet and outlet air streams (fresh air
air into the membrane module will have a predetermined humidity depending
and exhaust air) was measured using relative humidity and temperature sensor/indicator
water and
(ENDA air temperature.
EHTC7425A) The
(Table 1). The relative of
conversion humidity of the inlet
relative humidity and outlet
to absolute air stream
humidity
air and exhaust air) was measured using relative humidity and temperature sens
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 6 of 15
was also performed at a known temperature. The humidity/temperature sensors were

installed as close as possible to the membrane module to minimize errors due to possible
moisture condensation. In addition, the pipes were perfectly insulated in this way to
avoid heat loss and temperature differences. The “fresh” air, which should be in contact
with the “exhaust” air, is also supplied by the compressor, but has ambient temperature
and humidity. During each test, these two streams are fed into the module and come into
contact with each other in a counter-current process. The temperature and relative humidity
of the “exhaust” and “fresh” air streams are measured and noted until a steady-state is
reached. The relative humidity and temperature of the streams in the steady-state are used
to determine different types of effectiveness. In addition to temperature and humidity, the
air streams’ volumetric flow rate and pressure were measured and recorded before entering
the bubbler (on the hot side) and before entering on the cold side of the membrane.
Three series of experiments were conducted with the operating parameters listed below:
(1) Gas stream flowrate: it was varied in 1–5 L·min−1 . In this series of experiments, the
ratio of “fresh” air to “exhaust” air was equal to 1, and the humid supply air flow
temperature was 50 ◦ C;
(2) The ratio of fresh air to exhaust air flow rate: it was studied in the range of 1 to 5,
while the temperature and flow rate of the incoming “exhaust” air was kept constant
at 50 ◦ C and 1 L·min−1 , respectively;
(3) Humid air temperature: its effect was determined by varying between 40 and 80 ◦ C.
In contrast, the ratio of fresh air to exhaust air was equal to 1, and the “exhaust” air
flow rate of 2 L·min−1 was considered.
In all tests, the incoming “fresh” air’s temperature and relative humidity were adjusted
to the ambient conditions. The tests were performed with three types of membranes, which
are explained in the Section 2.2 (kraft paper, P-MEM, and C-MEM).
2.2. Membrane Cores Preparation and Characterization

In the present study, the performance of three types of membrane cores was compared
in both sensible and latent heat exchange. The first membrane type was a 70 g m−2 kraft
paper from a local company (Pars Paper, Iran). It was applied without any modification
as a reference membrane to compare the performance of two synthetic membranes. As
mentioned earlier, paper membranes are the classic/traditional membranes used in air-to-
air energy recovery systems due to their low cost, availability, and ease of use [7,8].
According to the following procedure, two other synthetic membranes (P-MEM and
C-MEM) were prepared using the materials listed in Table 2. The synthetic membranes
include an asymmetric porous membrane prepared from polyethersulfone (PES) and a
thin film composite membrane prepared by coating PES porous support with PEBAX-1657.
The porous supports (P-MEM) were prepared on the nonwoven web using the solution
casting process through the non-solvent induced phase separation (NIPS) method. The
casting solutions were prepared with N, N-dimethylformamide (DMF) as the solvent
and PES concentration of 23%. Some of the main specifications of the PES supports are
listed below: average pore radius, 59 nm; effective surface porosity (ε/q2 ), 0.00942%;
skin thickness, 0.886 µm; and membrane surface porosity (ε), 0.4. As mentioned above,
the composite membranes (C-MEM) were prepared by the dip-coating method using
EtOH/water mixture (70:30 w/w) as PEBAX solvent. The coating solution was prepared
with a polymer concentration of 3 wt%. More detailed information about the membrane
preparation procedure can be found in our previous work [24,27].
embranes 2022, 12, x FOR PEER REVIEW 7 of 16
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 7 of 15
Table 2. Materials required for the synthesis of membranes and their properties.
Table 2. Materials required for the synthesis of membranes and their properties.
Material Company
PES Material ®
Ultrason
E 6020P Company
BASF (Ludwigshafen, Germany)
® 6020P
PES Ultrason
PEBA polymer (tradeEname PEBAX-1657) BASF (Ludwigshafen, Germany) France)
Arkema (Colombes,
PEBA polymer (trade name PEBAX-1657) Arkema (Colombes, France)
Absolute ethanol
Absolute ethanol (EtOH)
(EtOH) MerckMerck (Darmstadt,
(Darmstadt, Germany) Germany)
N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF)
N,N-dimethylformamide [(CH3)2NC(O)H]MerckMerck
(DMF) (Darmstadt, Germany)
(Darmstadt, Germany)
[(CH3 )2 NC(O)H]
A Sigma VP FESEM microscope (Zeiss, Munich, Germany) was used to acquire

A Sigma
FESEM images ofVP
theFESEM microscope
cross-section of(Zeiss,
theseMunich, Germany)
membranes. Thewas used to acquire
microscopic FESEM in Fig-
diagrams
images of the cross-section of these membranes. The microscopic diagrams in Figure 3
ure 3 show the asymmetric texture of P-MEM and C-MEM, both with porous mechanical
show the asymmetric texture of P-MEM and C-MEM, both with porous mechanical support
support on underside.
on the the underside.
C-MEMC-MEM has a fragile
has a fragile smoothsmooth
surface surface
of PEBAX ofpolymer
PEBAX on polymer
the top on the
top cover. PEBAX is applied as a non-porous, hydrophilic, dense layer on top of the base
cover. PEBAX is applied as a non-porous, hydrophilic, dense layer on top of the base layers.
layers. P-MEM
P-MEM also also
has a has a PES layer
PES coating coating layer
on the base.on
In the base.kraft
contrast, In paper
contrast,
has akraft paper has a
symmetrical
porous texture.
symmetrical porous texture.
(a)
(b)
Figure 3. Cont.
VIEW 8 of 16
embranes 2022, 12, x2022,

Membranes FOR12,
PEER
484 REVIEW 8 of 15 8 of 16
Membranes
Membranes
2022, 12, x2022,
FOR12,
PEER
x FOR
REVIEW
PEER REVIEW 8 of 16 8 of 16
Membranes
Membranes
Membranes2022,
2022,12,
12,x2022,
Membranes FOR 12,
x2022,
FOR PEER
xxFOR
12,
PEERREVIEW
FORPEER
PEERREVIEW
REVIEW REVIEW 88ofof1616 8 8ofof1616
EVIEW 8 of 16
(c) (c)
Figure 3.Figure
FESEM 3.micrographs of(c)
FESEM micrographs of(c)
the cross-section
the cross-section
of (a) kraft
of (a)
paper,
kraft(b)
paper,
P-MEM,
(b) P-MEM,
and (c) C-MEM.
and (c) C-MEM.
Figure 3.Figure
FESEM 3.micrographs
FESEM micrographs
of the cross-section
of the cross-section
of (a) kraft
of (a)
paper,
kraft(b)
paper,
P-MEM,
(b) P-MEM,
and (c) C-MEM.
and (c) C-MEM.
(c)
2.3. Performance2.3. Performance Evaluation Evaluation
Figure 3. FESEM micrographs of the cross-section2.3. Performance 2.3.
The amounts of (a)
Performance
The amounts kraft
Evaluation
of heat paper, of(b)
Evaluation
and heat P-MEM,
moistureand moisture andtransfer(c) C-MEM. transfer
throughthrough the membrane the membrane at different at different
oper- oper-
ating The parameters
atingamounts parameters
The were
amountsof heat evaluated
wereand
of heat evaluated
using
moistureand moisture various
using various
transfer ratios,
transfer
through including
ratios, through
the membrane including
sensible,
the membrane sensible,
atlatent,
different and
atlatent, total
different
oper- and oper-
total
2.3. Performance Evaluation efficiencies. efficiencies.The temperature,
The temperature, pressure, pressure,
and relative and relative
humidity humidity of the incoming
of the incoming
and out- and
ating parameters ating parameters were evaluated were evaluated using various using various ratios, including ratios, including sensible,sensible, latent, and latent, total and out-total
The amounts of heat and moisture going transfer
efficiencies.air
going streams
efficiencies. through
air streams
The temperature, were the membrane
measured
were
The temperature, measured
after at different
the aftersystem the oper-system
reached reached
a steady a state
steady for state
these for calcu-
these calcu-
(c)pressure, (c)pressure,
and relative and relative humidity humidityof the incoming of the incoming and out-and out-
ating parameters were evaluated using goingvarious
lations. lations.
airgoingstreams ratios,
air streams were including measured
were sensible,
measured
after latent,
the aftersystem and the totalsystem
reached reached
a steady a state
steady for state
these for calcu-
these calcu-
Figure 3.Figure
FESEM 3.micrographs
FESEM micrographs (c)
ofof (c)
(c)
the of(c) (c)
efficiencies. The temperature, pressure, lations. Theand relative
sensible
lations. The sensible humidity
efficiency efficiency
(ε(s)) theiscross-section
the
incoming
(ε(s))
the iscross-section
ratio the ofandofratio
the (a)out- kraft
sensible ofofthe (a)
paper, kraft
sensible
heat (b) paper,
P-MEM,
transfer
heat (b)transfer
P-MEM,
andto
rate (c)the
C-MEM.
and
rate (c)the
maxi-
to C-MEM.maxi-
going air streams were measured (c)Figure Figure
after
mum Figure the
The 3.Figure
3. FESEM
system
possible
mum sensible
Figure
FESEM The 3.
possible
heat micrographs
3.FESEM
reached
sensible transfer
efficiency
micrographs
FESEM heat micrographs
a steadyof
transfer
rate
efficiency
(ε(s))
micrographs of thedue
the iscross-section
state of
rate
to
(ε(s))
the the
for
the
due
ratio
cross-section
of the is cross-section
these
temperature
thetoof of
cross-section theratio
the
of (a)
calcu-
(a) kraft
temperature
sensible of
kraft of the
of (a)
paper,
difference
(a) kraft
sensible
paper, heatkraft (b) paper,
P-MEM,
difference
between
transfer
(b) heat
paper,
P-MEM, (b) P-MEM,
and
between
the
transfer
(b)rateP-MEM,
and (c)
to C-MEM.
the
(c) and
incoming
rate the (c)
maxi-
C-MEM.
and to C-MEM.
incoming
the
(c) maxi-
C-MEM.
3. FESEM
Figure
2.3. Performance
3. FESEM
2.3. Performance micrographs micrographs
Evaluation Evaluation ofofthe thecross-section
cross-section of of(a) (a)kraft kraft paper, paper, (b) P-MEM,
(b) P-MEM, and (c) and C-MEM. (c) C-MEM.
lations. “exhaust”
mum possible “exhaust”
mum air and
possible air
the
heat transfer and
“fresh” the
heat transfer “fresh”
air
rate duerate stream; air
to the stream;
the
duetemperature simplified
to the temperature the simplified relationship
difference relationship
can
difference be
betweenbetween shown
can be
the incoming as
shownfol-
the incoming as fol-
Figure 3. FESEM micrographs of the cross-section 2.3.2.3.Performance
2.3. ofPerformance
Performance (a) kraft
Evaluation paper,
Evaluation (b) P-MEM, and (c) C-MEM.
Evaluation
The sensible efficiency (ε(s)) islows the
2.3. The
ratio amounts
of
Performance
(Equation
lows 2.3. The
the amounts
sensible
Performance
(Equation (1)) of
Evaluation
[28]: heat
(1))heat and
of
Evaluation
[28]: heatmoisture
transfer and moisture
rate transfer
to the transfer
through
maxi- through
the membrane the membrane at different at different
oper- oper-
2.3.“exhaust”
Performance
ating
“exhaust”
parameters
ating
air and Evaluation
parameters
air
theand
were
“fresh” the “fresh”
evaluated
were
air stream;
evaluated
using
air stream;
the simplified
various
using various
the simplified
ratios,
relationship
including
ratios,
relationship
including
can be shown
sensible,
can be as
sensible,
shown fol- as fol-
mum possible heat transfer rate due lowsto the The temperature
The
(Equation
Thelows amounts
amounts The
amounts
(Equation
The (1)) amounts
of
[28]:
amounts
of difference
heat
of heat
(1))
heat and
ofand
of heat
and
[28]: heatbetween
moisture
and
moisture
moisture and the
moisture
transfer
moisturetransfer
transfer incoming transfer
through
through
transfer
through through
the
through
the themembrane the
membrane
membrane the membrane atlatent,
membrane atdifferent
at different
differentand
atlatent,
at total
different
oper- and oper-
operat-
different
oper- total
oper-
2.3. Performance Evaluation , , , ,
The amounts of heat and moisture ℇ(𝑠) = ℇ(𝑠)
transfer = through , , the membrane at different andoper-
“exhaust” air and the “fresh” air stream; efficiencies.
ating
ing theefficiencies.
simplified
parameters
ating
parameters The temperature,
parameters were The
were temperature,
relationship
evaluated
were
evaluated pressure,
can
evaluated
using
using bepressure,
and
shown
various
using
various relative asand
various
ratios, fol-
ratios, relative
humidity including
ratios,
including humidityof
includingthe
sensible, incoming
sensible, of the
sensible,
latent, incoming
latent, and
and
latent,
and (1)
out-
total and
and
total (1)
out-
total
ating parameters ating parameters were evaluated were evaluated using various using ,,
various
ratios, ,, ,,
including
ratios,,, including
sensible,sensible, latent, and latent, total total
The amounts
lows (Equation (1)) [28]:of heat and moisture
going transfer
air
efficiencies. goingstreams
efficiencies.
efficiencies. Thethrough
airThe streams
were
temperature,
The the
temperature, membrane
measured
were
temperature, measured
after
pressure,
pressure, at
ℇ(𝑠) different
the =
pressure,
andafter
and ℇ(𝑠)
system relative the =oper-
and system
reached relative,humidity
humidity
humidity reached
a steady ,humidity
humidity
ofofof
the athe
thestate
steadyofoffor
incoming
incoming the state
these for
incoming
and and calcu-
these
(1)
out-
outgoing and calcu-(1)
out-
ating parameters
efficiencies. efficiencies. The were temperature,
The evaluated
temperature, using
pressure, various
pressure,
and relative
, and ratios,
, relative
,
including
,
sensible,
incomingthe latent,
incoming
and out- and
and total
out-
ating parameters were evaluated using where
lations.
going
air Twhere
is
various
air
going
streams theratios,
lations.
streams Tabsolute
airis streams
were the
were absolute
temperature
including
measured measured
were temperature
sensible,
measured
after (K),system
after
the and
latent,
the (K),
after the
system and and
the
reached subscripts
total theasubscripts
system
reached steady E,a F,
reached steadyin, E,
state and
a F,
stateout
in,
steady
for and
represent
for
these state outfor
these represent
the
calcu-
calculations. these the
calcu-
efficiencies.
going air The
goingstreams
, temperature,
air
, streams
were measured werepressure, measuredafter theand aftersystem relative
the system reached humidity a steadyaof
reached state
steadythe forincoming
state
thesefor calcu-
theseand out-
calcu-
efficiencies. The temperature, pressure, ℇ(𝑠)
“exhaust”
where
lations. The =
“exhaust”
and
T where
The air
relative
issensible
the
lations. The flow,
sensible Tabsolute air
issensiblethe
, flow,
humidity
the
efficiency “fresh”
absolute
efficiency the
temperature
efficiency of
(ε(s))“fresh”
air the
(ε(s))flow,
temperature
is (ε(s))
the
is air
incoming
(K), the flow,
and
ratio
the is inlet
the
ratio (K),
the
of and the
ratio
the
offlow,
and theinlet
out-
subscripts (1)
sensibleof the and the
sensible flow, the
subscripts E,and
sensible
heat outlet
F,
heat the
in, E,
transfer flow,
and
heat outlet respectively.
F, transfer
transfer out
in,
rate flow,
and
represent
to the
rate out respectively.
rate
to represent
tothe
maxi-
the the maxi-
maxi- the
going lations.
air lations.
streams , , were measured after the system reached athe steady state for these and calcu-
going air streams were measured after
“exhaust”
mum mumThethe
The latent
mum system
“exhaust”
possible air
possible The
sensible efficiency
flow, latent
possible
The heat reached
air
heat the
sensible efficiency
flow,
transfer
efficiency heat (ε(l))
aefficiency
“fresh”
transfer steady
the depends
transfer
rate
(ε(s)) (ε(l))
“fresh”
air
ratedue state
flow,
is rate
due depends
to
(ε(s))
the onfor
air
the
the
due
to
ratiothe
flow,
is thethese
inletamount
temperature
to
the of on the
the
temperature
ratio
the the
calcu-
flow, inlet
temperature
sensible amount
of of and the mass
flow, the
difference difference
sensible
heat of
(humidity)
and mass
outlet
difference (humidity)
flow,
between
transfer
heat outlet
between transferred
respectively.
flow,
between
the
transfer
rate transferred
incoming
the
toto the
rate and
respectively.
the totoincoming
incoming
maxi- the maxi-
where T is the absolute temperature lations.
gives(K), The
and
thegives sensible
the
ratio theThe
subscripts
of ratio sensible
latent efficiency
of E,
heat efficiency
latent F, (ε(s))
in,
transferredand
heat is (ε(s))
the
out
transferredratio is
represent
to the the of ratio
maximum
tothe the sensibleof maximumthe possible sensible
heat transfer
heat
possible
heat transfer
rate
transfer
heat the
rate
transfer
rate maxi-
be- the
rate maxi-
be-
lations. “exhaust”
mum The
“exhaust” latent
“exhaust”
possible
mum air The airandefficiency
latent
and
possible
heat air
the the efficiency
and
“fresh”
transfer (ε(l))
the
“fresh”
heat depends
“fresh”
air
transfer
rate air(ε(l))
stream;
due stream;
rate depends
air
to onthe
due the
stream;
the amount on
simplified
simplified
temperature
to the the
the temperature amount
of
simplified mass
relationship
relationship
difference of
(humidity)
mass
relationship
can
difference (humidity)
can
between be
be transferred
shown
can
shown
between
the betransferred
asas and
shown
incomingthe fol-
follows as
incoming and
fol-
“exhaust” air flow,efficiency
the “fresh” air tweenmum
flow, the possible
mumflow,
inlet possible
heatand transfer
heat
the transfer
outletrate due flow, rate
torespectively.
theduetemperature to the temperature difference difference
betweenbetween the incoming the incoming
The sensible (ε(s)) is
gives
lows The
the ratio
the
(Equation
“exhaust” sensible
the
tween
gives
(Equation
lows “exhaust”
of
ratio
“exhaust”
air the
the
the
(1)) of
(Equation
and(1))efficiency
“exhaust”
sensible
ratio
latent
[28]: and
[28]:
air
the of
and(1)) the
heat
heat
latent
“fresh” (ε(s))
and
“fresh”
[28]:
the the
transfer
transferred
heat is the
“fresh”
air rateat
transferred
to ratio
the
to theair
the inletof
at maxi-
maximum
to the
the thedue inletsensible
to
maximum the
due
possible heat
humidity
to the
possible
heat transfer
humidity
difference.
transfer
heat rate
difference.
transfer
rate Theto
be- the
rate maxi-
Thebe-
The latent efficiency (ε(l)) depends “exhaust”
on the “exhaust” air
amount and air
ofthe massand
“fresh” the“fresh”
air
(humidity) airstream;
“fresh” stream; air
airstream;
the
transferred thesimplified
stream; simplified the thesimplified
and simplified relationship
relationship relationship
can
canbe
relationship beshowncan
canbe
shown beas shown
as fol-
shownfol- asasfol- fol-
mum possible heat transfer rate simplified
due
mum tween
lowsto thesimplified
possible
the
tween
(Equation
lows correlation
temperature
“exhaust” heat
the
(Equation
(1)) correlation
is
“exhaust”
and
[28]: shown
difference
transfer (1)) the is
and
[28]: in
shown
“fresh” Equation
between
rate due to theE,in
the in
“fresh”
air Equation
at the (2)
|
theT air [28]:
incoming
temperature
inletat− (2)
theT due
E,out [28]: inlet |
to the
due difference between the incoming
humidity
to the humidity
difference. difference.
The The
lows (Equation
lows (Equation
(1)) [28]: (1)) [28]: ( s ) = , , , , , (1)
gives the ratio
“exhaust” of latent
air and heat transferred
the “fresh” air stream;
simplified tothe the simplified
simplified
correlation maximum correlation
is possible
relationship
shown is air
in heat
shown can ε
Equation ℇ(𝑠)
transfer
be
in shown=𝓌(2)
Equation ℇ(𝑠)
|the
T, E,inrate
[28]: as
𝓌−
=𝓌 be- fol-[28]:
(2) ,𝓌 | , , relationship , (1) as(1)
“exhaust” air and the “fresh” stream; simplified , ,T,F,in can be shown fol-
tween the “exhaust”
lows (Equation and the “fresh” air at the inlet due to the humidity
(1)) [28]: ℇ(𝑙) ℇ(𝑠) =
difference.
= ℇ(𝑙) ℇ(𝑠) ,, = The
, 𝓌 = ,
, ,,,
, , 𝓌
,
, , , (2)(1) (2)
(1)
lows (Equation ℇ(𝑠) = 𝓌 ℇ(𝑠) 𝓌= 𝓌
T(1)) [28]: , , ,𝓌 , ,
Tthe 𝓌 , 𝓌 , , , , F, in, and out represent(1) (1)
simplified correlation is shown in Equation where where Twhere
is
(2) is [28]: the isabsolute
absolute the absolute temperature
temperature temperature (K),(K),
ℇ(𝑙) =and and
ℇ(𝑙)
(K), , , the
the =,and
subscripts , subscripts
, the
, , , subscripts E,, F, ,E, in, E,
and F, outin, and representout represent(2)the the
the (2)
𝓌inlet 𝓌flow, 𝓌 𝓌 , the outlet flow, respectively.
where ℇ(𝑠)
“exhaust” 𝔀
“exhaust” =
whereisisthe , 𝔀
airhumidity ,
flow,
isisthe the
humidity
, flow, “fresh”
ratio the(kg air
ratio flow,
/(kgkg the /(K),
).kg ,ωthe ,
(1)).the ,ω and
whereT“exhaust” air flow, air the “fresh” “fresh”
air flow, airthe flow, inlet flow, inlet and , flow, the and
outlet the flow,
outlet respectively.
flow, respectively.
H2O dry
H2O air dry air
where where
T𝓌where
is the , 𝓌T
the Tabsolute
absolute
, ,is
the
the absolute
temperature
absolute
temperature temperature
temperature (K),
(K), andand the
(K), the and
subscripts
, subscripts
and the subscripts
subscripts E,E, F,F,in, in, E,
and
E,
and F,F,out
in,
out
in, and
represent
and out
representout represent
the
represent
the the
the
whereℇ(𝑙) The
“exhaust” =
𝔀
The The
wheretotal
is
latent
“exhaust”
, latent
the
airThe The 𝔀effectiveness
total
humidity
is
efficiency
flow, latentefficiency
the
air,
the effectiveness
humidity
ratio
efficiency
flow, (ε(l))
“fresh”
(ε(l))
(ε(t))
the (kg depends
is
ratio
depends
(ε(l))
“fresh”
air H2O (ε(t))
flow, /(kg
kgℇ(𝑠)
essentially is
depends
on
airthedry
H2O on
the
flow,
=the
essentially
/ ).
inlet
air kg the
amount ω
on amount
the enthalpy
the
flow,
dry (2)
inlet
air ). the
amount
of ω
and
of
massenthalpy
flow,
,mass
the difference
of (humidity)
(humidity)
and mass
outlet difference
the between
(humidity)
flow,
outlet
transferred
transferred between
the
respectively.
flow, “ex-
transferred
and and“ex-
the
respectively. and (1)
“exhaust” 𝓌
“exhaust”,air flow, 𝓌 , air the flow,
“fresh” the “fresh”
air flow, air the flow, inlet the ,
flow, inlet ,
and flow, the and
outlet the flow,
outlet respectively.
flow, respectively.
where T is the absolute temperature haust” gives
(K),
givesThe The air
and
the the
haust” at
total
gives the
ratio ratio
the
The air
the of
inlet at
subscripts
effectiveness
of total
ratio latent
the
latent and inletheat
the
E,
effectiveness
of heat
latent and
F,
(ε(t)) transferred
outlet
in, the
and
is
transferred
heat to outlet
(ε(t)) the
out
essentially is
transferred to the
enthalpy
to
represent
tothe the
essentially
theamount maximum
the enthalpy
maximum
tothe difference
the
enthalpy
theamount the maximum possible
difference
enthalpy
possible between
difference heat transfer
between
the
difference
possible
heat between “exhaust”
transfer rate
the
between
the
heat transferrate between
“exhaust”
air
“ex-
be- the air
“ex-
rate andbe-
The latent
latent TheThe efficiency
latent
efficiency
latent efficiency
(ε(l))
efficiency
(ε(l)) depends
(ε(l))
depends
(ε(l)) depends
on
depends
on the on
amount
on the ofamount mass
ofhumidity
mass of(humidity)
of mass
(humidity)
mass (humidity)
transferred
(humidity)
transferred transferred
and
transferred
and and
where 𝔀 is the
“exhaust” humidity
air flow, ratio (kg
the “fresh” where
and
airH2O /the
flow,
haust”
tween kgTthe
the “exhaust”
is
and
air
dry
the the
“fresh” ).
the
inlet
haust”
air
tween at
“exhaust”ω absolute
the flow,
air
the and
“fresh”
airinlet atat the
the
and
the
“exhaust”andair “fresh”
temperature
inlet.
the
inletat
the the This
outlet
outlet
and“fresh”air
inlet.
the at
flow, the
(K),
relationship
This
tooutlet
the
“fresh”
air inlet and
relationship
respectively.
at enthalpy
to
the air due
the can
inletthe
at to
enthalpy be
the the
subscripts
difference
due represented
can
inlet to bedifference
the
due betweenE,
representeddifference.
by
humidity
to F,Equation
the in,
between
the
humidityand
by The
“exhaust”
difference. 3out
Equation
the simplified
[28]:represent
“exhaust”
air
difference.
The 3 [28]: air
The the
gives
gives thegives
the ratio
gives ratio the of
the of ratio
latent
ratio
latent ofofheat
latent
heatlatent transferred
heat
transferred
heat transferred to
transferred to thethe maximum
to
maximum
to the the maximum
maximum possible
possible possible
heat
possible
heat transfer
heat
transfer
heat transfer
rate
transfer
rate be-
berate
rate be-
be-
The
Thetotal
latenteffectiveness
efficiency (ε(l))(ε(t)) is
depends
“exhaust”
and correlation
essentially
on
theand the
“fresh” the the
amount
aircorrelationflow, is shown
enthalpy
“fresh”
aircorrelation
at of
the the in
mass
“fresh”
air Equation
difference
inlet. (humidity)
at the This air
inlet. (2)
flow, [28]:
between
transferred
relationship
This the the
relationship inlet can “ex- and be flow, represented
can and be the
represented outlet flow, respectively.
simplified
tween
tween simplified
the
tween
thetween“exhaust”
“exhaust” the
the isand
“exhaust”
and
“exhaust” shown the
the is“fresh”
andandin
shown
“fresh”Equation
the the in at
“fresh”
air
“fresh”
air Equation
𝓀(2)
the ,air [28]:inlet
𝓀at, 𝓀 (2)
the due
, due [28]:inlet
𝓀 to , tothe due totoby
humiditythe Equation
thehumidity
by Equation
difference. 3 [28]:
difference.
The 3 [28]:The
haust” air at
gives the theof
ratio inlet andheat
latent the outlet to
transferred theto enthalpy
the maximum difference possible between heat ℇ(𝑡)
the = atℇ(𝑡)
“exhaust”
transfer
the air
rate =inlet atair
be-
the , inlet the
,duehumidity humidity
difference. difference.
The (3)
(3) The
The
simplified
simplified latent
simplified
correlation
simplified efficiency
correlation correlation
is
correlation (ε(l))
shown
is shown is depends
in
shown
isbyin Equation
shown Equation in in on | 𝓌
𝓀
Equation
𝓀(2) the
, [28]: 𝓀
𝓀
−amount
𝓌 ,,𝓌𝓀𝓀(2) , [28]: 𝓀
𝓀
𝓌| ,,of mass (humidity) transferred and
and the the
tween “fresh” air at the
“exhaust” andinlet. This relationship
the “fresh” air at the inlet can be due represented
to the humidity ℇ(𝑡)
εℇ(𝑙)
Equation == = Equation
(l ) difference. ℇ(𝑙)
(2)
ℇ(𝑡) ,
3, [28]:
E,in [28]:
= The
= , (2) ,
E,out, [28]:
,, , , ,, (3)
(2) (2) (3)
gives
where the 𝓴 ratio𝓴of
where
(kJ/kg dry(kJ/kg
airlatent
) is the
dry airheat
humid
) is thetransferred
enthalpy.
humid enthalpy.ɦђℏ
| 𝓌
𝓀 ,, the
to
𝓌
,
𝓀
− 𝓌
𝓌 ɦђℏ 𝓌
𝓀
,maximum
𝓌 ,, ,,, | 𝓌
𝓀𝓌, ,
,
possible heat transfer rate(2)be-
simplified correlation is shown in Equation 𝓀(2), [28]: 𝓀 , ℇ(𝑙)
ℇ(𝑙) = =ɦђℏ ℇ(𝑙)
𝓌 E,in
ℇ(𝑙) , = =
𝓌 𝓌 ,
F,in ,, 𝓌 , , (2) (2)
tween
where
whereℇ(𝑡) the𝓴𝔀=
Equations
where “exhaust”
(kJ/kg
whereis𝓀 the Equations𝓴𝔀 (4)–(6)
(kJ/kg
air)the
humidity
is ,isand
show
(4)–(6)
the
humidity )the
humid
ratio the
is show
the“fresh”
(kgrelationships
the
enthalpy.
humid
ratio /(kg
kg air
relationships
enthalpy. at𝓌
/required
𝓌
).kg the,ωdry 𝓌 ɦђℏ
𝓌inlet
(3) 𝓌
airrequired
, ).
𝓌 to , ,calculate
due 𝓌 , tocalculate
𝓌 , to , the humidity
the overall the heat overall difference.
trans-heat (2)trans- (2)
The
dry
𝓀
dry air H2O dry
H2O air , , ω ,
where 𝓌 is , the 𝓌 , humidity
, ratio (kg /kg ).
fer coefficient
fer , (U: W·m
coefficient
simplifiedℇ(𝑙) The =
Equations
𝔀 correlation
total Equations
The 𝔀 (4)–(6)
effectiveness
total
−2·K
,(U:
is
show −1) based
W·m
shown
(4)–(6)
effectiveness the −2·K−1)on
show
(ε(t)) in based
relationships
is H2O
the the
Equation
(ε(t)) LMTD
on
relationships
essentially the
dry
/required (2) ωmethod.
air LMTD [28]: airrequired
(2) ).to ωmethod.
calculate to calculate
the overall the heat overall trans-heat trans-
where 𝓴 (kJ/kg dry air) is the humid enthalpy.
where
where where
𝔀 is
where
The
ɦђℏ𝓌isthe total,the𝔀
humidity
isisthe
𝓌humidity, the
effectiveness humidity
ratio
humidity
ratio (kg
(ε(t))(kgratio
H2O
ratio
isH2O /(kg
/kgkgisdry
(kg
essentially H2O essentially
dry
air
H2Oair
)./kg ).the
kg
the ωdry enthalpy
enthalpy
dry
the enthalpy difference
air). ω difference between the “exhaust”
difference
between between
the “ex- the “ex-
fer
haust”coefficient
The fer
air
haust” coefficient
at
total The(U:
the air W·m
inlet at
effectiveness
total (U:
the −2
and ·K W·m
inlet−1
the) based
effectiveness
−2
and
(ε(t)) ·K the
outlet −1
is)on based
to the
outlet
(ε(t)) the
essentially LMTD
is on
enthalpy
to the
𝑄𝓌 the
essentially the method.
LMTDenthalpy 𝑄 the
difference
enthalpy the method. difference
enthalpy between
difference between
the
difference
between “exhaust”the
between
the “exhaust”
air
“ex- the air
air The
at the total inlet The effectiveness
and total
tothe effectiveness
outlet (ε(t))to theisoverall
(ε(t))
essentially
enthalpy
U = isheat essentially
U the
difference
= 𝓌
enthalpy , between enthalpy
difference thedifference betweenbetween
“exhaust” airthe and “ex- the“ex-
the “ex-
where 𝔀 is the (4)–(6)
Equations humidity show the(kg
ratio relationships
and
H2O / kg
the and
dry airrequired
“fresh” ). the ω “fresh”
air at calculate
the air inlet.
at the the
This inlet. ℇ(𝑙)
relationship
This =
relationship
toto𝑄
trans-
can
,
be represented
can ,
be representedby Equation by Equation
3 [28]: (4) 3 [28]: (4) (2)
haust”
haust”
“fresh” air
haust”
air atatthe
haust”
air air
the air
atmethod.
the inletatat
inlet the
inlet. and
theand inletthe
inlet
This theand outlet
and
outlet the
relationship the toto
outlet
the
outlet
the ∆𝑇 enthalpy
can enthalpy be the
𝓌 the.represented
∆𝑇
𝒜 enthalpy
enthalpy 𝑄 ., 𝒜 difference
difference
difference
𝓌 bybetween
difference
between
Equation between
the 3 “exhaust”
between
the the
the“exhaust”
“exhaust”
[28]: air
“exhaust”
air air
air
fer coefficient
The total(U: W·m−2·K−1) based
effectiveness (ε(t)) ison the LMTD
essentially
and the enthalpy difference U
between= U the = ,“ex- (4) (4)
andthe theand “fresh”
and
“fresh” the the“fresh”
air airatatthe
“fresh” air
the inlet.
air atatthe
inlet. This
the inlet.
This relationship
inlet. This
relationship
This ∆𝑇 relationship
𝓀relationship
,
can
𝓀.can𝒜, 𝓀be
∆𝑇 berepresented can 𝒜, be
𝓀.can
represented berepresented bybyEquation
represented EquationbybyEquation
33[28]:
Equation[28]: 33[28]: [28]:
haust” air at the inlet and the outlet whereto𝔀 theisenthalpy
the 𝑄 humidity difference ratio between (kg𝑄 = ℇ(𝑡)
the
𝑚/ 𝑄kg ==
“exhaust”
𝓀 ℇ(𝑡)𝑚 =
−
). 𝓀 air, , − 𝓀 , (3)
(5) (3)
(5)
U=
H2O , | 𝓀
dry
𝓀 E,in air − 𝓀
, ,, , 𝓀 ,, 𝓀E,out 𝓀 ,, ,, |𝓀
𝓀 ,, ,
(4)
is=ℇ(𝑡) == 𝓀ℇ(𝑡) = 𝓀 ,enthalpy
and the “fresh” air at the inlet. This relationship can be represented by ε ( t )
Equation= 𝓀 3 [28]: 𝓀 , 𝓀 ,𝓀 , , , difference between (3) (3) (3)
∆𝑇 effectiveness .𝒜 ℇ(𝑡) , = 𝓀ℇ(𝑡)
,
−𝓀=the
,
The𝓴where total ) is(ε(t))the𝑄 𝑚𝑄
essentially 𝑚 − 𝓀 ,, , ,|− 𝓀𝓀
|ɦђℏ 𝓀, , , , ɦђℏ 𝓀, , ,
(5) (3)the (5) “ex-
(3)
where (kJ/kg𝓴dry(kJ/kg air) is the dry airhumid enthalpy.
humid enthalpy. E,in 𝓀, ,F,in 𝓀 ,
𝓀 , 𝓀 ,
haust” ℇ(𝑡) air 𝓴= at the 𝓴𝓴 inlet and
air) ,isshow
the outlet to the ɦђℏ enthalpy ɦђℏ(3) difference between the “exhaust”
heat trans-air
𝑄where
=where
where 𝑚Equations
,𝓴
where
(kJ/kg
𝓀
where
(kJ/kg
𝓀(kJ/kg
Equations
,, −
(4)–(6)
dry(kJ/kg
𝓀
𝓀dry (kJ/kg
, air , ) is
dry air
(4)–(6)
the
dry airhumid
the
)
dry is )thethe
)is
airhumidisshow
the relationships
the
humid
the relationships
enthalpy.
humid
enthalpy.
humid enthalpy.
enthalpy. ɦђℏ
enthalpy. required
(5) ɦђℏ required to calculate to calculate
the overall the heatoverall trans-
andferthe “fresh”
coefficient
fer coefficient
Equations air
(U:
Equations
(4)–(6) W·mat the (U:−2·K
show inlet.
−1) based
W·m
(4)–(6) the −2·K
showThis−1)on relationship
based
relationships
the the LMTD
on the
relationships required method.
LMTD can required toto be
method. represented by Equation 3 [28]:
where 𝓴 (kJ/kg dry air) is the humid enthalpy.
Equations
Equations
ɦђℏ
Equations
(4)–(6)
(4)–(6) show
(4)–(6)
show the show
the relationships
the
relationships relationships required
required requiredtocalculate
calculate totocalculate
the
theoverall
calculate overall
overallthe
theheat
overall
heat
overall
heat trans-heat
trans-heattrans-
transfer trans-
fer
fer coefficient
fer
coefficient
coefficient fercoefficient (U:
coefficient
(U: (U: W W·m·
W·mm (U:
− −2 ·K
2−2
(U:· ·K
K W·m
−1
−−1
W·m)1))based
−2
based·K
based
−2 ·K−1)on
−1 based
)on
on the
basedthe
the LMTD
on onthe
LMTD
LMTD 𝑄the method.
LMTD
𝓀 , method. LMTD
method. 𝓀𝑄, method.
method.
Equations (4)–(6) show the relationships required to calculate the overall Uℇ(𝑡)= heat =U =trans- 𝑄 , (4) (4)(3)
∆𝑇 𝑄𝓀 . ,∆𝑇𝒜 𝓀 𝑄, . 𝒜
fer coefficient (U: W·m−2·K−1) based on the LMTD method. UU== UU𝑄 ==t
Q (4)
(4) (4)
(4)
U = ∆𝑇 ∆𝑇LMTD . ∆𝑇 𝒜
. ∆𝑇 𝒜 .𝒜 .𝒜 (4)
where 𝓴 (kJ/kg𝑄dry air) is the humid𝑄 enthalpy. = 𝑚 𝑄 ∆T
=𝓀 𝑚 − 𝓀 ·A − 𝓀 (5) (5)
U= , , , (4),, ,
Equations ∆𝑇 (4)–(6) .𝒜 show the relationships 𝑄Q = 𝑚 .𝑄 = 𝓀 𝑚 required
− 𝓀 − to
𝓀 calculate the overall heat (5) trans-
𝑄t = =𝑚 m E,in , 𝑄, |= 𝓀 E,in ,𝑚, ,− , − 𝓀 E,out ,,
,, − | 𝓀, , (5)(5) (5) (5)
fer coefficient (U: W·m−2·K−1) based on the LMTD method.
𝑄 =𝑚 , 𝓀 , −𝓀 , (5)
𝑄
U= (4)
∆𝑇 .𝒜
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 9 of 15
( TE,in − TF,out ) − ( TE,out − TF,in )

∆TLMTD =
T − TF,out
(6)
ln TE,in
E,out − TF,in
where Qt (kJ·s−1 ) and ∆TLMTD (K) are the total heat transfer rate and the logarithmic mean
temperature difference, respectively. Log mean temperature difference is a parameter used
to calculate the driving force of heat transfer in flow systems, especially heat exchangers. It
gives the logarithmic average of the temperature difference between the hot and cold flows
at each end of the heat exchanger.
3. Results and Discussion

3.1. Error Calculation
Despite using a low conductivity material (Plexiglas® ) for the membrane module and
the insulation of the inlet and outlet air ducts and the module itself, there is a possibility
that a small amount of heat will be released from the system to the room environment. It
is due to insufficient insulation, which may mean that not all moisture removed from the
humid air is released to the “fresh” air stream. These problems can lead to some calculation
errors. Since the moisture transfer would transfer a significant amount of heat from the
“exhaust” air to the “fresh” air, the error calculation was based on the moisture difference
between the incoming and outgoing air streams. The average error percentages of each
series of experiments with different membrane cores, kraft paper, P-MEM, and C-MEM are
shown in Table 3. It can be seen that the average error percentage is less than 20% in all
series and less than 15% in most cases.
Table 3. The average percentage of error for each set of experiments under different operational
conditions.
Changing
Variable Kraft Paper P-MEM C-MEM
Range
Air flow rate 1–5 L·min−1 12.8 11.1 13.8
“Fresh” to “Exhaust”
1–5 19.0 11.7 12.4
air flow rate ratio
Temperature of the
40–80 ◦ C 13.7 15.3 12.6
inlet “exhaust” air
3.2. Effect of Flow Rate

The first parameter that affects the performance of a membrane-based heat exchanger
is the flow rate of the air streams on both sides of the membrane. This parameter was
studied by varying the air flow rate on both sides between 1 and 5 L·min−1 when the
flow ratio of “exhaust”/”fresh” air was equal to one. This flow rate resulted in laminar
flow in the module channel with Reynolds number in the range of 100–500. Figure 4
shows the sensible, latent, and total efficiency of the membrane-based heat exchanger used
in this work for three different membrane cores. Under all conditions, the value of the
sensible effectiveness was larger than the latent effectiveness, and the total efficiency was
between these two values. The lower values of latent efficiency can be attributed to the
high resistance of the membranes during mass transfer.
Increasing the volumetric flow rate of both input streams (“exhaust” and “fresh” air)
in the range of 1 to 5 L·min−1 resulted in a shorter contact time of the air streams with the
membrane surface, reducing moisture and heat transfer. This effect decreased the sensible,
latent, and total efficiencies, as shown in Figure 4. As can be seen, increasing the flow rate
from 1 to 5 L·min−1 changed the sensible thermal efficiency in the range of 0.97 to 0.70, 0.99
to 0.70, and 0.99 to 0.81 for the kraft paper membrane, C-MEM, and P-MEM, respectively.
The data show that the flow rate significantly affects sensible heat efficiency for all three
membranes.
Membranes 2022,
Membranes 2022,12,
12,484
x FOR PEER REVIEW 10 of
10 of 15
16
ɛ(s) ɛ(l) ɛ(t) ɛ(s) ɛ(l) ɛ(t) ɛ(s) ɛ(l) ɛ(t)

1 1 1
0.8 0.8 0.8

Effectiveness
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2 0.2
0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Air flow rate (L·min−1) Air flow rate (L·min−1) Air flow rate (L·min−1)
(a) (b) (c)
0.7
Kraft paper
Total effectiveness
0.6 P-MEM
C-MEM
0.5
0.4
0.3
1 2 3 4 5
Flow rate (L·min−1)
(d)
Figure 4.
Figure 4. Effect
Effect of
of increasing
increasing air
air flow
flow rates
rates on
on sensible,
sensible, latent,
latent, total
total effectiveness
effectiveness for
for (a)
(a) kraft
kraft paper,
paper,
(b) C-MEM, and (c) P-MEM, and (d) comparison of the total effectiveness of different
(b) C-MEM, and (c) P-MEM, and (d) comparison of the total effectiveness of different membranes at membranes
at different air flow rates.
different air flow rates.
Increasing
The latent heat the volumetric
recovery by flow
therate of both
three input streams
membrane cores was(“exhaust”
relatively and the“fresh”
same; air)ε(l)
in the
for range
kraft of 1 C-MEM,
paper, to 5 L·min andresulted
−1
P-MEMinrangeda shorterfromcontact time of0.32–0.21,
0.36–0.21, the air streams with the
and 0.34–0.21,
membrane surface,
respectively. As can be reducing
seen, kraftmoisture
paperandshowedheat better
transfer. This effect
moisture transferdecreased
at low flow the sensi-
rates,
ble, latent, and total efficiencies, as shown in Figure 4. As can be
but at higher flow rates, the performance of P-MEM was comparable to that of kraft paper. seen, increasing the flow
rate from 1 to 5 L·min −1 changed the sensible thermal efficiency in the range of 0.97 to 0.70,
Figure 4d compares all three membranes’ overall enthalpy recovery performance at
0.99 to 0.70,
different flowand 0.99C-MEM
rates. to 0.81 for the kraft
showed paper membrane,
the weakest performance C-MEM,
in latent and P-MEM,
heat recovery respec-
due
tively.
to its topThePEBAX
data show layer. that the flow
P-MEM as rate significantlymembrane
an asymmetric affects sensible
with heat
porous efficiency
supportfor andall
athree membranes.
hydrophilic PES texture showed relatively reasonable latent recovery. However, both
The latent
performances were heatlower
recovery by the
than that threepaper.
of kraft membrane cores
The close was relatively
values of the totalthe same; ℇ(l)
effectiveness
forthe
of kraft
kraftpaper,
membraneC-MEM, andandP-MEM P-MEM ranged
at high flowfrom
rates0.36–0.21,
can be seen 0.32–0.21, and 0.34–0.21,
in this curve. The authors re-
spectively. As can be seen, kraft paper showed better moisture
believe this behavior can be related to moisture transfer mechanisms through the kraft transfer at low flow rates,
but at and
paper higher theflow rates, theP-MEM.
synthesized performance of P-MEM was comparable
The dehumidification to that
ability of kraft of kraft
paper paper.
is mainly
due to Figure 4d compares
its water adsorption allability,
three membranes’
which is more overall enthalpy
pronounced at recovery
lower flow performance
rates. On the at
other hand,
different flowat higher flow rates,
rates. C-MEM wherethe
showed theweakest
porous structure
performanceof kraft paperheat
in latent is saturated
recoverywith due
water, its water
to its top PEBAX transfer
layer. efficiency
P-MEM aswould decrease. membrane with porous support and a
an asymmetric
hydrophilic PES texture showed relatively reasonable latent recovery. However, both per-
3.3. Effect ofwere
formances Flow lower
Rates Ratio
than that of kraft paper. The close values of the total effectiveness
of theThe
kraft“fresh”
membrane air provides
and P-MEM the driving
at highforce
flowfor removing
rates massinand
can be seen thisheat
curve.from Thethe moist
authors
and hot “exhaust”
believe this behavior air. Therefore,
can be related the flow ratio of these
to moisture two mechanisms
transfer air streams can be considered
through the kraft a
factor
paperaffecting the performance
and the synthesized P-MEM. of theThemembrane heat exchanger.
dehumidification abilityFigure
of kraft5 shows
paper is themainly
effect
of
dueincreasing
to its water theadsorption
proportionability,of “fresh”
which tois“exhaust” air from 1atto
more pronounced 5 onflow
lower the performance
rates. On the
of the enthalpy exchanger when the flow rate of the incoming
other hand, at higher flow rates, where the porous structure of kraft paper is saturated moist “exhaust” air was
constant at 1 L · min −1 . Figure 5 shows that the ratio of the flows has no significant effect on
with water, its water transfer efficiency would decrease.
the driving force for sensible heat recovery. This insignificant influence may be related to
the
3.3.relatively
Effect of Flow lowRates
moistureRatiosupply by the “exhaust” air, which can be removed efficiently
by the “fresh” air with the lowest flow rate. Furthermore, when comparing the three types
a factor affecting the performance of the membrane heat exchanger. Figure 5 shows the
effect of increasing the proportion of “fresh” to “exhaust” air from 1 to 5 on the perfor-
mance of the enthalpy exchanger when the flow rate of the incoming moist “exhaust” air
was constant at 1 L·min−1. Figure 5 shows that the ratio of the flows has no significant
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 effect on the driving force for sensible heat recovery. This insignificant influence may 11 of be
15
related to the relatively low moisture supply by the “exhaust” air, which can be removed
efficiently by the “fresh” air with the lowest flow rate. Furthermore, when comparing the
three
of types of membranes
membranes (kraft paper,(kraft paper,
C-MEM, C-MEM,
and P-MEM),andnoP-MEM), no difference
significant significantwas
difference
found
was found in their sensible heat recovery performances. This can be attributed
in their sensible heat recovery performances. This can be attributed to the similar to the sim-
and
ilar and negligible
negligible heat resistance
heat transfer transfer resistance of membrane
of membrane cores. cores.

1 1 1
0.9 0.9 0.9
0.8 0.8 0.8
0.7 0.7 0.7
Effectiveness
0.6 0.6 0.6

0.5 0.5 0.5
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.3 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 0.1
0 0 0
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
"Fresh"/"Exhaust" flow ratio "Fresh"/"Exhaust" flow ratio "Fresh"/"Exhaust" flow ratio
(a) (b) (c)

0.8
Total effectiveness
0.7
0.6
0.5
Kraft paper P-MEM C-MEM
0.4
1 2 3 4 5
"Fresh"/"Exhaust" flow ratio
(d)
Figure 5. Effect of increasing the flow rate ratio of “fresh” to “exhaust” on sensible, latent, total
Figure 5. Effect of increasing the flow rate ratio of “fresh” to “exhaust” on sensible, latent, total
effectiveness for (a) kraft paper, (b) C-MEM, and (c) P-MEM, (d) comparison of the total effective-
effectiveness for (a) kraft paper, (b) C-MEM, and (c) P-MEM, (d) comparison of the total effectiveness
ness of different membranes at different fresh/exhaust air flow ratios.
of different membranes at different fresh/exhaust air flow ratios.
The flow
The flow rate
rate ratio
ratio is
is expected
expected to
to have
have aa more
more significant
significant effect
effect on
on latent
latent heat
heat recovery
recovery
than sensible
than sensible heat
heat recovery
recovery because
because the
the higher
higher the
the flow
flow rate
rate of
of fresh air, the
fresh air, the more
more water
water
can be swept through the membrane. Kraft paper exhibited the highest
can be swept through the membrane. Kraft paper exhibited the highest ε(l) under these ℇ(l) under these
operating conditions, and P-MEM was intermediate between kraft
operating conditions, and P-MEM was intermediate between kraft paper and C-MEM in paper and C-MEM in
latent heat effectiveness.
latent heat effectiveness.
Figure 5d
Figure 5d also
also shows
shows the the overall
overall effectiveness
effectiveness ofof the
the three
three different
different membranes
membranes in in
comparison. There is a relatively small increase in total effectiveness over the
comparison. There is a relatively small increase in total effectiveness over the entire range entire range
of flow
of flow ratios
ratios (1–5).
(1–5). From
From thethe comparison
comparison ofof Figures
Figures 4d
4d and
and 5d,
5d, it
it can
can be
be seen
seen that
that the
the ratio
ratio
of “fresh”/”exhaust” air (in the range studied) was not as important as the
of “fresh”/”exhaust” air (in the range studied) was not as important as the air flow rate. air flow rate.
Temperature
3.4. Effect of the Humid Air Temperature
The effect of the temperature of the incoming humid air was studied by varying this
parameter between 40 and 80 ◦ C, at a gas flow rate of 2 L·min−1 and a ratio of “fresh”
to “exhaust” air flow of 1. At higher temperatures, a positive effect on the performance
of the membrane-based heat exchangers is expected due to the more significant driving
force between two air streams on either side of the membrane. Figure 6a–c shows that the
range of change in sensible efficiency for all membranes is between 0.9 and 1. However,
there is no significant change in the curves of the sensible efficiencies for the different
membranes, which could be evidence of the membranes’ relatively similar and negligible
thermal conductivity.
creases the latent effectiveness. The overall efficiency or enthalpy recovery rate also shows
the same trend with increasing inlet temperature (Figure 6d). In this series of experiments
with a relatively high flow rate of 2 L·min−1 and high temperature, the performance of the
kraft paper deteriorated a little compared to the synthesized P-MEM. It means that P-
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 MEM performs better than the kraft paper under more severe conditions when higher 12 of 15
moisture needs to be removed from the “exhaust”.

1 1 1
0.8 0.8 0.8

Effectiveness
0.6 0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2 0.2
0 0 0
40 50 60 70 80 40 50 60 70 80 40 50 60 70 80
T (°C) T (°C) T (°C)
(a) (b) (c)
0.7
Total Effectiveness
0.6
Kraft paper
0.5 P-MEM
C-MEM
0.4
40 50 60 70 80
T (°C)
(d)
Figure 6.
Figure 6. Effect
Effect of
of increasing
increasing the
the incoming
incoming humid
humid air
air temperature
temperature on
on sensible,
sensible, latent,
latent, total
total effective-
effective-
ness for (a) kraft paper, (b) C-MEM, and (c) P-MEM, and (d) comparison of the total effectiveness
ness for (a) kraft paper, (b) C-MEM, and (c) P-MEM, and (d) comparison of the total effectiveness of
of different membranes at different incoming humid air temperatures.
different membranes at different incoming humid air temperatures.
3.5. Overall Heatthermal

The latent Transferefficiency
Coefficientincreased for all membranes when humid air entered
at a higher temperature
The overall at constant
heat transfer absolutewere
coefficients humidity. A higher
estimated for thetemperature
membrane increases
modules
the molecular
based on threeenergy of the
different water
cores, andmolecules
the average (vapor)
resultsand the diffusion
for each series of coefficient, which
tests are shown in
increases thecan
Table 4. As latent effectiveness.
be seen, The overall
the magnitude of theefficiency or enthalpy
overall heat transferrecovery rate
coefficient foralso
theshows
mem-
the same trend
brane-based with increasing
enthalpy exchangerinlet temperature
used (Figure
in the present 6d).toInrecover
work this series of experiments
moisture and heat
− 1
with a relatively high flow rate of 2 L·min and high temperature, the performance of the
kraft paper deteriorated a little compared to the synthesized P-MEM. It means that P-MEM
performs better than the kraft paper under more severe conditions when higher moisture
needs to be removed from the “exhaust”.
3.5. Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient

The overall heat transfer coefficients were estimated for the membrane modules based
on three different cores, and the average results for each series of tests are shown in Table 4.
As can be seen, the magnitude of the overall heat transfer coefficient for the membrane-
based enthalpy exchanger used in the present work to recover moisture and heat from the
air stream was in the range of 150–250 W·m−2 ·K−1 under the operating conditions studied.
This overall heat transfer coefficient was more significant for the kraft paper membrane
than for the P-MEM and larger than for the C-MEM. It can be attributed to the greater
thickness of the synthetic membranes compared to the kraft paper. A direct relationship
between the overall heat transfer coefficient (U) and the air flow rate was found among the
operating parameters studied for all three membrane cores. As expected, an increase in
“exhaust” air flow rate directly affects the overall heat transfer coefficient, which can be
attributed to the increase in turbulence and higher mass and heat transfer rates.
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 13 of 15
Table 4. The overall heat transfer coefficient (U) of the membrane-based heat exchanger for three
different membrane cores.
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (W·m−2 ·K−1 )

Test Series Operating Range
Kraft Paper C-MEM P-MEM
1–5 L·min−1
Flow rate 252 211 238
(Flow ratio: 1, T = 50 ◦ C)
1–5
Flow ratio 192 153 185
(Flow rate: 1 L·min−1 ; T = 50 ◦ C)
40–80 ◦ C
Temperature 224 192 219
(Flow rate: 2 L·min−1 ; Flow ratio: 1)
4. Conclusions
The study of the factors affecting the efficiency of air-to-air enthalpy exchangers is
the main objective of the present work. Three different types of membranes, including a
70 g·m−2 kraft paper, an asymmetric porous membrane (P-MEM), and a thin-film composite
membrane (C-MEM), were used in a plate-and-frame air-to-air enthalpy exchanger. Energy
recovery experiments were conducted to investigate the effects of humid air flow rate
(1–5 L·min−1 ), fresh air to exhaust airflow ratio (1 to 5), and humid air inlet temperature
(40 to 80 ◦ C). The main results of the present work are as follows:
The total effectiveness of the membrane heat exchanger with these three types of
membranes ranged from 0.38–0.74.
The best performance, especially at low humid gas flow rates and low moisture
loading, was obtained with the kraft paper, which is related to its higher water adsorption
capacity.
At higher flow rates and higher moisture content of the humid gas, P-MEM showed
better performance.
The PEBAX layer on the surface of C-MEM proved to be an obstacle to moisture
transport under all conditions.
Despite the positive effect, the ratio of dry to moist air flow rate proved to be the least
effective parameter for effectiveness under the conditions used.
Increasing the wet gas flow rate decreased the residence time and thus the effectiveness.
Increasing the temperature of the inlet humid gas at constant humidity increased the
kinetic energy of the molecules and resulted in faster transport.
The average overall heat transfer coefficient of the system was calculated to be 150 to
250 W·m−2 ·K−1 , with the highest value for kraft paper and then for P-MEM.
Based on these findings, C-MEM (thin-film composite membrane) is not suitable for
water vapor transfer and energy recovery in air-to-air enthalpy exchangers. Considering the
hydrophilic structure of PEBAX, the hindering factor is the relatively large thickness of this
layer, which cannot ensure fast water transfer between two hot and cold sides. Therefore,
in addition to the high water permeability, the transfer rate should also be considered in
further studies. The most efficient was the kraft paper with a porous structure, which
ensures a high adsorption rate and high affinity to H2 O due to its hydrophilic texture.
P-MEM as an asymmetric porous membrane showed relatively good performance, whose
structure can be optimized to obtain better results.
Author Contributions: Conceptualization, S.S. and B.H.; methodology, S.S. and A.G.; formal analysis,
A.J.M. and N.A.-K.; investigation, A.J.M. and B.H.; resources, N.A.-K., S.S., A.G. and M.H.; writing—
original draft preparation, A.J.M.; writing—review and editing, N.A.-K., A.G. and B.H.; supervision,
S.S., N.A.-K. and M.H.; project administration, M.H. All authors have read and agreed to the published
version of the manuscript.
Funding: This research received no external funding and the APC was funded by TU Wien. The
authors acknowledge TU Wien Bibliothek for financial support through its Open Access Funding
Programme.
(c)
3. FESEM micrographs of the cross-section of (a) kraft paper, (b) P-MEM, and (c) C-MEM.
(c)
3. FESEM micrographs of the cross-section of (a) kraft paper, (b) P-MEM, and (c) C-MEM.
(c)
rformance Evaluation of the cross-section of (a) kraft paper, (b) P-MEM, and (c) C-MEM.
3. FESEM micrographs
rformance
3. FESEM
he Evaluation
micrographs
amounts of the
of heat and cross-section
moisture of (a)
transfer kraft paper,
through (b) P-MEM,at
the membrane and (c) C-MEM.
different oper-
rformance
he amounts Evaluation
of heat and
parameters were
Membranes evaluated
2022, 12,moisture
484using varioustransferratios, through the membrane
including sensible,atlatent,
different andoper-total 14 of 15
rformance
he amounts
parameters Evaluation
of heat
were and moisture
evaluated using varioustransfer through
ratios, the membrane
including sensible, atlatent,
different andoper-total
ncies. The temperature, pressure, and relative humidity of the incoming out-
he
air amounts
parameters
ncies. of heat
were
The temperature,
streams were and moisture
evaluated
measured using
pressure, transfer
after various
andsystem
the relative through
ratios, reached theamembrane
including
humidity sensible,
of
steady thestateatlatent,
different
incoming
for these oper-
andcalcu-
total
out-
parameters
ncies.
air
. The
streams were
were evaluated
temperature, measured using
pressure,
after various
and
the relative
system ratios, reached including
humidity a sensible,
of
steady the latent,
incoming
state for these and total
out-
calcu-
Data Availability Statement: The data presented in this study are available on request from the
ncies.
air
. sensible
he The temperature,
streams efficiency
were measured pressure,
(ε(s)) isafter and
the system
the ratio relative
of the sensible humidity
reachedauthor. a steady
heat of the incoming
staterate
transfer for tothese and
the calcu-out-
maxi-
corresponding
air
possiblestreams
. sensible
he heat were
efficiency measured
transfer (ε(s))
rate dueisafter
the the temperature
to ratio
the system
of the sensible reached a steady
heat
difference staterate
transfer
between forthethese
to the calcu-
maxi-
incoming 8conflict
of 16 of interest.
. sensible
he
possible
ust” air andheat efficiency
thetransfer
“fresh” (ε(s))
rate is the
airdue
stream;to ratio
the the Conflicts
of
temperaturethe sensible
simplified of Interest: heat The
difference
relationship authors
transfer
between
can berate declare
the
shown theno
to incoming maxi-
as8 fol-
of 16
he sensible
possible
ust”
Equation air andheat
(1))efficiency
thetransfer
“fresh”
[28]: (ε(s))
rate is the
airdue
stream;to ratio
the the of
temperaturethe sensible
simplified heat transfer
difference
relationship between
can berateshown
theto incoming
the as maxi-
8 fol-
of 16
possible
ust” air andheat transfer rate
airdue to the Nomenclature
temperature difference between the incoming
Equation (1))the “fresh”
[28]: stream; the simplified relationship can be shown as8 fol-
of 16
, ,
ust”
Equation air and (1))the “fresh” air stream;
[28]: ℇ(𝑠) the = simplified , relationship can be shown as fol- (1)
,,
Abbreviations ,, Full name
Equation (1)) [28]: ℇ(𝑠) = , (1)
T is the absolute temperature (K), ℇ(𝑠)and = CA the,, ,,
subscripts , E, F, in, and Cellulose acetate the
out represent (1)
C-MEM,, ,, Thinoutfilm composite membrane
T is air
ust” theflow,
absolute temperature
the “fresh” air flow, ℇ(𝑠)the
(K), = inlet
and the subscripts
flow, and
, E, F,
the in, and
outlet flow, represent
respectively. the
(1)
DMF , , Dimethylformamide
T is
ust”
he theflow,
air
latent absolute
efficiency temperature
the “fresh” air flow,
(ε(l)) depends (K),ontheand the
inlet
the amount subscripts
flow, and
of mass E, (humidity)
the F, in, and
outlet flow,out representand
respectively.
transferred the
EC Ethyl cellulose
T
ust”
he is
helatent the
air absolute
flow,
ratio efficiency the
of latent heat temperature
“fresh” air flow,
(ε(l))transferred (K),
depends ontothe theand the
inlet
the amount subscripts
flow,
maximum and
of mass E,
the F, in,
outlet and
(humidity)
possible flow,
heat out represent
respectively.
transferred
transfer rateand the
be-
EtOH Ethyl alcohol (ethanol)
ust”
he
he air
thelatent
ratio flow,
of latent
“exhaust” the
efficiency “fresh”
andheat (ε(l)) air flow,
depends
the transferred
“fresh” the
aironattotheinlet
the
the amount flow,
maximum
inlet due and
of mass
to the
the outlet
(humidity)
possible flow,
heat
humidity respectively.
transferred
transfer
difference. rate and
be-
The
HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
he
thelatent
he
fied ratio efficiency
of latent
“exhaust”
correlation and (ε(l))
heat
is shown depends
the transferred
“fresh”
in Equation aironattothethe
the
(2) amount
LiCl maximum
inlet
[28]: due of mass
to the (humidity)
possible heat
humidity transferred
Lithium chloride be-
transfer
difference. rate and
The
he
theratio
fied of latent
“exhaust”
correlation and heat
the transferred
is shown “fresh”
in Equation air at to the
the
(2)
NIPS maximum
inlet
[28]: due topossible the humidity heat transfer
difference.
Non-solvent rate be- phase separation
The
induced
𝓌 , 𝓌 ,
the “exhaust”
fied correlationand the “fresh”
is shown ℇ(𝑙)
in Equation air = at the
(2)
PAMAC inlet
[28]: due , to the humidity difference.
Poly(acrylamide-co-acrylic (2)
The acid)
𝓌𝓌 ,, 𝓌𝓌 ,,
fied correlation is shown in Equation ℇ(𝑙) = (2) PDMS [28]: , Polydimethylsiloxane (2)
𝓌𝓌 ,, 𝓌 𝓌 ,,
𝔀 is the humidity ratio (kg H2Oℇ(𝑙) / kg=dry airPEBAX ). ω , (PEBA) Polyether block (2) amide
𝓌𝓌 ,, 𝓌 𝓌 ,,
𝔀
he is the effectiveness
total humidity ratio (kg is
(ε(t)) H2O ℇ(𝑙)
/ kg=dry airPEI
essentially ). the ω enthalpy , difference between the “ex-
Polyetherimide (2)
(c) 𝓌 , 𝓌 ,
𝔀
heairis atthe
total thehumidity
inlet andratio
effectiveness the (kg is
(ε(t))
outletH2O to/ kg
essentially
thedryenthalpy
PES
air ). the ω enthalpy difference difference
between between
the “exhaust”
Polyethersulfone the “ex- air
𝔀
he is atthe
total humidity
effectivenessandratio (c)
(kg
(ε(t)) is / kg
essentially PI).ofthe ωcan
eair
3.“fresh”
FESEM the inlet
air at the
micrographs the
inlet.ofoutlet
This
the H2O to thedryenthalpy
relationship
cross-section air (a) enthalpydifference
kraft paper,difference
be represented between
(b) between
the
bypolyimide
P-MEM, Equation
and “exhaust” 3the
(c) C-MEM. “ex-
[28]: air
he total effectiveness (c)
(ε(t)) is essentially the enthalpy difference between the “ex-
eair at
“fresh” the inlet
air at and
the the
inlet.
3. FESEM micrographs of the cross-sectionoutlet
This to the
relationship enthalpy
P-MEM
𝓀 ,
of (a) can
𝓀 ,
difference
be represented between by
kraft paper, (b) P-MEM, and (c) C-MEM. the
Asymmetric
Equation“exhaust” 3porous
[28]: airmembrane
air at the inlet and the (c)
outlet ℇ(𝑡)
to the = enthalpy
PVA ,
difference between the
Polyvinyl “exhaust”
alcohol (3)
air
e “fresh”
erformance air at the inlet. This
Evaluation of the cross-section
3. FESEM micrographs relationship can be represented
of (a) kraft paper, (b) P-MEM, and (c) C-MEM.
𝓀𝓀 , , 𝓀𝓀 , ,
by Equation 3 [28]:
e “fresh”
erformance
3. FESEM air at the
Evaluation
micrographs inlet. This
of the ℇ(𝑡)
cross-section =
relationship PVDFof (a) can be ,
kraft paper, represented by
(b) P-MEM,atPolyvinylidene
Equation
and 3
(c) C-MEM.[28]: (3)
fluoride
The amounts of heat and moisture 𝓀𝓀 , , through
transfer 𝓀𝓀 , , the membrane different oper-
𝓴 (kJ/kg
erformance dry air) is the humid enthalpy.
Evaluation ℇ(𝑡) = ɦђℏ
SPEEK , Sulphonated poly (ether
(3) ether ketone)
The amounts
parameters of heat
were and moisture
evaluated using various 𝓀𝓀 , , ratios,
transfer 𝓀𝓀 , ,
through the membrane
different andoper-
total
𝓴 (kJ/kg
quations
erformance dry air) is show
(4)–(6)
Evaluation the humidthe ℇ(𝑡)
enthalpy.
relationships = ɦђℏ
Symbols/units
required ,to calculate the Explanation
overall heat trans-
(3)
The amounts
parameters
ncies. The of heat
were
temperature, and moisture
evaluated using various
pressure, transfer
and 𝓀relative
, ratios,2𝓀
through the membrane
different andoper-
total
𝓴 (kJ/kg
quations
fficient (4)–(6)
(U:
dry W·m
air ) is show
the
−2·K−1humid
) the enthalpy.
relationships
based on the LMTD ɦђℏ
Arequired
(m ) , humidity
method. to calculate of the incoming
theMembrane
overall heatsurface out-
trans-
The
ncies.
air amounts
parameters The
streams of heat
were
temperature,
were and moisture
evaluated
measured using
pressure,
after transfer
various
and
the relative
system through
ratios, reached humiditytheamembrane
including of
steadysensible,
the atlatent,
incomingdifferent oper-
andcalcu-
total
out-
𝓴 (kJ/kg
quations
fficient (4)–(6)
(U:
dry W·m
air ) is show
the
−2·K humid
−1 ) the
based enthalpy.
relationships
on the ɦђℏ
LMTD required
ε(l) method. to calculate thestate
Latent
overallfor these
efficiency
heat trans-
parameters
ncies.
s.air The
streams were
temperature,
were evaluated
measured using
pressure,
after various
and
the system 𝑄
relative ratios, reached including
humidity a of
steadysensible,
the latent,
incoming
state for these and total
out-
calcu-
quations
fficient (U: (4)–(6)
W·mshow −2·K−1) the relationships
based on the U =LMTD required
ε(s) method. to calculate theSensible overallefficiency
heat trans- (4)
ncies.
s.
Theair The
streams
sensible temperature,
were
efficiency measured
−2·K−1) (ε(s)) pressure,
after and
the ∆𝑇system 𝑄
relative . 𝒜 reached humidity a of
steady the incoming
state for these and out-
calcu-
fficient (U: W·m basedison the Uratio
the =LMTD of the
ε(t) method.sensible heat transfer totalrate to the maxi-
effectiveness (4)
s.
Theair sensible
possiblestreams heat were
efficiency
transfermeasured
(ε(s))
rate due isafter
the the
toUratio
the ∆𝑇 ∆Tof𝑄
system
= temperature LMTDthe. 𝒜 reached
sensible
(K) difference a steady
heat state
transfer
between forthe
rate
Logarithmic these
to the
mean calcu-
maxi-
incoming temperature difference
(4)
s.
The sensible
possible heat efficiency
transfer (ε(s))
rate 𝑄 =
is the 𝑚
toUratio ∆𝑇 𝓀 of 𝑄
(kJ/kg −. 𝒜
, the sensible 𝓀 ) heat transfer Humid enthalpy
rateshown
to incoming
the as (5)
maxi-
ust” air and the “fresh” airdue
stream; the
=,the temperature
simplified dry, airdifference
relationship between
can be the fol-
(4)
The sensible
possible
ust”
Equation heat
air and (1))efficiency
transfer
the
[28]:“fresh” (ε(s))
rate
airdue =to𝑚ratio
𝑄stream;
is the the ∆𝑇
,the 𝓀of , the
temperature
simplified
E,in −.𝒜
(kJ/kg 𝓀 , dry
sensible )
airheat
difference
relationship transferHumid
between
can be enthalpy
rateshown
to incoming
the the as of(5)
maxi- inlet “Exhaust” stream
fol-
possible
ust”
Equation heat
air and (1))the transfer
[28]:“fresh” rate 𝑄
airdue =
stream; 𝑚
to the ,the 𝓀
temperature
,
simplified
E,out − 𝓀
(kJ/kg difference
, relationship
dry air ) Humid
between
can be shownenthalpy
the incoming of(5)
outlet “Exhaust” stream
as fol-
ust”
Equation air and (1))the [28]: 𝑄
“fresh” air stream; = 𝑚
ℇ(𝑠),the 𝓀 F,in,
,
= . simplified −
(kJ/kg 𝓀 ,
, ,dry )
relationship
air Humid enthalpy
can be shown as fol- of(5)
inlet “Fresh” stream
(1)
, , ,,
Equation (1)) [28]: ℇ(𝑠) = m E,in (kg dry,air /s) Mass flow rate of inlet (1) dry “Exhaust” air stream
,, ,,
e T is the absolute temperature (K), ℇ(𝑠)and = T the (K) subscripts , E, F, in, and Absolute temperature
out represent the
(1)
, , (K) , ,
eust”
T is air theflow,
absolute temperature
the “fresh” air flow, ℇ(𝑠)the
(K), = inlet
and TE,in
the subscripts
flow, and
, E, F,
the Temperature
in, and
outlet flow,outrespectively.
represent of inletthe“Exhaust” stream
(1)
T , (K), Temperature of outlet
eust”
The T is theflow,
air
latent absolute
efficiency temperature
(ε(l)) depends (K),on and
the the the
inlet amount
E,out subscripts
flow, and
the F, in, and
outlet flow,out representand
respectively.
transferred the“Exhaust” stream
eust”
The T is
the theflow,
air
latent
ratio absolute
efficiency
of latent temperature
(ε(l))transferred
heat depends (K),on and
thetotheT
the the
inlet
F,inamount (K)
subscripts
flow,
maximum and
the
possibleF,
outlet Temperature
in, heat
and
flow,out represent
respectively.
transferred
transfer of inlet
rateand the
be-“Fresh” stream
T (K) Temperature of outlet
n ust”
The
the air
thelatent
ratio flow,
of latent
“exhaust” the
efficiency and “fresh”
(ε(l))
heat air flow,
depends
the transferred
“fresh” the
airon tothe
at inlet
the
the amount
F,out flow,due
maximum
inlet −1 )
and
of tothe
mass outlet
the(humidity)
possible flow,
heat
humidity respectively.
transferred
transfer
difference. rateand be-“Fresh” stream
The
The Q (kJ · s
t amount of mass (humidity) transferred and Total heat transfer rate
n thelatent
the
ified ratio efficiency
of latent
“exhaust”
correlation and (ε(l))
heat
is shown depends
the transferred
“fresh”
in Equation aironattothethe
the
(2) maximum
inlet
[28]: due topossible
the humidity heat transfer
difference. rateThe be-
U (W ·m−2 ·K−1 ) Overall heat transfer coefficient
the
nified ratio
the “exhaust” of latent
correlationand heat transferred
the “fresh”
is shown in Equation to
air at the the
(2) [28]: maximum possible
inlet due to the humidity difference. The heat transfer rate be-
𝓌 (kg , 𝓌 , /kg dry air ) Absolute humidity (Humidity ratio)
nified
the “exhaust”
correlationand the “fresh”
is shown ℇ(𝑙)
in Equation air = at the(2)
H2O
inlet
[28]: due , to the humidity difference. The (2)
𝓌𝓌 , , (kg 𝓌 𝓌 , H2O , /kg dry air ) Absolute humidity of inlet “Exhaust” stream
ified correlation is shown in Equation ℇ(𝑙) = (2)E,in [28]: , (2)
𝓌𝓌 ,, 𝓌 𝓌
(kg /kg dry air ) Absolute humidity of outlet “Exhaust” stream
𝔀 is the humidity ratio (kg H2Oℇ(𝑙) / kg=dry airE,out ). ω , , H2O , (2)
𝓌𝓌 , , (kg 𝓌 𝓌 , H2O , /kg dry air ) Absolute humidity of inlet “Fresh” stream
The𝔀 is the effectiveness
total humidity ratio (kg is
(ε(t)) H2O ℇ(𝑙)
/ kg=dry airF,in
essentially ). the ω enthalpy , difference between the “ex- (2)
𝓌 , 𝓌 ,
”𝔀
The airis atthe
total the humidity
inlet andratio
effectiveness the (kg is
(ε(t))
outlet H2O / kg
essentially
to air). the
thedryenthalpy ω enthalpy difference difference
between between
the “exhaust” the “ex- air
References
”𝔀
The
he air isatthe
total
“fresh” the humidity
effectiveness
inlet
air andratio
at the the
inlet. (kg
(ε(t))
outlet
Thisis
H2O to/ kg
essentially air). the
thedryenthalpy
relationship ωcanenthalpy difference
be represented difference
between between
the “exhaust”
by Equation 3the “ex-
[28]: air
The
” air total
at the1. inletLiang,
effectiveness C.;
andinlet.
the Zhang,
(ε(t))
outlet L.; Pei,
is relationship
essentially
to the enthalpyL. Independent
the enthalpy
difference airdifference
dehumidification
between between
the “exhaust” with the membrane-based
“ex-
air total heat recovery: Modeling and
he “fresh” air at the This 𝓀J., Refrig.
can be represented
𝓀 , 2009, 33, 398–408. [CrossRef]
by Equation 3 [28]:
experimental validation. ℇ(𝑡) Int.
” air
he at theair
“fresh” inlet andinlet.
at the the outlet to the=enthalpy
This relationship can differencebe,represented between the “exhaust”
by Equation 3 [28]:air(3)
2. Xu, Q.; Riffat, S.; Zhang, S. Review 𝓀𝓀 , 𝓀𝓀of, , Heat Recovery Technologies for Building Applications. Energies 2019, 12, 1285. [CrossRef]
he “fresh” air at the inlet. This relationship ℇ(𝑡) = , can be ,represented by Equation 3 [28]:(3)
𝓀𝓀Review 𝓀𝓀 , , on heat recovery technologies for building applications. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 2012,
𝓴 (kJ/kg3.dry airMardiana-Idayu,
) is the humid enthalpy. A.; Riffat, S.
ℇ(𝑡) = ɦђℏ,
,
, (3)
16, 1241–1255. [CrossRef] 𝓀𝓀 , , 𝓀𝓀 , ,
𝓴 (kJ/kg dry
Equations air) is show
(4)–(6) the humid ℇ(𝑡) = ɦђℏrequired ,to calculate the overall heat trans-
enthalpy.
the relationships (3)
4. Ong, K.S. Review of heat pipe 𝓀 heat , 𝓀 exchangers
, for enhanced dehumidification and cooling in air conditioning systems. Int. J.
𝓴 (kJ/kg(U:
Equations
efficient (4)–(6)
dry W·m
air ) is show
the humid
−2·K−1 ) the
based enthalpy.
relationships
on the ɦђℏrequired
LMTD method. to calculate the overall heat trans-
Low-Carbon Technol. 2014, 11, 416–423. [CrossRef]
𝓴 (kJ/kg(U:
Equations
efficient (4)–(6)
W·m) is show
the humid
−2·K−1 ) the enthalpy.
relationships
based on the LMTD ɦђℏrequired to calculate the overall heat trans-
𝑄 method.
dry air
Equations
efficient (U: (4)–(6)
W·mshow −2·K−1) the relationships
based on theU =LMTD required method. to calculate the overall heat trans- (4)
∆𝑇 𝑄 . 𝒜
efficient (U: W·m−2·K−1) based on the U =LMTD method. (4)
∆𝑇 𝑄 . 𝒜
U= (4)
𝑄 = 𝑚 , ∆𝑇 𝓀𝑄 , − . 𝒜𝓀 , (5)
U= (4)
𝑄 = 𝑚 , ∆𝑇 𝓀 , − . 𝒜𝓀 , (5)
𝑄 =𝑚 , 𝓀 , −𝓀 , (5)
Membranes 2022, 12, 484 15 of 15
5. Nasif, M.S.; Morrison, G.L.; Behnia, M. Membrane Based Enthalpy Heat Exchanger Performance in HVAC System. J. Appl. Membr.
Sci. Technol. 2017, 2. [CrossRef]
6. Zhang, L.; Jiang, Y. Heat and mass transfer in a membrane-based energy recovery ventilator. J. Membr. Sci. 1999, 163, 29–38.
[CrossRef]
7. Asasian-Kolur, N.; Sharifian, S.; Haddadi, B.; Pourhoseinian, M.; Shekarbaghani, Z.M.; Harasek, M. Membrane-based enthalpy
exchangers for coincident sensible and latent heat recovery. Energy Convers. Manag. 2021, 253, 115144. [CrossRef]
8. Yang, B.; Yuan, W.; Gao, F.; Guo, B. A review of membrane-based air dehumidification. Indoor Built Environ. 2013, 24, 11–26.
[CrossRef]
9. Nasif, M.S.; Al-Waked, R.; Behnia, M.; Morrison, G. Air to air fixed plate enthalpy heat exchanger, performance variation and
energy analysis. J. Mech. Sci. Technol. 2013, 27, 3541–3551. [CrossRef]
10. Nasif, M.; Al-Waked, R.; Morrison, G.; Behnia, M. Membrane heat exchanger in HVAC energy recovery systems, systems energy
analysis. Energy Build. 2010, 42, 1833–1840. [CrossRef]
11. Hansen, C.M. Diffusion in polymers. Polym. Eng. Sci. 1980, 20, 252–258. [CrossRef]
12. Allen, S.; Fujii, M.; Stannett, V.; Hopfenberg, H.; Williams, J. The barrier properties of polyacrylonitrile. J. Membr. Sci. 1977, 2,
153–163. [CrossRef]
13. Metz, S.; Van De Ven, W.; Potreck, J.; Mulder, M.; Wessling, M. Transport of water vapor and inert gas mixtures through highly
selective and highly permeable polymer membranes. J. Membr. Sci. 2005, 251, 29–41. [CrossRef]
14. Narducci, R.; Di Vona, M.L.; Marrocchi, A.; Baldinelli, G. Stabilized SPEEK Membranes with a High Degree of Sulfonation for
Enthalpy Heat Exchangers. Coatings 2018, 8, 190. [CrossRef]
15. Zhang, L.; Liang, C.; Pei, L. Heat and moisture transfer in application scale parallel-plates enthalpy exchangers with novel
membrane materials. J. Membr. Sci. 2008, 325, 672–682. [CrossRef]
16. Zhang, L.-Z.; Wang, Y.-Y.; Wang, C.-L.; Xiang, H. Synthesis and characterization of a PVA/LiCl blend membrane for air
dehumidification. J. Membr. Sci. 2008, 308, 198–206. [CrossRef]
17. Roy, S.; Hussain, C.M.; Mitra, S. Poly(acrylamide-co-acrylic acid) hydrophilization of porous polypropylene membrane for
dehumidification. Sep. Purif. Technol. 2013, 107, 54–60. [CrossRef]
18. Jesswein, I.; Hirth, T.; Schiestel, T. Continuous dip coating of PVDF hollow fiber membranes with PVA for humidification. J.
Membr. Sci. 2017, 541, 281–290. [CrossRef]
19. Kneifel, K.; Nowak, S.; Albrecht, W.; Hilke, R.; Just, R.; Peinemann, K.-V. Hollow fiber membrane contactor for air humidity
control: Modules and membranes. J. Membr. Sci. 2006, 276, 241–251. [CrossRef]
20. Zhang, X.R.; Zhang, L.Z.; Liu, H.M.; Pei, L.X. One-step fabrication and analysis of an asymmetric cellulose acetate membrane for
heat and moisture recovery. J. Membr. Sci. 2011, 366, 158–165. [CrossRef]
21. Al-Waked, R.F.; Nasif, M.S. Air to Air Energy Recovery from HVAC Systems under Different Membrane Materials. Univers. J.
Mech. Eng. 2019, 7, 37–49. [CrossRef]
22. Khulbe, K.C.; Matsuura, T. Thin film composite and/or thin film nanocomposite hollow fiber membrane for water treatment,
pervaporation, and gas/vapor separation. Polymers 2018, 10, 1051. [CrossRef] [PubMed]
23. Abetz, V.; Brinkmann, T.; Sözbilir, M. Fabrication and function of polymer membranes. Chem. Teach. Int. 2021, 3, 141–154.
[CrossRef]
24. Salafi, M.; Asasian-Kolur, N.; Sharifian, S.; Ghadimi, A. A flat-plate spiral-channeled membrane heat exchanger for methane
dehumidification: Comparison of kraft paper and thin-film composite membrane. Int. J. Therm. Sci. 2021, 167, 107046. [CrossRef]
25. Pourhoseinian, M.; Asasian-Kolur, N.; Sharifian, S. CFD investigation of heat and moisture recovery from air with membrane
heat exchanger. Appl. Therm. Eng. 2021, 191, 116911. [CrossRef]
26. Engarnevis, A.; Huizing, R.; Green, S.; Rogak, S. Particulate fouling assessment in membrane based air-to-air energy exchangers.
Energy Build. 2017, 150, 477–487. [CrossRef]
27. Ghadimi, A.; Norouzbahari, S.; Lin, H.; Rabiee, H.; Sadatnia, B. Geometric restriction of microporous supports on gas permeance
efficiency of thin film composite membranes. J. Membr. Sci. 2018, 563, 643–654. [CrossRef]
28. Deshko, V.; Karvatskii, A.; Sukhodub, I.O. Heat and mass transfer in cross-flow air-to-air membrane heat exchanger in heating
mode. Appl. Therm. Eng. 2016, 100, 133–145. [CrossRef]

More Pdfs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

More Pdfs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NUMBER 14

Heat Recovery Ventilation

This reduces the energy consumption

Figure 1: Schematic showing heating

Ventilation System Design

2 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

Step 2: System Configuration Selection

3 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

A well designed or installed system

Figure 6: Forced-air system with integrated HRV.

4 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

5 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

Layout and sizing of the

Figure 7: Good and bad HRV locations. Avoid

6 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

7 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

HRV unit manufacturer & model:

Outdoor supply and exhaust vents are marked on plans: Y/N

Dedicated low-volume ductwork (or) forced-air heating ducts?

8 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

9 HOMEOWN ER PROTECTION OFFIC E B U I L D E R I N S I G H T N O . 14

For More Information

Analysis of an Energy Recovery Ventilator

Master Thesis in Mechatronical Engineering

Anders Hilmersson & Ulf Paulsson

School of Information Science, Computer and Electrical Engineering

School of Information Science, Computer and Electrical Engineering

Anders Hilmerson Ulf Paulsson

Halmstad University, January 19, 2006

2 Theoretical Background of ERVs 5

5 Results and discussion 21

1.2 Definition of the problem and objective

1.3 Related work

An analysis of a counter-flow, membrane-based ERV with a new type of hydrophilic material,

2 Theoretical Background of ERVs

2.1 Principle of operation

2.1.1 Heat and mass transfer

The heat transfer occurs in three steps.

1. Convective heat transfer on the hot side

2.1.4 Theoretical efficiency of an ERV

The total heat transfer coefficient U is calculated as:

Where UL is the total mass transfer coefficient [ mkg2 s ].

N T UL can also be calculated as N T UL = β · N T U and β is the ratio of total number of transfer

The enthalpy efficiency can be calculated as a combination of εS and εL as:

2.1.5 Psychometric chart

Simplified Psychometric chart

Humidity content [g/kg]

Figure 2.2: Simplified psychometric chart.

2.2 Operating conditions

2.3 Different membrane-based ERVs

2.5 Energy savings

2.5.1 Cooling without an ERV

2.5.2 Cooling with an ERV

Figure 3.1: Test equipment; test cell and mounted ERV.

3.1 Test cell

3.2 Tested ERV

• 4 Sensirion serial interfaces for humidity and temperature sensors

• Dallas 1-wire interface for additional temperature sensors

• RS-232 UART for PC connectivity

• 4 PWM DC fan controllers

• 12 additional I/O interfaces for controlling relays and other pherperials

3.4 Graphical User Interface

• Real time monitoring